Energy Training France Partner for your development Training solutions 2018 / 2019 catalogue schneider-electric.fr Energy Training France Partner for your development Schneider Electric has accompanied the education community for many decades. Together with you, we are determined to set up pathways to success that measure up to current changes and those to come. In keeping with our innovation-based approach, we implement solutions that bring initial training and the professional world ever closer to one another. Rudi GOMBAULD Energy Training Director France On the strength of the group’s expertise and the experience of our staff working in our skills centres, we can provide you with teaching solutions, built on projects and equipment, that are designed entirely with development of skills and enhancement of student employability in mind. The current revolution brought about by the arrival of digital systems, combined with the major energy issues of our time, places Schneider Electric as your special partner in the task of preparing tomorrow. Our mission is to make an active contribution to training students in current and future job activities (smart grid, factory of the future, cybersecurity, smart buildings, etc.) to enable them to swiftly become operational, efficient and able to meet the challenges they will be called on to face. The quality of our solutions stems from joint work with institutions such as the French Ministry for Education, Higher Education and Research, or the Directorate of European and International Relations and Cooperation. The catalogue in your hands lists the solutions that will accompany you on a daily basis while you carry out your mission as a training officer. To put Schneider Electric’s full undertaking in a nutshell: accompanying you in a changing world, to enhance student employability. Finding a training solution.................................................................2 Our offers..........................................................................................4 Contacting customer support.........................................................10 Help in selecting via diplomas....................................................... A2 uu Electrical qualification................................................................ A4 uu Quality of energy...................................................................... A11 uu Energy from renewable sources.............................................. A19 uu Energy efficiency and regulation............................................. A26 Safety and general knowledge Help in selecting via diplomas....................................................... B2 uu Basic functions........................................................................... B4 uu Advanced functions................................................................. B15 Residential Help in selecting via diplomas....................................................... C2 uu Electricity distribution................................................................. C4 uu Smart building communications............................................... C12 uu Building safety.......................................................................... C23 uu Energy production and management...................................... C26 uu Applications in the building trade............................................ C29 Services Help in selecting via diplomas....................................................... D2 uu High-voltage installations........................................................... D4 uu Fibre optics networks................................................................. D5 uu Energy production.................................................................... D11 Infrastructure Help in selecting via diplomas....................................................... E2 Industry of the future, Schneider Electric’s vision ......................... E8 uu Industrial control and machine safety...................................... E10 uu Variable speed drives and axis control.................................... E23 uu Automatic systems and communication.................................. E38 uu Machines.................................................................................. E65 Industry uu Shared elements.........................................................................F2 uu Operative parts ..........................................................................F3 uu Power supply and protection......................................................F6 uu Residential and small services buildings....................................F7 uu Home automation and automatic systems in buildings............F10 uu Solar and wind power...............................................................F18 uu Control.......................................................................................F19 uu Machine safety..........................................................................F20 uu Motor starts and variable speed drives....................................F21 uu Automatic systems....................................................................F24 Modules and accessories Index of references.........................................................................12 Index of designations......................................................................16 Finding a training solution In your catalogue Aide au choix par diplômes Sécurité et connaissances générales Diplômes Niveau V Niveau IV Niveau III P Niveau II Qualifications o r Pr rs te as ieu M én o ing Pr I I P P s IO M E II E M AI SA RA D S es V OL C 'P 'S 'PA ET TS CR CI SN FE M TS T HS T GE T GT T GI T GMT M T QL T RT GE ence ôm ali ali ali S re S S S S S re pl Qu Qu Qu BT Tit BT BT BT BT BT Tit DU DU DU DU DU DU DU DU CP Lic Di BP éle Tit ct Ba Bac re ric BA Ba c ien C MC EM Tit Pr MC Ba Ba Tit Ba SA re Tit (c Pro ER re c Pr Titre Pro o TM ER c Pr Tit c Pr Tit c Ba re o re ST c o Titre / AIM re ien M TS TISE SE op o El ele op TE o ec EE EM EN TEE ne) c t A AB SN SI C C t B MEI TM PLP TP I2D SS I I I I CA Pr Page Habilitation électrique Valise de sensibilisation à la sécurité b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b Coffret de sensibilisation aux risques électriques Valises d'habilitation Banc d’habilitation b A4 A5 b b b Système d'habilitation Réalité augmentée pour système d'habilitation Coffret pour habilitation BS b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b A6 A7 b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b A8 A9 A10 Qualité de l'énergie Coffret d'étude de la compensation de l'énergie réactive Coffret d'étude des SLT et de la sélectivité Bancs d'étude des SLT A11 A12 Banc d'étude de la sélectivité des protections Coffret d'étude de la compensation de l'énergie réactive Banc d'étude des perturbations électromagnétiques Étude des perturbations Banc harmoniques Coffret b b b b b b b b b b b b A13 A14 b A15 b b b b b A16 b b b b b b b b A17 A18 b b b b b b b b b b b b Energies renouvelables Pack lampe solaire Banc modulaire de production d'énergie b solaire Pack micro centrale photovoltaïque Banc micro centrale pour site isolé Banc de puisage d'eau par énergie solaire Banc de caractérisation photovoltaïque Banc chauffe-eau solaire individuel à tubes b b b b A19 A20 b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 b Help in selecting via diplomas A field-by-field overview u in the header of each chapter Efficacité énergétique et régulation Banc pompe à chaleur air/air Banc VMC double flux Maquette de la gestion d'une serre Efficacité énergétique banc modulaire de la ventilation valise b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b Banc de régulation chauffage Banc d'étude de la régulation de niveaux A2 Catalogue solutions pédagogiques 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric b b b b b b b Catalogue solutions pédagogiques 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 A32 A3 Index des références référence page FS FSACSAENSXVJD FSACSFEAPIXL MD1AA MD1AA200 MD1AA209 MD1AA320W03M2 MD1AA320W03N4 MD1AA320W07M2 MD1AA320W07N4 MD1AA320W15M2 MD1AA320W15N4 MD1AA340W07N4 MD1AA340W15N4 MD1AA500 MD1AA502 MD1AA509 MD1AA513 MD1AA514 MD1AA516MR MD1AA518 MD1AA529 MD1AA529LT MD1AA540 MD1AA570 MD1AA580FP MD1AA595 MD1AA620 MD1AA630 MD1AA638 MD1AA639 MD1AA665CH MD1AA665ECL MD1AA665INT MD1AA685 MD1AA695 MD1AA700TDS MD1AA700TDT MD1AA700TIT MD1AA720 MD1AA720NC MD1AA725 MD1AA728 MD1AA729 MD1AA739 MD1AA740 MD1AA740T MD1AA740V MD1AA750A2 MD1AA750A6 MD1AA770 MD1AA775 MD1AA776 MD1AA780MR MD1AA780SO MD1AA785 MD1AA786 MD1AA787 MD1AA789 MD1AA790SP MD1AA790SPK MD1AACHEPACRV MD1AACHEPACRV MD1AACHEPACRV MD1AACHESOL MD1AACHESOLA 12 E38 E38 E15 E15 E29 E29 E29 E29 E29 E29 E29 E29 E21 E21 E21 A8 A8 A8 F2 F4 F4 E20 E32 E31 E30 E22 A6 A10 F2 C9 C9 C9 E12 E12 C8 C8 C8 C5 C5 C6 C5 C5 C7 E16 E16 E16 C30 C30 C33 C32 C32 C7 C7 C11 C11 C11 C7 C10 C10 A25 A26 A27 A25 A25 référence page MD1AACHESOLR MD1AACORDONS MD1AAFORMIMAP MD1AAFORMIMAP MD1AAFORMIMAP MD1AAHABIL MD1AAHABILAV MD1AAHABILAVNC MD1AAHABILNC MD1AAKNXD MD1AAKNXLSS MD1AAKNXVR MD1AAPAC MD1AAPACA MD1AAPACHYG MD1AAPCBP MD1AAPCBPNC MD1AAPCPVFP MD1AASTORE MD1AAVMC MD1AAVMCA MD1AAVOLETR MD1AAVRFID MD1AB MD1ABCDENS MD1ABRCDENS MD1ABRCDENSA MD1AC MD1ACAVR MD1AE MD1AE34E MD1AE34MC MD1AE34MEC MD1AE110 MD1AE120SO MD1AE120SOA MD1AE125 MD1AE150 MD1AE170 MD1AE214 MD1AE216MR MD1AE216SO MD1AE224 MD1AE226MR MD1AE226SO MD1AE254 MD1AE256MR MD1AE256SO MD1AE713ZL MD1AE825LMR MD1AE854TC MD1AE858MR MD1AE885 MD1AE895M580 MD1AE903 MD1AE904 MD1AE905MR2P MD1AE910MR MD1AE911M221 MD1AE912 MD1AE914 MD1AE916MR A25 F2 A25 A26 A27 A7 A7 A7 A7 C20 C20 C20 A26 A26 A26 E13 E13 E14 F4 A27 A27 F5 E49 E38 E38 E38 E21 E56 E56 E56 E50 E50 E50 E50 E50 E51 E58 E58 E58 E60 E60 E60 E59 E59 E59 E58 E69 E65 E65 A32 A31 E71 E71 E71 E72 E72 E72 E63 E63 référence page MD1AE916SO MD1AE955MR MD1AE965MR MD1AE973 MD1AE974 MD1AEAX2L MD1AEAX2M MD1AEAX3LS MD1AEHMI85 MD1AEHMI85L MD1AEMS MD1AEMSLV MD1AERISC1 MD1AERISC2 MD1AERISC3 MD1AES1 MD1AES2 MD1AES3 MD1AES4 MD1AES5 MD1AES6 MD1AES7 MD1AES8 MD1AES9 MD1AES10 MD1AESC MD1AESIMx MD1AESM1 MD1AESM2 MD1AESM3 MD1AESM4 MD1AESM5 MD1AESM6 MD1AESM7 MD1AESM8 MD1AESM9 MD1AESM10 MD1AESPICK MD1AESRA MD1AESSUP MD1AESSUPG MD1AL MD1ALALFOGTL1 MD1ALFO MD1ALFOAI3 MD1ALFOAI4 MD1ALFOBFTT MD1ALFOBIPTV MD1ALFOBMES MD1ALFOBMES MD1ALFOBOCX MD1ALFOBTO4 MD1ALFOBVAL MD1ALFOBVAL1 MD1ALFOBVAL2 MD1ALFOCCA MD1ALFOCCM MD1ALFOCE MD1ALFOCP MD1ALFODTR MD1ALFODTRECO MD1ALFOE MD1ALFOEMN MD1ALFOFTTHM MD1ALFOFTTHM MD1ALFOGTL1 MD1ALFOP E63 E64 E33 E61 E61 E27 E27 E27 E46 E46 A28 A28 E55 E55 E55 E76 E76 E76 E77 E77 E77 E78 E78 E78 E79 E75 E80 E76 E76 E76 E77 E77 E77 E78 E78 E78 E79 E76 E80 E80 E80 D5 D7 F10 F17 D8 D9 D8 D9 D9 D9 D5 D5 D5 B18 B18 D7 D7 F17 F17 D7 D7 B18 D5 B16 D7 Catalogue solutions pédagogiques 2018 / 2019 Life is On | Schneider Electric référence page MD1ALFOSD55 MD1ALFOSD71 MD1ALFOSDG MD1ALFOZMD MD1ALFOZTD MD1ALSSL1 MD1ALSSL2 MD1ALVDIC19 MD1ALVIDISA MD1AM MD1AM000 MD1AM0001 MD1AM0003 MD1AM0005 MD1AM0006 MD1AM0007 MD1AM0007MR MD1AM0008 MD1AM0009 MD1AM0010 MD1AM0011 MD1AM0015 MD1AM0016 MD1AM0018 MD1AM0019 MD1AM0021 MD1AM0022 MD1AM0023 MD1AM0024 MD1AM0025 MD1AM0026 MD1AM0027 MD1AM0028 MD1AM0029 MD1AM0029 MD1AM0030 MD1AM0031 MD1AM0032 MD1AM0033 MD1AM0036 MD1AM0038 MD1AM0039 MD1AM1001 MD1AM1002 MD1AM1003 MD1AM1004 MD1AM1005 MD1AM1006 MD1AM1007 MD1AM1008 MD1AM1009 MD1AM1010 MD1AM1011 MD1AM1012 MD1AM1013 MD1AM1014 MD1AM1015 MD1AM1016 MD1AM1017 MD1AM1018 MD1AM1019 MD1AM1020 MD1AM1021 MD1AM1022 MD1AM1023 MD1AM1024 MD1AM1025 F17 F17 F17 D10 D10 C21 C21 C22 B21 F2 F25 F24 F25 F25 F25 F24 F25 F25 F26 F26 F25 F27 F25 F27 F24 F26 F26 F26 F26 F26 F24 F26 B25 F12 F25 F24 F24 F26 F24 F24 F24 F21 F22 F22 F22 F21 F23 F22 F21 F21 F21 F21 F21 F21 F23 F22 F23 F23 F21 F22 F22 F23 F21 F22 F22 F22 référence page MD1AM2001 MD1AM2002 MD1AM2003 MD1AM2004 MD1AM2005 MD1AM2010 MD1AM2011 MD1AM2012 MD1AM2013 MD1AM2014 MD1AM2015 MD1AM2016 MD1AM2017 MD1AM2018 MD1AM2019 MD1AM2020 MD1AM2021 MD1AM2022 MD1AM2024 MD1AM2025 MD1AM3001 MD1AM3002 MD1AM3003 MD1AM3004 MD1AM3005 MD1AM3006 MD1AM3007 MD1AM3008 MD1AM3009 MD1AM3010 MD1AM3011 MD1AM3013 MD1AM3014 MD1AM3015 MD1AM3017 MD1AM3018 MD1AM3019 MD1AM3020 MD1AM3021 MD1AM3023 MD1AM3024 MD1AM3027 MD1AM3028 MD1AM3029 MD1AM3031 MD1AM3032 MD1AM3033 MD1AM3034 MD1AM3035 MD1AM3037 MD1AM3038 MD1AM3039 MD1AM3041 MD1AM3042 MD1AM3044 MD1AM3045 MD1AM3046 MD1AM3047 MD1AM3048 MD1AM3049 MD1AM3050 MD1AM3051 MD1AM3052 MD1AM3053 MD1AM4001 MD1AM4002 MD1AM5001 MD1AM5002 MD1AM6001 F6 F6 F10 F10 F16 F16 F10 F11 F10 F17 F11 F12 F16 F11 F12 F12 F12 F12 F11 F11 F14 F15 F13 F12 F13 F15 F16 F13 F14 F14 F14 F15 F15 F12 F14 F15 F15 F13 F13 F10 F15 F14 F10 F14 F16 F14 F14 F16 F10 F15 F10 F16 F14 F13 F12 F13 F13 F16 F15 F15 F16 F13 F16 F13 F6 F6 F23 F23 F7 référence page MD1AM6002 MD1AM6003 MD1AM6004 MD1AM6005 MD1AM6006 MD1AM6007 MD1AM6008 MD1AM6009 MD1AM6010 MD1AM6012 MD1AM6013 MD1AM6014 MD1AM6015 MD1AM6016 MD1AM6017 MD1AM6018 MD1AM6019 MD1AM6020 MD1AM6025 MD1AM6027 MD1AM6029 MD1AM6030 MD1AM6031 MD1AM6032 MD1AM6033 MD1AM6034 MD1AM6121 MD1AM6122 MD1AM6123 MD1AM6130 MD1AM7001 MD1AM7002 MD1AM7003 MD1AM7004 MD1AM9001 MD1AM9002 MD1AM9003 MD1AM9004 MD1AM9005 MD1AM9006 MD1AML221 MD1AMLATVEE MD1AMLCOM MD1AMLDM MD1AMLDM3 MD1AMLEEX MD1AMLKNXCI MD1AMLKNXD MD1AMLKNXEE MD1AMLKNXPRO MD1AMLMR MD1AMLRFID MD1AMLSECU MD1AMLSOL MD1AMLSSL MD1AMLV12018 MD1AMLV312018 MD1AMLZL MD1AMP001 MD1AMP002 MD1AMP003 MD1AMP004 MD1AMP005 MD1AMP006 MD1AMP007 MD1AMP008 MD1AMP009 MD1AMP010 MD1AMP011 Catalogue solutions pédagogiques 2018 / 2019 Life is On | Schneider Electric F7 F7 F8 F8 F8 F9 F8 F7 F8 F9 F7 F9 F7 F7 F7 F8 F7 F8 F9 F8 F8 F8 F11 F12 F7 F11 B12 B12 B13 B13 F19 F19 F19 F19 F20 F20 F20 F20 F20 F20 E52 A29 E53 E18 E18 C27 C16 C15 C18 C17 E52 E54 E11 A20 C19 E19 E19 E52 F4 F3 F3 F3 F3 F3 F3 F3 F3 F4 E11 Armoires Bancs E12 C7 C5 C6 C10 Banc axe X à Z et banc axe Z E36 Banc chauffe-eau solaire de production C32 Banc chauffe-eau solaire individuel à tubes A25 Banc de câblage de constituants industriels E15 Banc de caractérisation photovoltaïque A24 Banc de charge avec moteurs asynchrones E30 Banc de découverte de la fibre optique D8 Banc de levage avec commande vectorielle E35 Banc départ-moteur E20 Banc de perfectionnement à la fibre optique D9 Banc de puisage d'eau par énergie solaire A23 Banc de régulation chauffage A31 Banc d'étude 1 axe brushless E33 Banc d'étude de la gestion de l'énergie dans le logement B23 Banc d'étude de la production par EnR D12 Banc d'étude de la régulation de niveaux A32 Banc d'étude de la sélectivité des protections A14 Banc d'étude des capteurs analogiques et de la régulation E22 Banc d'étude des perturbations électromagnétiques A16 Banc d'étude des perturbations harmoniques A17 Banc d'étude production hydroélectrique D11 Banc de variation de vitesse avec moteur E31 Banc d’habilitation A7 Banc fibre optique FTTH ZMD D10 Banc manipulateur pneumatique rotatif E61 Banc micro centrale photovoltaïque pour site isolé B6 Banc micro centrale pour site isolé A22 Banc mini-levage avec treuil à câble E34 Banc monte charge / plats C31 Banc panneau KNX C13 Banc photovoltaïque / éolien pour site isolé C29 Banc pompe à chaleur air/air A26 Banc portique de levage à treuil E37 Bancs d'étude des détecteurs industriels E21 Bancs d'étude des schémas de liaison à la terre A13 Banc sécurité incendie adressable C25 Bancs machine avec robot cartésien E27 Bancs modulaires automatisme E52 Bancs modulaires départ-moteur E18 Bancs modulaires résidentiel et petit tertiaire B13 Bancs modulaires sécurité des machines E11 Bancs modulaires variation de vitesse E19 Banc tri de colis E65 Banc variation de vitesse avec frein à poudre E32 Banc ventilation avec variation de vitesse C30 Banc VMC double flux A27 16 2 Life is On | Schneider Electric Life is On | Schneider Electric Bancs modulaires Banc modulaire communication industrielle Banc modulaire de mesure des énergies du bâtiment Banc modulaire de production d’énergie solaire Banc modulaire domotique sans fil Banc modulaire efficacité énergétique de la ventilation Banc modulaire jeu de cartes RFID Banc modulaire KNX découverte Banc modulaire KNX démarrage Banc modulaire KNX efficacité énergétique Banc modulaire KNX Pro Banc modulaire résidentiel Cellules Cellule 3D gestion de l'énergie résidentielle Cellules 3D gestion de l'énergie du bâtiment tertiaire Cellules haute tension HTA E53 C27 A20 C19 A29 E54 C16 C15 C18 C17 B12 B24 C26 D4 Coffrets Coffret de sensibilisation aux risques électriques A5 Coffret d'étude de la compensation de l'énergie réactive A11 Coffret d'étude de la compensation de l'énergie réactive A15 Coffret d'étude des perturbations harmoniques A18 Coffret d'étude des SLT et de la sélectivité A12 Coffret domestique B5 Coffret efficacité énergétique C28 Coffret îlot IT et tableaux divisionnaires C8 Coffret pour habilitation BS A10 Coffret pour l'évolution d'un TGBT en TGE C11 Coffrets départ-moteur E10 Coffrets éclairage, chauffage RT2012 et interface C9 Coffrets feux de carrefour et ascenseur E57 Coffrets mobiles dialogue opérateur tactile E46 Coffrets variateurs didactisés E29 Lignes Ligne d'assemblage avec réalité augmentée, simulation et supervision E80 Ligne d'assemblage complète avec stations à déterminer E75 Ligne de conditionnement de mise en barquette E74 Ligne de conditionnement de mise en fourreau E73 Ligne flexible de dosage E72 Logiciels Logiciel de parties opératives 3D de machines industrielles Factory I/O Logiciel de parties opératives 3D de machines industrielles SIMU3D Logiciel HOME I/O et boîtier d'interface Logiciels de distribution électrique Logiciels de distribution électrique Logiciel simulateur 3D pour la conception de machines industrielles E67 E66 B25 B4 C4 E68 Catalogue solutions pédagogiques 2018 / 2019 Mauquettes Maquette de la gestion d'une serre A28 Maquette mini-bâtiment KNX C14 Maquettes d'initiation à l'automatisme ascenseur E59 Maquettes d'initiation à l'automatisme du traitement de surface E60 Maquettes initiation à l'automatisme gestion de trafic E58 Maquettes manipulateur pneumatique 5 mouvements E63 Modules et accessoires - éléments communs - parties opératives - alimentation et protection - résidentiel et petit tertiaire - domotique et automatismes du bâtiment - solaire et éolien - commande - sécurité machine - départ-moteur et variation de vitesse - automatisme Packs Pack borne de charge pour véhicule électrique Pack coffret mini-cellule 3D Pack coffrets de communication et FTTH Pack commande par fil pilote Pack éclairage de sécurité adressable Pack fonctions commandes efficacité énergétique Pack GTL complète RT2012 Pack habitat connecté Pack lampe solaire Pack mesure dans l'habitat RT2012 Pack micro-centrale photovoltaïque Pack pour la gestion de l'énergie dans le logement RT 2012 Pack rénovation sans fil de l'habitat Packs afficheurs dialogue homme-machine Packs appareillages Packs automates industrie Packs automates industrie (architecture) Packs automates initiation Packs automates machine (architecture) Packs automates machine (architectures avancées) Packs axes linéaires Packs compléments communication Packs compléments RFID et vision Packs démarreurs électroniques Packs départ-moteur Packs domotique sans fil Pack sécurité de l'habitat Packs fibre optique FTTH Packs fibre optique LAN-FTTO Packs KNX Packs logiciels d'automatisme réservés enseignement Packs projet compacteuse et projet embouteillage Packs servo-moteurs Packs variateurs de vitesse Pack VDI 19" Catalogue solutions pédagogiques 2018 / 2019 F2 F3 F6 F7 F10 F18 F19 F20 F21 F24 B14 B9 B18 B10 C23 B11 B16 B15 A19 B17 A21 B20 B19 E45 B8 E43 E47 E39 E40 Platines Platine automate et afficheur sur pupitre Platine de câblage pour certification ventilation des fumées Platines automates didactisés Platines de câblage pour certification intermédiaire Platines pneumatiques et électro-pneumatiques Platines pré-câblées de communication industrielle Platines réseaux locaux industriels option RISC Réalité augmentée Réalité augmentée pour système d'habilitation Index of designations E51 E14 E50 E13 E62 E56 E55 A9 Stations Station contrôle qualité E79 Stations d'approvisionnement, de positionnement de roulement et presse hydraulique E76 Stations insertion axe, dépose capot et insertion vis E77 Stations robot, magasin et peinture E78 Systèmes Système de perçage automatisé Système de portique scénique Système de tri automatique de pièces Système d'habilitation Système intégré de production Système machine industrielle d'emballage Valises Valise de sensibilisation à la sécurité Valise d'étude du gisement solaire Valise d'initiation à la logique programmée Valise éclairage de sécurité adressable Valise efficacité énergétique de la ventilation Valise KNX Valise réseau de communication résidentiel Valise RFID Valises d'habilitation Valises variation de vitesse A presentation in alphabetical order for the initiated u at the end of the catalogue 13 Index par désignation Armoires de confinement Armoire TGBT pour Bac Pro et BTS Armoire TGBT pour CAP Armoire TGBT pour CAP pro Armoire TGE Index of references E69 C33 E64 A8 E71 E70 For searches using keywords u at the end of the catalogue A4 B22 E48 C24 A30 C12 B21 E49 A6 E28 E41 E26 E42 E44 E23 E16 C21 B7 D5 D6 C20 E38 E17 E25 E24 C22 Life is On | Schneider Electric 17 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Online schneider-electric.fr/ solutions-pedagogiques Making contact 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric 3 Introduction Our offers Teaching solutions They can take various forms: Packs Cases Boxes or cabinets Benches Modular benches • Economical solutions consisting of several units. • Can be used for initiation in implementing and completing existing equipment. • These teaching aids are compact and easy to carry, and they are dedicated to specific technical solutions. • Electrical or automatic control distribution switchboards can be used for initiation in wiring and maintenance. • This equipment can be used to deal with specific technologies or applications. • The upgradeable units consist of several modules, and they can be personalized to suit teaching requirements. Software programs Schneider Electric can provide establishments with its software programs dedicated to professional activities in the energy and automatic control fields. They enable trainees to familiarise themselves with the tools used by professional specialists: • Design and costing, • Programming automatic controllers, • Monitoring, etc. 4 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Models Panels 3D cells Stations Systems • They provide a miniature representation of an application (greenhouse, traffic lights, lift, etc.) • They can be used to test the functionalities of an automatic control component. • Full-scale model enabling simulation of a residential or services environment to provide an approach to energy management. • Reproductions of automatic control islands that can be linked together to constitute complete lines. • Equipment representative of a complete application that enables studies of all the technical aspects. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric 5 Introduction Our offers (cont’d) Installation and putting into service In order to help you to get to know your new Schneider Electric equipment quickly, we can provide you with accompanying services. Putting into service on the spot Group training on the spot Compliance diagnosis • It includes installation, connections and familiarisation, thus enabling you to make your equipment operational faster. • It varies from half a day to a full day, depending on the type of equipment. • If you are not familiar with the technology of your new equipment, we can provide you with training carried out by one of our experts. • As a complement to the manufacturer’s certification supplied with our equipment, we can provide you with a compliance diagnosis carried out by an independent technical inspection organisation. Important: prior to any intervention on our part, the establishment must have dealt with preparation of the power supplies (single- or three-phase industrial power sockets, compressed air). 6 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Services for existing equipment There are large quantities of equipment units installed for teaching systems in establishments, some of them outdated. We can provide a modernisation offer. Equipment renovation • The aim here is to: -- Renovate a machine at the lowest possible cost, -- Integrate the latest technical developments, -- Put students into synch in the various sections (maintenance and electrotechnics) and at various levels. • The team that is to accompany you will be entrusted with the task of: -- Coordinating the teachers for work over several years depending on the complexity of the machine and/or the units to be renovated, -- Managing a schedule, -- Dealing with equipment orders. • The renovation will enable the teaching team to enrich the contents of their courses with: -- Programming of automatic controllers, display units, variable speed drives, etc. -- Site monitoring in actual situations, -- Putting the installation into service, -- Execution of wiring with learners, -- Execution of tasks under the supervision of learners. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric 7 Introduction Our offers (cont’d) Free online training Energy University is the most accessible information centre, and the one best suited to professional specialists in the energy field. Learn where you are. No need to travel in order to find out more about the field of energy efficiency! The courses are available online free of charge, via an ordinary Internet link. Enrol right away schneider-electric.fr/energy-university.com Progress at your own pace. The courses are accessible 24 hours a day to enable you to learn at your own pace. Set up your own study programme Energy University provides practical knowledge covering a wide range of energy consuming systems in industry or the building trade. Thousands of users log on to further their knowledge regarding energy efficiency and be able to opt for the best solutions. Worldwide recognition The major organisations on the worldwide scene, together with the key professional associations in the world, have approved Energy University as a training partner. 8 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Skills refresher courses Within the framework of academic training plans, Schneider Electric provides teachers with training courses and technical days. CERPEP courses Technical Days Examples of courses provided provided in the academies • Finding out and programming with Unity (4 days) • SysML modelling and programming with Unity (4 days) • Energy efficiency and photovoltaic power (5 days) • Programming with SoMachine (4 days) • LIN (local industrial networks): Ethernet, Modbus, CANopen (4 days) • KNX certification of KNX programming with ETS5 (5 days) • KNX advanced application (3 days) • Energy issues and sustainable development (1 day) • PSR and OHS psycho-social risks, occupation health and safety (1 day) • Fibre optics (in regions) (1 day) References Energy efficiency in electrical installations Energy efficiency in buildings Industrial detection Motor starts Variable speed drives Thermal regulations as applied Compensation of reactive energy Protection from lightning Smart electrical switchboards Fibre optics The factory of the future JTECO JTBECO JTDET JTDM JTVV JTRT2012 JTCER JTFDR JTBTCOM JTFO JUDF Planning Contact your Schneider Electric Teaching correspondent. Enrolment For teachers in the public sector, enrolment takes place on the CERPEP Web site https://eduscol.education.fr/pid31532/ stages-cerpep-de-formation-en-milieuprofessionnel.html 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric 9 Safety and general knowledge Help in selecting via diplomas............................ A2 Electrical qualification ........................................ A4 Quality of energy .............................................. A11 Renewable energies ......................................... A19 Energy efficiency and regulation ..................... A26 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric A1 Help in selecting via fields Safety and general knowledge Field Basic Intermediary M El ec ai tri ca nt en lE El ec an ng ce in En rin g ec tri gi ee El ne ca tro in er in g ch n ic ng ee ai er te lE M En al rin g nt En ge gi tic En en gi ne er in g Au t an om ne ce at io n En er gi in g ne En gi er in g ne er in g Electrical qualification Safety awareness enhancement case ■ A2E electrical risk awareness enhancement box ■ ■ ■ ■ Qualification cases ■ ■ Qualification system ■ ■ Augmented reality for qualification system ■ ■ BS qualification box ■ ■ ■ Qualification bench ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Quality of energy ■ A2E study box for compensation of reactive energy A2E study box for grounding schemes and selectivity ■ ■ ■ Study benches for grounding schemes ■ ■ ■ Study bench for selectivity of protective systems ■ ■ ■ Study box for compensation of reactive energy ■ Study bench for electromagnetic disturbances ■ Study of harmonic disturbances Bench ■ ■ Box ■ Renewable energies ■ Solar lamp pack Modular solar energy generation bench Photovoltaic micro-plant pack A2E micro-plant bench for isolated locations ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Bench for drawing water using solar power Photovoltaic characterisation bench ■ ■ ■ Air/air heat pump bench ■ ■ ■ Double flow CMV bench ■ ■ ■ Individual tube type solar water heater bench Energy efficiency and regulation ■ Greenhouse management model Ventilation energy efficiency pack Modular bench Case ■ ■ ■ ■ Heating regulation bench Study bench for level regulation A2 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Advanced Confirmed al e El En ch te ro ct c ni al ri st du In n gi ne gi g rin ee g in er n io at m to Au il ng di Bu En n io at a M e nc En a en t in g rin e ne gi En m to Au ing er ne gi En ic et g er g in er ne gi En e y rg En Ef y nc Pr En on i ct u od g rin e ne gi En e ci fi g rin ee n gi ri ee n gi i ng En sc e ne gi d ce n va d A g rin e c en En Page A4 A5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ A6 A7 ■ ■ ■ A8 ■ A9 A10 A11 A12 ■ ■ ■ ■ A13 A14 ■ ■ A15 ■ ■ A16 ■ ■ A17 ■ ■ A18 A19 ■ A20 ■ A21 ■ ■ A22 ■ ■ A23 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ A26 ■ ■ ■ A27 ■ ■ A28 ■ ■ ■ A29 ■ ■ ■ A30 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue ■ ■ A24 ■ A25 A31 ■ ■ A32 Life is On | Schneider Electric A3 Electrical qualification Safety awareness enhancement case You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48448 • Studying management of electrical and mechanical risks via the following examples: --Power supply cut-off and restoration, emergency shutdown chain, self-holding, --Opening of a machine cover while it is operating, role of a limit switch, machine directive, --Insulation faults and contact with a live part. • Studying a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker. • Studying a ground-leakage circuit breaker. The • Initiation to industrial and home safety. • Ease of implementation. Presentation This case is designed to enhance student awareness regarding safety systems. It helps to explain operation of the safety devices providing protection from risks of electrical and mechanical origin. The case features the example of a machine with a safety cover. Description • Case with transparent front panel. • 30 mA ground-leakage circuit breaker. • Mushroom-head emergency stop button. • Set of safety leads supplied. References SECURIS safety awareness enhancement case MD1VSE1F Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical A4 Designated skills • Analysis Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Safety To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Trainer training for low voltage schneider-electric.fr/form-forbt 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Electrical qualification Electrical risk awareness enhancement box A2E equipment u page 5 You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48441 • Preparing non-electrician workers for electrical risks. • Implementing PPE and CPE. • Carrying out basic LV tasks under safe conditions. • Identifying and tagging out electrical circuits prior to carrying out work. • Measuring an installation. Presentation The • Compact equipment. • Low-cost solution. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. This box enables awareness enhancement for learners regarding the electrical risks present in a home or industrial environment. Learners, wearing their Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) ensure safety of an installation before carrying out electrical work on the installation. Description The home distribution part on the front panel of the box consists of 3 circuits protected by circuit breakers: • 1 home power socket and 1 plate with cable grommet, • 1 home power socket, • 1 switch and a lamp. In the box, the industrial part consists of: • 1 isolating switch that can be padlocked, • 1 cable box with removable protection, • 1 magneto-thermal circuit breaker, • 1 contactor with auxiliary block, • 1 motor connection on twin-recess sockets, • 1 mushroom-head emergency stop button, • 2 indicator lights and 1 on-off switch. Accessories supplied • 1 power lead. • 1 set of 4 mm safety leads. • Fuses, power sockets, protective covers, tagging-out device, etc. Equipment to be ordered separately • Didactic motor, 180 W, 230/400 V ref. MD1AMP001. • Safety working kit ref. MD1AA639. Description: see "Modules and accessories" References A2E electrical risk awareness enhancement box MD3BPSRE Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Troubleshooting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Trainer training for low voltage schneider-electric.fr/form-forbt Life is On | Schneider Electric A5 Electrical qualification Qualification cases You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48447 • Grasping and identifying LV electrical risks. • Identifying the components. • Analysing risks. • Working near bare live parts. • Making adjustments and repairs. • Preparation for low-voltage electrical qualification. Presentation The cases are designed to provide training for non-electricians, such as painters, plumbers, air conditioning installers, etc. They can be used to examine electrical risks regarding basic tasks on low voltage installations. The two cases are complementary and they simulate electrical installations of the services and industrial types. The • Mobile, compact equipment. • Developed for preparation concerning electrical qualification in the building trade sectors. Description • The first case has 2 outputs for home sockets and 1 lighting output, to carry out verification, tagging out, connecting and replacement work. • The second case is connected to the first one. It is based on a motor output. It can be used to execute work on live installations. VALHABILIS qualification cases Equipment to be ordered separately • Safety working kit ref. MD1AA639. Description: "Modules and accessories" References Set of 2 VALHABILIS qualification cases MD1AA630 Safe working kit Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy • Maintenance A6 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Troubleshooting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Motor control • Electricity distribution • Electrical qualification To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Trainer training for low voltage schneider-electric.fr/form-forbt 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Electrical qualification Qualification bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48445 • Grasping and identifying LV electrical risks. • Identifying the components. • Analysing risks. • Working near bare live parts. • Making adjustments and repairs. • Preparation for low-voltage electrical qualification. Presentation This bench has been developed to prepare electricians for electrical qualification on equipment that reproduces a services and industrial environment. The bench has two separate sides: a housing / services side and an industry side. The bench is proposed in two versions: assembled and not wired, or assembled and wired. The • Scenario. • Both sides can be used at the same time. • Developed for preparation concerning electrical qualification in the building trade sectors. Description • The bench is mounted on a frame with locking wheels. • Housing-services side: --Electrical switchboard, --2 power sockets (1 home, 1 services), --1 lamp, --Emergency lighting unit, --Housing service shaft, --Utility's electrical connection board, --Modular box. • Industry side: --Industrial box, --Motor output board, --Control box with forward and reverse operating positions, --Electric motor, --Ball screw actuating two limit switches or a disc, --1 emergency stop box. Industry side Equipment to be ordered separately • Safety working kit ref. MD1AA639. Description: "Modules and accessories" References Qualification bench with motor and ball screw Qualification bench with motor and ball screw, not wired Qualification bench with motor and disc Qualification bench with motor and disc, not wired MD1AAHABILAV MD1AAHABILAVNC MD1AAHABIL MD1AAHABILNC Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electrical engineering Housing-services side Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Troubleshooting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Motor control • Electricity distribution • Electrical qualification To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Trainer training for low voltage schneider-electric.fr/form-forbt Life is On | Schneider Electric A7 Electrical qualification Qualification system You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48481 • Studying an industrial system. • Grasping the problems of tagging out. • Carrying out projects that correspond to professional tasks. • Training in work for qualification. • Identifying the components. • Analysing risks. • Working near bare live parts. • Making adjustments. • Carrying out maintenance and repair operations in the electrical cabinet. The • Qualification on industrial equipment. • Qualification in the presence of a circuit with an uninterruptible power supply. • Use in automatic control systems. Presentation This qualification system simulates a mixing equipment unit used in the agro-food industry. It reproduces a process that entails continuity of service. The purpose of this equipment is to place learners in a situation corresponding to work on an industrial equipment unit. The learner has to apply the safety procedures involved in electrical qualification. Description Control cabinet and box • Electrical cabinet mounted on wheels with brake and stabilising legs. • 1 isolating switch with external control that can be padlocked. • 1 circuit breaker that can be padlocked. • Power distribution via a busbar protected by a removable screen. • 24 V control and signalling circuits. • 3 outputs that can be tagged out and padlocked: --1 motor output via a variable speed controller, backed up by an inverter, --1 motor output with a cover (contactor-reversing switch), --1 heater output. • 1 spare space for installation and wiring of an extra circuit. • 1 inverter. Cabinet Mixer • 1 tank cover opening/closing mechanism actuated by a 90 W motor. • 1 mixer paddle actuated by a 90 W motor. • 1 heater element. • Inductive and end of travel sensors necessary for correct operation. Automatic control console • 1 dialogue terminal. • 1 M340 PLC module Mixer Equipment to be ordered separately • Safety working kit ref. MD1AA518. Description: see "Modules and accessories" References HABILIS control cabinet and box Mixer for HABILIS qualification system Modicon M340 automatic control console for HABILIS qualification system MD1AA513 MD1AA514 MD1AA516MR Automatic control console Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical • Electrical engineering A8 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Troubleshooting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electrical qualification • Electricity distribution • Automatic control To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Trainer training for low voltage schneider-electric.fr/form-forbt 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Electrical qualification Augmented reality for qualification system You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48546 • Identifying the components. • Using augmented reality (AR) tools. • Passing on instructions. Installing ZigBee energy measurement systems. • Executing maintenance procedures in full safety. • Installing ZigBee energy measurement systems. Presentation Augmented reality is an enhanced view of the real physical world, in which virtual elements are juxtaposed on views of the actual scene. It provides dynamic contextual information for people called on to work on the spot. It operates on the basis of image recognition or tags. It enables learners to re-view safety instructions via videos on the voltage detector, the safety equipment, and the work procedures. The • Accelerates operator training. • Enhances operator safety. • Reduces maintenance time. • Reduces production shutdowns. Description In front of a cabinet, without opening the door, augmented reality enables users to: • See the state of the apparatus, and the values of the API variables, • Access an SQL database, • Access documents, videos, and Internet links, • Make a quick diagnostic without tagging out, • Detect operating anomalies, • Use maintenance procedures (2018 upgrade), Contents • 1 PC HMI server. • 1 iOS Vijeo 360 application for iPad (Android early in 2018). • 1 application for HABILIS qualification system. • 1 WiFi access point. • 1 tablet (iOS or Android). • 1 ZigBee wireless energy measurement point to be installed. • 1 Ethernet / ZigBee gateway. Augmented reality for the cabinet References Server and AR application for HABILIS qualification system MD1SAA50 Server and AR application for HABILIS qualification system, tablet MD1SAA5 and wireless energy measurement system Option Modicon M340 further measurement system UEHGECUBE Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics • Maintenance Augmented reality for the mixer Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Troubleshooting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Simulation To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Trainer training for low voltage schneider-electric.fr/form-forbt Life is On | Schneider Electric A9 Electrical qualification BS qualification box You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48480 • Carrying out ordinary electrical work on low voltage installations. • Preparation for BS: Executing the qualification tasks. Presentation This box can be used to execute simple electrical tasks such as identical replacement of a lamp or a fuse, for the BS qualification. It completes the earlier generations (put on the market prior to the changes in the regulations defining the BS) of the following equipment: • VALHABILIS qualification case ref. MD1AA630, • HABILIS qualification system ref. MD1AA513. The • Low-cost solution. Description Composition of the box • 1 cable output protected by a 10 A circuit breaker, planned for replacement by a 2P+G socket. • 1 lighting output protected by a 10 A fuse holder. • 1 socket for lamp replacement operations. Accessories supplied • Set of 5 x 2P+G sockets. • 1 lamp. • Fuses. • 2 tagging-out devices. References MD1AA638 BS qualification box Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Maintenance A10 Designated skills • Troubleshooting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Electrical qualification To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Trainer training for low voltage schneider-electric.fr/form-forbt 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Quality of energy Study box for compensation of reactive energy A2E equipment u page 5 You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48429 • Measuring electrical variables and phase offsets. • Analysing consumption of reactive energy. • Studying compensation of reactive energy. • Implementing compensation capacitors. • Studying over-compensation. Presentation This box is fitted with 3 lamps (linear loads) and an induction coil (nonlinear load) in order to generate a phase offset. Compensation is provided using a set of 8 capacitors. Each element is controlled separately. Voltage and current measurement points are provided on the side of the box. The • Compact equipment. • Low-cost solution. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Description The study box for compensation of reactive energy includes the following components: • 3 halogen lamps on a dimmer, • 1 phase offset induction coil, • 8 capacitors, • 13 wired switches to diversify the circuits: --8 for the capacitors, --3 for the lamps, --1 for the phase offset induction coil, --1 for the dimmer shunt, • 1 light dimmer, • 1 measurement point for the current consumed, • 1 measurement point for the network voltage • 1 power lead. References A2E study box for compensation of reactive energy MD3BPCER Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electrical engineering Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Energy efficiency To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Compensation of reactive energy schneider-electric.fr/form-jtcer Life is On | Schneider Electric A11 Quality of energy Study box for grounding schemes and selectivity A2E equipment u page 5 You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48442 • Studying the various ground link schemes. • Studying the usefulness and operation of the protective devices. • Selecting the most suitable protective system for an installation. • Determining the fault currents. • Studying ammeter and chronometric selectivity systems. Presentation This box is designed for studying protection of persons and property in an installation with a TT type grounding scheme. The equipment consists of various electrical protection devices and resistors that can be used to simulate the human body or various types of equipment connected to the network. The • Compact equipment. • Low-cost solution. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Description Composition of the box • 1 isolating transformer. • 1 set of resistors. • 1 Vigirex differential relay. • 1 circuit breaker with voltage emission tripping device. • 1 circuit breaker with 300 mA differential. • 1 circuit breaker with 30 mA differential. Grounding scheme box + set of leads Accessories supplied • 1 pushbutton to create a fault. • 1 general protection circuit breaker. • 1 power supply cable. Accessories to be ordered separately • Set of 4 mm safety leads. References A2E study box for grounding schemes and selectivity Set of leads for A2E study box for grounding schemes MD3BPSLTSC MD1BPSLTCO Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electrical engineering A12 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Checking Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Diagnostic of electrical malfunctions schneider-electric.fr/form-depan 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Quality of energy Study boxes for grounding schemes You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48520 • Studying the various ground link schemes: TN, TT and IT. • Applying, for each type of ground link scheme, the standards covering protection for an LV electricity distribution system. • Grasping the principles of troubleshooting. Presentation These benches are designed for studies of the various ground link schemes: • TN and TT neutral systems on one side, • IT neutral system on the other side. Receivers are simulated by loads located in the lower part of the bench. Two versions are proposed: • The IM400 version enables automatic troubleshooting, • The IM20 version enables execution of manual troubleshooting. The • Both sides can be used at the same time. • 1 item of equipment for the 3 neutral systems. • Sturdy safety wiring. Description Study bench for grounding schemes • The benches are mounted on a frame with locking wheels. • Composition of the benches: --1 distribution architecture mimic diagram, --3 single- or three-phase receivers representing a person, --A protection system made up of thermal-magnetic circuit breakers and ground leakage circuit breakers, --Differential switches and contactors, --1 permanent insulation controller for IT system (type IM400 or IM20), --XD301 detectors integrated in the structure (on IM400 version). --Resistors and power transformers in the lower part. • Accessory supplied: 1 set of safety leads. IT side Troubleshooting kit • To be ordered with the bench for grounding schemes, IM20 version. • Contents: --XP15 ammeter clamp, --1 XGR leakage current generator, --1 XRM mobile receiver. References Study bench for grounding schemes (IM400) Study bench for grounding schemes (IM20) Troubleshooting kit for IM20 grounding scheme study bench MDG99603 MDG99605 MDG99609 TT + TN side Troubleshooting kit Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Checking 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Diagnostic of electrical malfunctions schneider-electric.fr/form-depan Life is On | Schneider Electric A13 Quality of energy Study bench for selectivity of protective systems You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48512 • Using an adjustable differential relay with separate ring core. • Analysing the causes and effects of short circuit currents (calculation methods, choice of protection devices). • Studying the operating principles of a thermal- magnetic circuit breaker (tripping curves, breaking capacity). • Using and drawing the tripping curve for a given rating. • Implementing selectivity between upstream and downstream protection devices. • Simulating situations of full selectivity, partial selectivity and nonselectivity. • Studying the notions of selectivity with 2 or 3 stages (consequences and effects on an installation). • Selecting the impedance of the fault loop via induction coils with modular values. • Presenting, in a simplified way, the principle of breaking via an electrical arc under very low voltage. • Limiting the short circuit current. The • Both sides can be used at the same time. • 1 item of equipment for both types of selectivity. • Sturdy safety wiring. Presentation This bench is designed to study and implement two selectivity strategies for protection devices in low voltage distribution systems: • Ammeter selectivity, • And chronometric selectivity. Two isolating transformers enable limitation of the energy level involved when creating the deliberate faults required for the study. Chronometric side Description • The bench is mounted on a frame with locking wheels. • Contents: --2 mimic diagram panels: ammeter selectivity and chronometric selectivity, --Circuit breakers with different tripping curves (B, C or D), --2 x 220 V / 48 V isolating transformers in the lower part, --1 set of induction coils (for ammeter selectivity), --1 rheostat (for chronometric selectivity). • Accessory supplied: 1 set of safety leads. References Study bench for selectivity of protective systems MDG99610 Ammeter side Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Maintenance A14 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Checking Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Operation of an LV installation schneider-electric.fr/form-expbt 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Quality of energy Study box for compensation of reactive energy You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48400 • Measuring the phase offset factor on linear and non-linear loads: --Influence of the line lengths, --Remedies enabling correction of the phase offset factor. • Showing the inrush currents linked to closing of capacitors: measurement and reduction. • Showing the overloads on capacitors (antiresonance) linked to harmonic phenomena. The • Compact system for studying RPC. • Use in applied physics. • Safe measurement points. Presentation This box is representative of a reactive energy compensation installation. It features the following functions: • Linear phase offset loads enabling variations in the phase offset factor for the installation, • Varmetric measurement system, • Reactive energy compensation system provided by banks of capacitors slaved by the varmetric relay, • Static contactor enabling cut-off of the inrush current linked to the capacitors, • A system of non-linear loads showing the antiresonance phenomena linked to circulation of harmonics in the capacitors, • Corrective device with antiresonance induction coil. Comment: execution of measurements and projects involves use of an RMS type universal controller or specific instruments (harmonic analyser). RPC study box Description Control box • 1 mimic diagram. • 1 VarPlus Logic measurement system. • 1 set of 3 capacitors. • 1 set of 3 induction coils. • Measurement points on the right-hand side. Lamp box • 3 x 500 W halogen lamps controlled by a dimmer. Trolley to carry the study box for reactive energy • Its wheels facilitate handling of the box. References RPC study box for reactive power compensation Trolley to carry the RPC study box for reactive power compensation MDG99160 MDG99169 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical Study box on trolley Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Energy management To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Compensation of reactive energy schneider-electric.fr/form-jtcer Life is On | Schneider Electric A15 Quality of energy Study bench for electromagnetic disturbances You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48423 • Identifying the harmonics linked to different receivers. • Identifying the disturbances linked to coexistence of signal currents and power currents (EMC). • Measuring radiated EMC and conducted EMC. • Implementing suitable solutions in compliance with the wiring rules. Presentation The • Use in applied physics. • Safe measurement points. This bench consists of two boxes that can be used to reproduce the electromagnetic disturbance phenomena met with in industrial facilities, and assess the performance levels of the solutions implemented. An active filter is proposed as an option to complete study of the anti-harmonic solutions. Execution of the measurements and projects proposed entails use of a spectrum analyser (HF) and a harmonic analyser (LF). Description HARMOCEM bench The bench consists of 2 boxes. Control box • Mimic diagram for selection of the components to be implemented. • 1 set of 3 induction coils. • 1 set of 3 capacitors. • Variable speed controller. • Filters, compensators, induction coils, capacitors. • Measurement points. Load box • Non-linear loads: dimmers, lamps, fluorescent tubes, etc. • 1 asynchronous motor with load. • Leads and sensors. Active filter Optional accessories available • 1 set of 2 trolleys: --One with a lockable drawer for the control cabinet and the active filter, --The other one is used as a support for the load box. • Active filter: --Power supply via the control box, --Quick connection via twin-recess sockets, --Maximum compensation current 2 A, --Compensation of orders H 2 to H 25. • HF spectrum analyser: --Frequencies 150 kHz to 1 GHz. • Network and single-phase power analyser: --Measurement of harmonics of orders 2 to 50. References HARMOCEM study bench for electromagnetic disturbances Active filter for study bench for electromagnetic disturbances Trolleys for study bench for electromagnetic disturbances Network and single-phase power analyser HF spectrum analyser MDG99150 MDG99159 MDG99158 MDG99098H MDG99198 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical A16 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Energy management To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Electromagnetic compatibility schneider-electric.fr/form-cem 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Quality of energy Study bench for harmonic disturbances You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48408 • Studying problems of disturbances on a three-phase installation. • Analysing harmonic and EMC phenomena and neutral temperature rise. • Implementing suitable solutions. Presentation This bench takes the form of an electrical cabinet and a box containing lighting loads. The electrical architecture simulates an installation in an auditorium. It consists of two separate power lines that enable control of a lighting circuit and control of motorisation for the scenery. Execution of the measurements and projects entails use of a spectrum analyser (HF) and a harmonic analyser (LF). The • Applicable to industrial and service installations. • Mobile equipment. • Safe measurement points. Description • The bench is mounted on a frame with wheels. • The upper part features: --1 mimic diagram for selection of the constituent elements to be implemented. --1 panel for measurement and adjustment of the lamp power levels, --Circuit breakers and differential protection devices, --Line induction coils, --Anti-harmonic filter induction coils, --Resonance induction coils, --Three-phase capacitors, --1 isolating transformer, 2 kVA 400/240 V, --1 Altivar variable speed controller for 1.5 kW motor. • Box in lower part: --1 lighting set with 3 x 500 W halogen lamps, --1 set of fluorescent, compact fluorescent or induction lamps, --1 temperatures monitoring sensor, --2 cooling fans, --1 set of leads and sensors. Accessories to be ordered separately • Active filter: --Power supply via the control box, --Quick connection via twin-recess sockets, --Maximum compensation current 2 A, --Compensation of orders H 2 to H 25. • High Frequency spectrum analyser: frequencies 150 kHz to 1 GHz. • Low Frequency network and three-phase power analyser: power and quality of energy analyser (harmonics). HARMOTRIS bench Active filter References HARMOTRIS study bench for harmonic disturbances Active filter for study bench for electromagnetic disturbances LF network and three-phase power analyser HF spectrum analyser MDG99190 MDG99159 MDG99099H MDG99198 Network and three-phase power analyser Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Energy management To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Harmonics - technical solutions schneider-electric.fr/form-harm Life is On | Schneider Electric A17 Quality of energy Study box for harmonic disturbances You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48415 • Displaying and interpreting harmonic disturbances on an electrical installation. • Analysing harmonic order 3 phenomena and neutral temperature rise. • Implementing a suitable solution with an anti-harmonic filter. • Studying the influence of the conductor cross-sections, applying the standards. • Studying a lightning arrestor. The • Use in applied physics. • Simple analysis of order H3. • Safe measurement points. Presentation This study box takes the form of an electrical box containing a lighting power line. It is designed to provide a simple approach to problems of harmonic disturbances. Description Contents • Electrical cabinet. • 1 set of halogen lamps. • 1 set of fluorescent, compact fluorescent or induction lamps, • 1 transformer. • 1 set of induction coils and 1 set of capacitors "on 2 lines". • Protective circuit breakers. • Lightning arrestor device. • Lamp selection and adjustment panel. • Measurement point banner. • Box ventilation system. MINHARMOTRIS box Accessories to be ordered separately • Carrying trolley. • Low Frequency network and three-phase power analyser: power and quality of energy analyser (harmonics). References MINHARMOTRIS study box for harmonic disturbances Trolley to carry the study box for harmonic disturbances LF network and three-phase power analyser MDG99195 MDG99199 MDG99099H Left-hand side Right-hand side Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical A18 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Energy management To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Harmonics - technical solutions schneider-electric.fr/form-harm 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Renewable energies Solar lamp pack A2E equipment u page 5 You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48551 • In an Energy Environment (EE): --Grasping an energy chain, --Checking expected performance levels, --Enhancing levels of energy efficiency. • In Technological Innovation and Eco-Design (TIED): --Designing mechanisms, --Studying the behaviour of a mechanism or a part, --Carrying out an impact study. The • Sturdy design. Presentation This pack consists of 10 lamps and technical and training resources. The portable lamp is powered by its own solar panel. It includes a charging solution via a USB port for smartphones, cameras and other peripherals. Description • This lamp can be used for teaching sequences that can be covered in STI2D. • Main characteristics: --Uniform lighting with maximum luminosity of over 120 lumens, --Up to 48 hours of autonomy with one day of charging (3 lighting levels), --USB port for charging mobile phones, --Supplied with a USB cable and 5 adaptors, --Watertight at a depth of up to 0.5 m for 1 hour, --Polycrystalline solar panel, 6 V - 2.5 Wp, --Material: Rough ABS, plastic and polycarbonate, --Lithium Ferro Phosphate battery. References MDGTS20 Pack of 10 MOBIYA solar lamps Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electronics • Electrical engineering Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Renewable energies • Energy storage To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Introduction to photovoltaic systems schneider-electric.fr/form-olpv Life is On | Schneider Electric A19 Renewable energies Modular solar energy generation bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48495 • Discovering and identifying the component parts • Studying, sizing and implementing solar panels. • Studying the influence of solar masks. The Presentation This modular bench is designed to enable learners to find out about the basics of energy generation by solar panels. To display the state of charge, the regulator module is fitted with 2 indicator lights: • Green when the battery is charged, • Red when the battery is being charged. • Finding out about solar generation. • Prototyping an energy chain. • Swift, safe implementation. Description Contents • 1 support structure ref. MD1AM000. • 1 solar panel ref. MD1AMS005. • 1 measurement module with 1 voltmeter and 1 ammeter ref. MD1AMS001. • 1 charge regulator module ref. MD1AMS002. • 1 x 12 V battery module ref. MD1AMS003. • 1 x 12 V DC / 230 V AC inverter module ref. MD1AMS004. • 1 x 15 W lamp support module ref. MD1AMP004 . References Modular solar energy generation bench MD1AMLSOL Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Scientific A20 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Renewable energies • Measuring • Energy storage To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Introduction to photovoltaic systems schneider-electric.fr/form-olpv 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Renewable energies Photovoltaic micro-plant pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48464 • Understanding the electrical characteristics of a photovoltaic solar panel: --Characterisation I(V), --Maximum power MPPT, --OCV, SSC. • Optimising energy generation: --Influence of the panel positioning (orientation, tilt, solar masks), --Influence of the panel wiring (in series/in parallel). • Protecting a photovoltaic micro-plant. The • High-performance photovoltaic panels. • No infrastructure required. • Implementation and storage in a few minutes. Presentation The photovoltaic micro-plant enables learners to find out about photovoltaic solar power, from understanding the electrical characteristics to optimisation of photovoltaic energy generation. Three micro-plants can be linked together to provide a wider range of wiring solutions, with voltages ranging from 15 to 90 V (OCV) and currents ranging from 2 to 12 A (SSC). Equipment made by the Soleïs Technologie Company and sold by Schneider Electric. Set of 3 micro-plants Description Composition of a photovoltaic micro-plant • 1 mobile, tilting structure. • 2 crystalline Si photovoltaic solar panels of 25 Wp each. • 1 compass. • 1 set of MC4 electrical leads / double recess sockets. The set of 3 photovoltaic micro-plants is supplied with 3 series diode boxes for their connection. References MDGMCPV MDG3MCPV Photovoltaic micro-plant Set of 3 photovoltaic micro-plants Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy • Scientific Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Renewable energies • Measuring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Introduction to photovoltaic systems schneider-electric.fr/form-olpv Life is On | Schneider Electric A21 Renewable energies Micro-plant bench for isolated locations A2E equipment u page 5 You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48552 • Connecting the photovoltaic panels to study the various series / parallel combinations. • Grasping the various constituent elements of a photovoltaic generation chain in isolated locations. • Measuring the energy levels at the various points of the installation. • Studying the battery charging and discharging constraints. The • High-performance photovoltaic panels. • Swift, safe implementation. Presentation This bench can be used to implement a solar power generation chain, from the photovoltaic panels to the 230 V AC receivers. Description Photovoltaic structure One or two photovoltaic structures (ref. MD3BPPV) can be linked together to constitute the generation field. Each structure can be swivelled to determine the best exposure. Each structure consists of panels containing six photovoltaic cells. Each panel is equipped with MC4 connection systems; it is necessary to know how to connect them (in series or in parallel) depending on the electrical constraints of the conversion chain. The connection is made via a coupling box connected to the main box via a 10 m cable (thus enabling studies to be carried out indoors). By linking two structures, it is hence possible to provide a wider range of connections and higher power generation level. Conversion box This is equipped with: a regulator, a battery, an inverter, two selectable 230 V AC loads and protection and measuring equipment. The regulator powers the 12 V DC battery and the 12 V DC / 230 V AC inverter. The inverter provides power for two 6 W or 11 W LED lamps. Measurement points and ammeters are used to display and measure the charge and discharge current. Photovoltaic structure Conversion box and coupling box References Photovoltaic structure for micro-plant bench Conversion box for micro-plant bench MD3BPPV MD3BPSOLI Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy A22 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Renewable energies • Measuring • Energy storage To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Photovoltaic systems with direct consumption schneider-electric.fr/form-pvac 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Renewable energies Bench for drawing water using solar power A2E equipment u page 5 You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48457 • Finding out about the bench for drawing water and implementing it. • Studying operation, parameterisation and maintenance work on the ATV 312 Solar variable speed controller. • Sizing the photovoltaic panels necessary to operate the bench. Presentation This bench reproduces an autonomous solar-powered pumping solution proposed by Schneider Electric, in areas where no connection to the electricity network is possible. The electrical energy supplied by photovoltaic panels powers a specific variable speed controller directly. The system operates without a battery, with the objective of providing a constant supply of water thanks to the sizing of the tank in the light of the quantities of water needed and the daily number of hours of sunshine. To facilitate use as a training tool, this model is powered: • Either by a field of PV panels with a 300 V DC output, • Or by a 24 V DC laboratory power supply, • Or by the 230 V AC mains power supply. The • Compact equipment. • Operates indoors or outdoors. Description Contents • 1 Altivar 312 Solar 180 W variable speed controller. • 1 centrifugal pump. • 1 high tank level limit switch with level sensor. • 1 low tank level limit switch to simulate the water table. • 1 pump on/off switch. • 1 rotary knob to adjust the voltage. • 1 pump on indicator light. • 1 pump fault indicator light. • 1 mushroom-head emergency stop button. • 1 power lead. • Protective circuit breakers. SUN WATER References SUN WATER bench for drawing water using solar power MD3BPODS Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Energy Principle Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Power electronics • Renewable energies To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Altivar Machine 320 Programming schneider-electric.fr/form-vm320 Life is On | Schneider Electric A23 Renewable energies Photovoltaic characterisation bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48450 • Studying various PV solar panel technologies: monocrystalline, CIGS and amorphous. • Comparing performance levels over time (measurements made continuously) for the various types of PV panels. • Comparing the efficiency levels of a fixed installation with those of an installation with a tracker. • Studying the influence of the incoming solar radiation (intensity, temperature, shading) for each technology. Presentation The • Possibility of selecting the PV technologies at the time of ordering. • Bench with an autonomous power supply. • Automatic data collection and transmission via GPRS GSM link. This bench can be used to study and compare different technologies for photovoltaic solar panels, fitted on fixed supports and on solar trackers. The measurements for each panel (temperature, radiation intensity, voltage, current, etc.) are recorded once a second, averaged per minute and then memorised. The data are sent by email every evening. They are then formatted, analysed and studied with the learners. A SIM card with a data subscription is to be planned. Equipment made by the Soleïs Technologie Company and sold by Schneider Electric. Description Composition of the bench • Photovoltaic panels: --3 (1) using different technologies (monocrystalline Si, CIGS and amorphous) are mounted on a fixed support, --2 with a given technology (selected at the time of ordering) are installed on a tracker. • 1 ambient temperature sensor. • 1 radiation intensity sensor. • 1 GPRS to be equipped with a SIM card with a data subscription. (1) Possibility of providing 2 or 5 panels on the fixed support: contact us. Accessory to be ordered separately • Ultrasound anemometer. References Photovoltaic characterisation bench with 3 fixed panels + 2 on tracker MDGAGSTRK Anemometer for photovoltaic characterisation bench MDGAGSANE Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy • Scientific A24 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Renewable energies • Measuring • Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Solutions provided by energy from renewable sources schneider-electric.fr/form-ereno 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Renewable energies Individual tube type solar water heater bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48460 • Finding out about the components of a solar heating system. • Studying heat exchanges. • Sizing an expansion tank. • Familiarisation with safety devices in solar heating systems. • Implementing a solar water heater, operating it, and carrying out maintenance. • Studying temperature regulation. • Studying the influence of tilt and the type of sensor. • Studying the light spectrum. The • Water circuit visible by transparency. • Compact to go through doorways. • Temperature curves obtained in real time. Presentation This solar water heater with an ancillary electric heater element can be used to study implementation of a solar heating system with twin power supplies. The tilt of the vacuum tube solar panel can be adjusted. The water circuit with a hot water tank reproduces an actual installation, with a mixer unit that regulates the water output temperature. The small size of the equipment gives it an inertia level that is compatible with teaching activities. The data from the temperature sensors and the solarimeter can be retrieved on a computer via a converter (software to be ordered separately). The technical management software enables: • Display of course content, projects and exercises with real-time values (with the possibility of creating specific pages), • Historicisation of the machine data in a database, • Automatic creation of Excel files on the basis of the data recorded for more advanced use of the information. Description Contents • Frame on wheels. • Solar panel with 6 vacuum tubes. • 1 hot water tank, volume 15 L, fitted with a heater element. • 1 water circulation pump. • 1 pressure gauge. • 1 expansion tank. • 1 safety relief valve unit. • 1 filling valve. • 1 drain valve. • 1 check valve. • Solenoid valves (separation of the networks). • 6 temperature sensors. • 1 mixer unit. • 1 solarimeter. • Programmable logic controller with HMI display. • 0-10 V and 4-20 mA analogue measurement points (depending on the version). Accessories to be ordered separately • Technical management software for data acquisition and processing, and for further training. • Lighting set with infrared spotlights. References CESI individual tube type solar water heater bench MD1AACHESOL CESI individual tube type solar water heater bench with analogue MD1AACHESOLA measurement points Lighting set for individual tube type solar water heater bench Technical management software On-the-spot training MD1AACHESOLR MD1AACHEPACRV MD1AAFORMIMAP Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Energy • Scientific Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Renewable energies • Measuring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Programming the regulation function schneider-electric.fr/form-regba Life is On | Schneider Electric A25 Energy efficiency and regulation Air/air heat pump bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48472 • Finding out the operating principles for an air/air heat pump. • Studying heat exchanges. • Studying the main components: compressor, condenser, expander, evaporator. • Sizing the evaporator and the condenser using the technical documentation. • Setting the regulator parameters, optimisation. • Testing the fluid load, influence on the performance levels. • Studying the energy balance, cooling cycle T/P. • Calculating the cold/hot air/fluid COP. • Showing the energy savings made with a heat pump. The • Transparent equipment enabling the components to be seen. • Compact to go through doorways. • 2 different operating modes: dynamic and standard. Presentation This bench is a didactic air/air heat pump assembled using standard, commercially available elements. The heat pump is piloted by a controller. A technical management software program is proposed as an option to acquire data. An HMI on the front panel can be used to control the temperature, the automatic defrosting system and the alarms. The technical management software enables: • Display of course content, projects and exercises with real-time values (with the possibility of creating specific pages), • Historicisation of the machine data in a database, • Automatic creation of Excel files on the basis of the data recorded for more advanced use of the data. Description Contents • Frame on wheels. • 2 x 160 m3/h fixed speed fans. • Compressor, condenser, expander, evaporator. • R134a refrigerant. • 2 air flow meters. • 2 pressure gauges for high and low pressure. • 2 sensors for high and low pressure. • 1 defrosting solenoid valve. • 1 control indicator light showing the presence of gas. • 1 anti-fluid hammer cylinder. • 1 dehydrator on gas network. • 4 gas temperature sensors. • 6 air temperature sensors. • 1 evaporator defrosting temperature sensor. • 1 programmable logic controller. • 1 x 3.5” operator dialogue terminal. • 0-10 V and 4-20 mA analogue measurement points (depending on the version). Accessories to be ordered separately • Optional hygrometry sensors: --2 x 0-10 V hygrometry sensors (suction chamber, discharge chamber), with supports, --2 programmable logic controller boards: 1 for analogue inputs and 1 for analogue outputs. • Technical management software for data acquisition and processing. References MD1AAPAC MD1AAPACA MD1AAPACHYG MD1AACHEPACRV MD1AAFORMIMAP Air/air heat pump bench Air/air heat pump bench with analogue measurement points Hygrometry sensors for air/air heat pump bench Technical management software On-the-spot training Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • • • • Automatic systems Electrical engineering Energy Scientific A26 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • • • • Automatic control Energy efficiency Energy management Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Programming the regulation function schneider-electric.fr/form-regba 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Energy efficiency and regulation Double flow CMV bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48524 • Studying the role of ventilation regarding air quality. • Finding out about a passive heat exchanger and its function. • Studying heat exchanges in standard mode and dynamic mode: --Calculating the efficiency of the heat exchanger, --Power balance. • Showing the influence of the temperature of the outgoing air and the temperature of the incoming air. • Studying regulation: standard mode, regulation mode. • Comparing single flow/double flow types of operation. The • Transparent equipment enabling the components to be seen. • Compact to go through doorways. • Possibility of coupling the CMV bench with the air/air heat pump bench. Presentation With this double flow CMV bench, the two air flows that exchange their calories in the passive heat exchanger are shown. Various types of sensors are installed on each air flow, showing the temperatures of the incoming and outgoing air and the flow rate. The air flow rates are variable and they are controlled separately (double flow or single flow operation). All the information is provided on the operator dialogue terminal. Description The bench is mounted on a trolley with braked wheels. Contents • 2 x 0-90 m3/h variable speed fans piloted by the HMI. • 1 passive heat exchanger. • 2 air flow meters. • 4 temperature sensors. • 1 CO2 sensor. • 1 programmable logic controller. • 1 x 3.5” operator dialogue terminal. • 0-10 V and 4-20 mA analogue measurement points (depending on the version). Optional technical management software for data acquisition and processing. References Double flow CMV controlled mechanical ventilation bench Double flow CMV controlled mechanical ventilation bench with analogue measurement points MD1AAVMC MD1AAVMCA MD1AACHEPACRV MD1AAFORMIMAP Technical management software On-the-spot training Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Energy Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Automatic control • Energy efficiency • Energy management To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Management of heating, ventilation & air conditioning. schneider-electric.fr/form-cvc Life is On | Schneider Electric A27 Energy efficiency and regulation Greenhouse management model You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48534 • Developing EE activities: --Study of heat transfers by convection, radiation and conduction, --Study of energy performance, free supplies, metering. • Developing AC activities: --Study of insulation materials, --Study of ventilation. • Developing TIED activities: --Work on INVENTOR and SOLIDWORK, --Study of the opening mechanism. The • 50 hours of project work proposed on the themes of energy, materials, communication. • 3D digital model. • Tools proposed: INVENTOR, LabVIEW and SOLIDWORKS. Presentation This model reproduces the functions of a greenhouse with heating, lighting and ventilation. It can be used to work on the various fields of the triptych: energy, communication, materials. Description Contents • Operational part: --Wood frame with transparent removable partitions and access flap in the upper part, --1 x 15 W horticultural lamp, --1 x 50 W heating cable, --1 x 50 W infrared lamp, --1 temperature sensor, --1 x 1.3 W extractor --1 flap position detector. • Control part: --1 case with Zelio PLC, logic and analogue I/Os, --1 GSM module, --1 energy meter, --1 Modbus module, --1 measurement point, --1 monitoring application supplied, to pilot the PO functions with curves using Excel. SERRALIS model LabVIEW box Accessory to be ordered separately • LabVIEW box to use the temperature measurements. References SERRALIS greenhouse management model LabVIEW box for greenhouse management model MD1AEMS MD1AEMSLV Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Energy • Scientific A28 Designated skills • Checking • Studying • Piloting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Regulation slaving • Measuring • Simulation 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Energy efficiency and regulation Modular bench for energy efficiency in ventilation You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48533 • Showing an energy efficiency solution. • Measuring network and motor U/I in the light of the energy chain. • Using a measurement unit: --Energy measurements, --Comparison of consumption levels. • Setting the speed controller parameters under the law of energy savings. Presentation The • Designed for a modelling and prototyping activity. • Quiet ventilation equipment. • Retrieval of the operating data on a PC. This modular bench makes it possible to highlight the energy savings that could be made in a ventilation or pumping installation. The comparison is made between electro-mechanical control with a contactor and electronic control with a speed controller. The ventilation flow rate is adjusted by means of an iris or a speed controller. Description Contents • 1 support structure ref. MD1AM000. • 1 magnetic protection module ref. MD1AM1004 • 1 thermal relay module ref. MD1AM1007 • 1 contactor module ref. MD1AM1008 • 1 PM central measurement module ref. MD1AM2003 • 1 x 3 CT 50 / 5 A module ref. MD1AM2004 • 1 Ethernet gateway module with Web server ref. MD1AM2005 • 1 Altivar module ref. MD1AM5001 • 1 variable speed controller command module ref. MD1AM7001 • 1 motor output command module ref. MD1AM7004 • 1 x 24 V DC power supply module ref. MD1AM4001 • 1 motor fan unit with column and ball ref. MD1AMP014 • 1 USB/RJ45 cable for connection to the variable speed controller. • 1 RJ45/RJ45 cable for connection to the gateway. • SoMove parameterisation software program. The modular bench can be completed with other modules: see "Modules and accessories". References Modular bench for energy efficiency in ventilation MD1AMLATVEE Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Energy • Scientific Recommended training Designated skills • Checking • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Energy management • Measuring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Management of heating, ventilation & air conditioning. schneider-electric.fr/form-cvc Life is On | Schneider Electric A29 Energy efficiency and regulation Ventilation energy efficiency case You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48517 • Showing an energy efficiency solution. • Measuring network and motor U/I in the light of the energy chain. • Using a measurement unit: --Energy measurements, --Comparison of consumption levels. • Setting the speed controller parameters under the law of energy savings. Presentation The • Quiet ventilation equipment. • Understanding the advantages of variable speed controllers. • Retrieval of the operating data on a PC. This case makes it possible to highlight the energy savings that could be made in a ventilation or pumping installation. The comparison is made between electro-mechanical control with a contactor and electronic control with a speed controller. The ventilation flow rate is adjusted by means of an iris or a speed controller. Description Contents • 1 central measuring module • 1 direct circuit breaker/contactor output, • 1 x 0.18 kW output via Altivar, • 1 direct/speed controller switch, • 1 x 0.18 kW fan • Measurement points on safety sockets, • 1 Ethernet gateway with Web server, • 1 USB/RJ45 cable for connection to the variable speed controller, • 1 RJ45/RJ45 cable for connection to the gateway, • SoMove parameterisation software program. References MD1ATVEE Ventilation energy efficiency case Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Energy • Scientific A30 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Energy management • Measuring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Management of heating, ventilation & air conditioning. schneider-electric.fr/form-cvc 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Energy efficiency and regulation Heating regulation bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48511 • Understanding operation of a regulation system. • Operating and programming the regulation functions of a Premium PLC. The Presentation The operative side of this bench represents a central heating installation in miniature. The control side consists of a PLC and an operator dialogue terminal for control of the system. An Ethernet connection can be used to control the bench remotely. The PID loops are studied in the following configurations: • Central heating with indoor temperature sensor and analogue action on the three-way control valve, • Central heating with indoor temperature sensor and logic action on the three-way control valve, • Central heating with outdoor temperature sensor and water logic, action on the three-way control valve. • Industrial control system. • Fast reaction time. • All the regulation loops are represented. Description Contents • Frame on locking wheels. • Operational part: --15 L thermal storage water heater, --Expansion tank with safety relief valve unit, --Motorised 3-way optional rate valve, --Circulator pump piloted by a variable speed controller, --500 W radiator with air flow via 3 fans, --6 temperature sensors, --Voltage-current measurement points for the circulator pump, --SP, PV, OV analogue measurement points. • Control part: --1 protection and command sequence, --1 x 0.18 kW variable speed controller, --1 x M580 PLC, Ethernet 8I/16O (logic) and 8I/8O (analogue), HART board. --1 x 10.4” colour graphic touch terminal Operating side References MD1AE895M580 M580 heating regulation bench Control side Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Energy Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • • • • Regulation slaving Automatic control Energy efficiency Energy management To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Programming the regulation function schneider-electric.fr/form-regba Life is On | Schneider Electric A31 Energy efficiency and regulation Study bench for level regulation You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48506 • Studying the behaviour of a regulation system with or without dead time. • Grasping the parameters governing the accuracy and stabilisation of a process. • Studying single, cascade or feed forward loops: --P, PI, PD, PID with digital output, --ON/OFF two states with logic output, --ON/OFF three states with outputs, --Hot/cold with digital outputs, --Split-range with digital outputs, --IMC (model regulator) with digital output, --Feed-forward (predictive regulation) with digital output. The • Compact system. • Parameter settings for the various regulation loops. • Operation on touch screen with curve tracer. Presentation This bench can be used to study a regulation system of the type found in continuous industrial processes. The purpose is to regulate a water level and a water flow rate under various system conditions/disturbances. The bench consists of 2 water columns: • One for the tank, • The other to display the regulation. Three pumps are fitted in the base to execute the system filling, draining and disturbance functions. A tap at the top of the tank enables operation as a stable or non-integrating system. Description Contents • 1 operating part consisting of 2 water columns. • 3 pumps for filling, draining and disturbance. • 1 control part with an M340 PLC. • 1 Magelis terminal for piloting, parameterisation and viewing curves. • 1 set of sensors for pressure, flow rate and level. • 1 set of measurement or command points for the 3 pumps. References NIVOREG study bench for level regulation MD1AE885 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Scientific A32 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Regulation slaving • Automatic control • Measuring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Programming the regulation function schneider-electric.fr/form-regba 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric A33 Residential Basic functions ................................................... B4 Advanced functions ......................................... B16 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric B1 Help in selecting via fields Residential Field Basic Intermediary M El ec ai tri M ca nt lE en El ec ng an in ce En rin g ec tri gi ee El ne ca tro in in g ch n ic ng ee ai er te lE er En al En ge rin g nt gi tic ne en En in g om an gi er Au t ne ce En at io n er gi in g ne En gi er in g ne er in g Basic functions Installing and setting up basic domestic electrical equipment ■ ■ ■ ■ Electricity distribution software programs ■ ■ ■ ■ A2E home box ■ ■ ■ ■ A2E photovoltaic micro-plant bench for isolated locations ■ ■ ■ ■ Housing safety pack ■ ■ ■ ■ Equipment packs ■ ■ ■ ■ 3D mini-cell box pack ■ ■ ■ ■ Pilot wire control pack ■ ■ ■ ■ Energy efficiency control functions pack ■ ■ ■ ■ Modular residential bench ■ ■ ■ ■ Modular residential and small services offer ■ ■ Charging terminal pack for electric vehicles ■ ■ ■ Smart housing pack ■ ■ ■ Complete housing service shaft pack ■ ■ ■ Housing measurement pack ■ ■ ■ Communication and FTTH box pack ■ ■ ■ Wireless housing renovation pack ■ ■ ■ Housing energy management pack ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Advanced functions Residential communication network case Study case for incoming solar radiation Study bench for housing energy management ■ ■ 3D cell for residential energy management ■ ■ HOME I/O software program and interface box B2 Life is On | Schneider Electric ■ ■ ■ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Confirmed g e n gi ch te e ro ct El d In n io at g ni m to il Bu g n di au in er n gi e on ai En ai M En e nc e e rg En r ee n En gy er En g in gi tic na e nt g in r ee g n gi E om ut la ria t us r ee n En al c ni g in in er Advanced Ef cy en En i fic g rin ee n gi n En o Pr En ri ee n gi ng Sc e ne gi d ce n va Ad g rin e c en i n gi tio c du g in r ee En Page B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 ■ B14 ■ B15 ■ B16 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ B17 ■ B18 ■ B19 ■ B20 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ B24 ■ ■ ■ ■ B25 ■ ■ ■ ■ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue ■ B21 B22 ■ B23 ■ B26 Life is On | Schneider Electric B3 Basic functions Installing and setting up basic domestic electrical equipment Training objectives • Installation and connections. • Professional practices. • Modifying an installation. Presentation In addition to the discovery tasks performed on the MD3BPDOM cabinets, this pack allows you to focus on the full-scale installation and implementation part, with robust equipment. It allows you to carry out the different activities corresponding to the domestic installation’s basic functions. The • Equipment for wiring training. • Training dossier. • Link with the domestic cabinet offer MD3BPDOM. All of the products to be installed on the existing support • 3 Mureva power sockets 2P+E NF - IP55. • 4 protruding Mureva two-way switches - IP55 including 1 luminous and 1 double 2-way switch. • 3 grey Mureva pushbuttons - protruding - IP55. • 4 Mureva boxes, distribution box - three 65x65x45 and one 105x105x55. • 12 tubes GT 3321 Mureva - PVC - not socketed - Ø20mm - length 1 m grey. • 1 set of sleeves, elbows, Tee-brackets and clips for tubes. • 1 Cabinet 12 modules. • 2 differential switches XP 2P 40A 30MA comb busbar-pluggable. • 2 comb busbars 63A single-phase grey and blue. • 1 dusk-to-dawn switch. • 1 command for luminous pushbutton ATLz. • 1 single-pole remote-control switch 16A - 230 VAC. • 1P + N 10A 30mA ground-leakage circuit breaker. • 1 D’clic circuit-breaker 1P + N and 16A and 20A. • 1 ID'clic two-pole switch 25A - 30mA. • 1 timer with early OFF warning. • 1 MIN'clic timer 1 to 7mn 16A - 230 VAC. • 1 time switch 2 channel 230 VAC. • 3 indicator lights 230 VAC. Example of a development with the domestic kit For control MD3AADOM: set of residential equipment to be installed. Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical B4 Designated skills • Communicating • Preparing • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Basic functions Electricity distribution software programs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48399 • Calculating electrical installations. • Selecting equipment. • Drawing up technical files. The Presentation Schneider Electric proposes numerous software programs and configurators free of charge for: • Calculation of electricity distribution installations and their configuration, • Costing electrical switchboards. They can be downloaded from the Schneider Electric site: www.schneiderelectric.fr/logiciels • Professional software programs. • Free software programs. Description MIE3C (My Installation In 3 Clicks) Online tool that can be used to draw up a complete estimate very quickly for an electrical installation in a house or an apartment in compliance with Standard NF C 15-100 (electrical switchboard, communication box, etc.). Bati-Resi Suite Software for use in designing and costing of electrical equipment involving power currents and signal currents in residential and services buildings (new or for renovation). Bati-Resi Suite MIE3C Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Configuring 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Rapsodie software program schneider-electric.fr/form-conceptde Life is On | Schneider Electric B5 Basic functions Household box A2E equipment u page 5 You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48455 • Installing components: switches, two-way switches, sockets, etc. • Studying the function of each component. • Configuring a programmable timing switch • Studying the remote control switch function. Presentation This box is designed for wiring the basic functions of a residential or small services installation, such as remote control switches, timers, time switches, or dusk to dawn switches. The transparent cover enables the components to be seen. The components are wired using safety leads. The • Compact equipment. • Low-cost solution. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Description Contents • 3 household sockets. • 2 two-way switches. • 3 pushbutton switches. • 1 pushbutton switch with indicator light. • 3 indicator lights. • 1 earth leakage circuit breaker for general protection. • 2 circuit breakers, 10 A and 16 A. • 1 timer. • 1 timer with early OFF warning • 1 remote control switch. • 1 remote control switch with command via illuminated pushbutton. • 1 programmable time switch • 1 dusk-to-dawn switch. Household box + set of leads Accessories supplied • 1 power lead. Accessories to be ordered separately • 1 set of 4 mm safety leads. References Household box without leads Lot of leads for A2E household box MD3BPDOMSC MD3BPDOMCO Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Maintenance B6 Designated skills • Troubleshooting • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Installations with limited power ratings schneider-electric.fr/form-a5c15100 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Basic functions Photovoltaic micro-plant bench for isolated locations A2E equipment u page 5 You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48540 • Connecting the solar panels to study the various series or parallel combinations. • Studying battery charging and discharging with and without consumption loads. • Measuring the currents and voltages of the energy conversion chain. • Maintaining a photovoltaic installation. The • Compact equipment. • Low-cost solution. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Presentation The micro-plant can be used to set up an energy conversion chain from the photovoltaic panels to the 230 V AC receivers. This equipment is designed in partnership with the Soleïs Technologie Company, which makes the panels. Description 2 high-performance photovoltaic panels constitute the solar field. Each of the panels is made up of 2 groups of cells that are connected to the coupling box via MC4 leads with safety plugs. It is thus possible to set up all the series and parallel combinations to adjust the power generated. The 10 m cable is connected to the main box at the battery input or the inverter input. The main box is made up of: • 1 charge regulator, • 1 x 12 V battery • 1 x 12 V / 230 V inverter, • 1 LED lamp, • 1 compact fluorescent lamp. Ammeters and measurement points can be used to display and measure the charging and discharging currents, and hence understand the function of each element. References Solar micro-plant bench for isolated locations MDGMCSOLI Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Renewable energies • Energy storage To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Photovoltaic systems with direct consumption schneider-electric.fr/form-pvac Life is On | Schneider Electric B7 Basic functions Housing safety pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48541 • Installing and connecting • Configuring and parameterising • Modifying an installation • Testing and putting into service The • Low-cost solution. Presentation This equipment can be used to carry out 4 activities around the theme of safety of persons and property: • Autonomous smoke detectors enable swift detection of smouldering fires and fires that give off smoke indoors. They can be connected to the management system, • Emergency lighting units facilitate evacuation in the common areas of collective housing units. In the event of a power failure, batteries are used to ensure operation of the emergency lighting units for 5 hours, • Lightning arrestors protect electric and electronic equipment from voltage surges due to lightning, • The D'clic ARC enhances prevention of fires of electrical origin by monitoring phenomena of electric arcs linked to deterioration of cables or connections. It includes the functions of a traditional circuit breaker. Description Contents • 3 autonomous smoke detectors with relay outputs. • 3 emergency lighting units for common areas. • 1 remote control system for emergency lighting units. • 3 lightning arrestors. • 2 D'clic ARC (circuit breakers with arc detectors). References MDG99SEC Housing safety pack Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical B8 Designated skills • Communicating • Preparing • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Basic functions Equipment packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48542 • Installing and connecting. • Acquiring professional gestures. • Modifying an installation. • Communicating with customers. The • Low-cost solution. Presentation These equipment packs complete the home installation of your 3D cells via a set of equipment units in one of the following ranges: • Built-in installation for new installations: Odace or Ovalis, • Surface mounted installation for renovation: Alrea, • Surface mounted installation for renovation or new buildings in secondary areas (basements, garages, etc.): Mureva Styl. They can be used to equip several cells, as resupply or acquisition. Description Odace built-in fittings pack (ref. MDG99UTO) • 25 two-way switches. • 25 single pushbuttons. • 10 double pushbuttons. • 25 power sockets, 2P + G, 10/16 A. • 15 RJ45 sockets. • 5 commands for roller shutters. • 5 x 20 A cable outputs. • 10 lamp connection devices. • 200 airtight built-in boxes, dia. 67 mm, depth 40 mm. • 50 metres of ICA flexible ducting. Odace fittings pack Ovalis economical built-in fittings pack (ref. MDG99UTECO) • 40 two-way switches. • 40 single pushbuttons. • 40 power sockets, 2P + G, 10/16 A. • 40 RJ45 sockets. • 200 built-in boxes, dia. 67 mm, depth 50 mm. Alrea surface-mounted fittings pack (ref. MDG99UTR) • 20 single switches. • 20 two-way switches. • 10 single pushbuttons. • 20 double pushbuttons. • 20 power sockets, 2P + G, 10/16 A. • 5 RJ45 sockets. • 5 cable outputs. • 100 finishing frames. • Mouldings and accessories. Mureva Styl waterproof fittings pack (ref. MDG99UTE) • 20 two-way switches. • 20 single pushbuttons. • 20 double pushbuttons. • 20 illuminated double pushbuttons. • 10 power sockets, 2P + G, 10/16 A. • Set of ICT tubes. References Odace built-in fittings pack Ovalis economical built-in fittings pack Alrea surface-mounted fittings pack Mureva Styl waterproof fittings pack MDG99UTO MDG99UTECO MDG99UTR MDG99UTE Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical Designated skills • Communicating • Preparing • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution Life is On | Schneider Electric B9 Basic functions 3D mini-cell box pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48543 • Installing and connecting • Configuring and parameterising with the Bati-Resi Suite application • Modifying an installation • Testing and putting into service • Communicating with customers.thanks to the MIE3C application The • Low-cost solution. Presentation This equipment pack can be used to start work on 3D cells. It corresponds to the equipment required for a T1 apartment. The protection units to be installed in the box are of the comb type (screw connections). The MIE3C (my installation in 3 clicks) application can be used to draw up a complete estimate very quickly for an electrical installation in a house or an apartment in compliance with Standard NF C 15-100 (electrical switchboard, communication box, etc.). Description Contents • Electrical switchboard: --1 box with 2 rows of 13 modules, --2 x 40 A - 30 mA differential switches, --1 x 2 A circuit breaker, --2 x 10 A circuit breakers, --3 x 16 A circuit breakers, --2 x 20 A circuit breakers, --1 x 32 A circuit breaker, --1 modular power socket, --Accessories. • Equipment: --2 two-way switches, --2 power sockets, --1 double two-way switch, --1 pushbutton, --1 RJ45 socket, --6 airtight single-element built-in boxes, --1 ceiling centre box with light connection device, --2 wall boxes for wall-mounted lights with light connection device, --10 duct plugs, --1 hole saw, --1 tracing tool. References MDG9912 3D mini-cell box pack Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical B10 Designated skills • Communicating • Preparing • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Basic functions Pilot wire control pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48544 • Installing and connecting • Configuring and parameterising • Modifying an installation • Testing and putting into service • Communicating with customers. The Presentation This pack can be used to install products using the pilot wire technology: • On the one hand for a small-scale home automation system consisting of centralising the lighting and roller shutter command with the PlusLink® pilot wire. This technology enables parameterisation directly on the commands. • On the other hand, for heating control with a built-in thermostat. It is easy to wire, with just one extra wire as compared with traditional wiring. • Low-cost solution. • Initiation in home automation functions. • Creation and management of the scenarios by holding the button down. Description Contents Odace + fittings for centralisation of lighting and roller shutters: • 2 commands for roller shutters, • 4 all-load electronic switches, • 1 standard dimmer, • 2 group commands, • 1 master command, • 1 auxiliary protection device. Odace heating control fittings: • 1 thermostat with touch screen for pilot wire. Installation and finishing accessories: • 10 airtight built-in boxes, dia. 67 mm, depth 40 mm. • 10 white single-unit finishing plates Possible functions • Scenarios for roller shutter and/or lighting, • Local, group and general command (configurable directly via the commands), • Memorisation of lighting ambiences and opening/closing sequences for roller shutters. References MDG99ODACP Pilot wire control pack Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical Designated skills • Communicating • Preparing • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution Life is On | Schneider Electric B11 Basic functions Energy efficiency control functions pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48545 • Installing and connecting • Configuring and parameterising • Modifying an installation • Testing and putting into service • Communicating with customers. The • Low-cost solution. Presentation This equipment pack can be used to install facilities that help to ensure energy savings: • Lighting regulation, • Heating regulation, • Management of hourly rates. It can be used to execute up to 5 improvement activities based on active energy efficiency. Description Contents • Outdoor motion detector. • Presence detector. • EC off-peak hours contactor. • Programmable timing contactor. • Dusk-to-dawn switch. • Two-zone thermostat on pilot wire. • DSE'clic load shedder: it constantly monitors sending of overload warnings by the electronic electricity meter via the remote information bus. References Energy efficiency control functions pack MDG99CDEE Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical B12 Designated skills • Communicating • Preparing • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Basic functions Modular residential bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48513 • Installing a distribution switchboard. • Studying and wiring components: --Single/double lighting systems, two-way switches, power sockets, --Series/parallel connections. • Studying and wiring components in the T3/T4 set: --Remote control switch, --Programmable timing switch module. The • Swift, safe implementation. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Presentation The modular residential bench can be used to study and ensure swift fitting of the elements making up a residential electrical installation. The modules are complementary, and they range from the simplest functions in a housing unit to the most complex ones. The composition can be completed by modules linked to energy efficiency: see the sub-section "Components for modular benches and accessories". Description Modules Designation Modular benches Reference Set for T1 / T2 Set for T3 / T4 Support structure MD1AM000 1 1 Circuit-breaker + meter module MD1AM6001 1 1 10 A circuit-breaker module MD1AM6002 3 16 A circuit-breaker module MD1AM6003 1 1 Diff. switch module 16 A / 30 mA MD1AM6004 2 2 Diff. switch module 20 A / 30 mA MD1AM6005 1 - Remote control switch module MD1AM6006 - 1 Remote control switch module with central command MD1AM6007 - 1 Programmable timing switch module MD1AM6008 - 1 Modular contactor module MD1AM6009 - 1 Two-way switch module MD1AM6014 5 2 Pushbutton module MD1AM6015 - 6 Double pushbutton module MD1AM6017 - 1 16 A power socket module MD1AM6018 4 2 15 W lamp support module MD1AMP004 4 5 Modular T1/T2 bench The modular benches can be completed with other modules: see "Modules and accessories". References MD1AM6121 MD1AM6122 Modular T1/T2 residential bench Modular T3/T4 residential bench Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical Recommended training Designated skills • Communicating • Preparing • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Energy management To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Installations with limited power ratings schneider-electric.fr/form-a5c15100 Life is On | Schneider Electric B13 Basic functions Modular residential and small services offer You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48530 • Optimising energy consumption through use of suitable components: --Programmer, --Dusk-to-dawn switch, --Timer, --Timing switch, etc. • Grasping the concepts of energy efficiency. • Studying and wiring components in the RPT (residential and small services) set: --Remote control switch with pushbutton and indicator light, --Timer with early OFF warning, --Dusk-to-dawn switch. • Studying and wiring components in the RPT EE set: --Motion detector, --Thermostat with remote sensor. The • Swift, safe implementation. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Presentation The modular "Residential and small services" benches can be used to study energy management in a relatively complex electrical installation of the residential or small services type. The energy saving and optimisation aspects can be illustrated via the heating and lighting functions. Description The modular bench is available in two versions: Modules Modular benches Designation Reference RPT RPT EE Support structure MD1AM000 1 1 Circuit-breaker + meter module MD1AM6001 - 1 10 A circuit-breaker module MD1AM6002 1 2 16 A circuit-breaker module MD1AM6003 4 2 Diff. switch module 16 A / 30 mA MD1AM6004 - 1 Programmable timing switch module MD1AM6008 - 1 Contactor module MD1AM6009 4 2 Timer module MD1AM6010 2 2 Dusk-to-dawn switch module MD1AM6012 1 1 Single-channel load shedder module MD1AM6013 1 1 Two-way switch module MD1AM6014 5 2 Pushbutton module MD1AM6015 - 6 Illuminated pushbutton module MD1AM6016 3 3 16 A power socket module MD1AM6018 - 2 Motion sensor module MD1AM6019 - 1 Timer module with early OFF warning MD1AM6020 1 - Ambient temperature probe module MD1AM6029 - 1 Thermostat module MD1AM6030 - 1 15 W lamp support module MD1AMP004 - 4 Operating part for didactic radiator MD1AMP010 - 1 The modular benches can be completed with other modules: see the "Modules and accessories” chapter. References Modular residential and small services bench MD1AM6123 Modular “energy efficiency” residential and small services bench MD1AM6130 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy B14 Designated skills • Preparing • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Energy efficiency • Energy management To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Installations with limited power ratings schneider-electric.fr/form-a5c15100 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Basic functions Charging terminal pack for electric vehicles New version You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48438 • Preparing a work site • Installing and connecting a charging station • Testing an installation • Configuring power ratings • Managing communication with users The • Actual use possible. • Operation possible without electric vehicle. Presentation The Smart Wallbox charging station is used to charge an electric vehicle in a home or an enterprise. The components supplied can be used for energy management. The work to install a charging station can be used to apply knowledge of grounding schemes and the quality of the ground link. Description Contents • Smart Wallbox charging station with 1 T2 socket + 1 home power socket. • 10 RFID badges. • Protection components. • Energy management components: energy meter, load shedder, timing switch, "off-peak hours” contactor. • 1 waterproof box with 2 rows. Accessories to be ordered separately • Support for 1 or 2 Wallboxes installed back to back. • Test case + T2-T2 cable. • Box simulating the presence of a vehicle + 1 T2-T1 cable. Charging station on support References Residential charging station Small services charging station Support for charging station Single phase test case Three-phase test case Box simulating the presence of an electric vehicle MDGVE050M MDGVE050T MDGVE050P MDGVE050VALM MDGVE050VALT MDGVE050C Test case Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical Recommended training Designated skills • Communicating • Preparing • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Electric vehicles - Qualification P1 schneider-electric.fr/form-irvep1 Life is On | Schneider Electric B15 Advanced functions Smart housing pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48547 • Installing and connecting • Configuring and parameterising • Modifying an installation • Testing and putting into service • Communication with customers (demonstration) • Using Resiclic and MIE3C costing tools and calculating the cost of a work site The • Connected to smartphone / tablet tools. • Scenario representing an actual project. Presentation This packaged set of products can be used to present a scenario corresponding to cases met with by installers in new housing units (or renovation), in particular in large buildings. It can be used to install a housing service shaft with electrical switchboards, open to new user services. The pack consists of: • 4 boxes: power supply, distribution, communication, home automation, • A set of traditional and KNX fittings. It provides the following functions in the 3D cell equivalent to a T1 housing unit: • Piloting of lighting (on/off and variation), • Control of roller shutters, power sockets and heating, • Energy measurement, • Alarm management, • VDI distribution. Description • Power supply box: control panel and master circuit breaker. • Distribution box: --Resi9 duct and box, --2 x 30 mA differential switches, --1 x 30 mA AC type differential switch, --9 plug-in circuit breakers: 32 A (1), 20 A (2), 16 A (3), 10 A (2), 2 A (1), --1 lightning arrestor, --1 power socket, --1 Wiser 5 TC measurement module with Ethernet connectivity. • Grade 3 communication box: --6 outputs (RJ45 ports), --Manual mixer switch, --Coaxial dispatcher, --WiFi router, --Internal and optical line terminals. • Home automation box: --Logic lighting commands (4), Variation (2), Shutters (2), Heating (1), Ventilation, --HomeLYnk IP controller (monitoring, timing programming, KNX and compatible with EnOcean). • Traditional fittings: 6 power sockets, 3 pushbuttons, 2 two-way switches, 2 RJ45 sockets, • KNX fittings: 2 pushbutton units with 2 buttons, 1 pushbutton unit with 4 buttons, 1 temperature sensor, 1 remote control unit, 1 video camera. • Airtight built-in boxes. References MDG99ETAB Smart housing pack Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical B16 Designated skills • • • • Analysis Communicating Preparing Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Communication networks • Safety 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Advanced functions Complete housing service shaft pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48553 • Installing and connecting. • Configuring and parameterising. • Modifying an installation. • Testing and putting into service • Communicating with customers. The Presentation This equipment pack can be used to practise installing a surface-mounted housing technical shaft. The technical shaft, sockets and switches are to be mounted on partitions or in a 3D cell. The pack can be used to set up a residential electrical installation. It can be completed with electrical fittings, an FTTH riser, etc. • 1 integrated teacher elearning access for 1 year. • Measurement system connected in Ethernet mode for access via a smartphone or a tablet. • Fibre optics connection possible in the communication box. Description Contents: • A duct kit, • A control panel and its master circuit breaker • A distribution box: --1 box with 2 rows of 13 modules and its accessories (transparent door, document holder, etc.), --2 x 40 A - 30 mA differential switches, --5 circuit breakers (1 x 2 A - 1 x 10 A - 2 x 16 A - 1 x 20 A), --1 lightning arrestor, --1 modular power socket, --Connecting combs, --1 Wiser Link meter and its IP connection module, • 1 grade 2 communication box with a space for a box or an optics converter: --1 switch, --1 optics terminal, • Odace fittings and their white finishing plate: --2 fibre optics sockets and their SC-APC bushing, --4 RJ45 sockets. --1 coaxial TV socket, --4 two-way switches, --2 power sockets, --25 airtight built-in boxes, --1 surface-mounted derivation box. Housing Technical Shaft Pack This pack can be completed with: • An Odace fittings pack (ref. MDG99UTO) • A pilot wire control pack (ref. MDG99ODACP) • An energy efficiency control functions pack (ref. MDG99CDEE) • An FTTH assembly column (ref. MD1ALFOFTTHM) References MD1ALFOGTL1 Housing Technical Shaft Pack Example of housing technical shaft Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy Designated skills • • • • Analysis Communicating Preparing Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Energy efficiency Life is On | Schneider Electric B17 Advanced functions Housing measurement pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48554 • Installing and connecting. • Configuring and parameterising. • Modifying an installation. • Testing and putting into service • Communicating with customers. The Presentation This equipment pack is easy to install on any residential electrical switchboard. It can complete an existing electrical box in the 3D cell. It can be used to implement an energy measurement solution: • Measurement of electricity consumption for 5 uses, • Remote data access via a smartphone or a computer, with an alarm management by SMS or email and metering of gas and water consumption. • Equipment for wiring training. • Ethernet connection for access via a smartphone or a computer. Description Contents: • 1 Wiser Link meter and its 5 x 80 A current transformers, • 1 IP connection module for remote access to the information, • Modules to count the pulses from meters for gas/heating oil, thermal energy, domestic hot water or cold water (with pulse outputs): --A wired solution, --A wireless solution consisting of a transmitter and a receiver. References Wiser Link housing energy measurement pack MDG99WISLK Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy B18 Designated skills • • • • Communicating Checking Preparing Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Energy efficiency 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Advanced functions Communication and FTTH box pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48555 • Installing and connecting. • Configuring and parameterising. • Modifying an installation. • Testing and putting into service • Communicating with customers. The • 1 integrated teacher elearning access for 1 year. Presentation These equipment packs can be used to complete your 3D cells with: • A grade 2TV or 3S communication box, • An FTTH riser column. Description Communication boxes. The Grade 2TV communication box enables splitting of: • Telephone and broadband Internet up to 1 Gbit/s on RJ45 sockets, • Television on coaxial sockets. The Grade 3S communication box enables "plug and play" splitting of: • Telephone, Internet and television from an aerial (broadband) up to 100 Mbit/s on RJ45 sockets (all the media are delivered simultaneously on each socket, the lead that is connected can be used to select the desired media), • Satellite television (dish) on coaxial sockets. Grade 2 box FTTH fibre optics riser column pack. Contents: • 1 PMI box with operator zone and customer zone, • 1 operator splicing box and 1 cassette equipped with 12 welded SC-APC pigtails, • 2 floor level optics connection points with splicing drawer, • 4 optics line points to equip the housing unit, • 100 m of ITU-G657A 1x4FO fibre optics cables for interior BBB-OTP connection with spare capacity enabling cutting and welding at the level of the BBB or the housing unit sockets (OTPs), • 1 riser duct, length 3 m. References Grade 2 communication box Grade 3S communication box FTTH fibre optics riser column pack MD1ALFOCCM MD1ALFOCCA MD1ALFOFTTHM Grade 3S box Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics Designated skills • • • • Analysis Communicating Preparing Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Communication networks Life is On | Schneider Electric B19 Advanced functions Wireless housing renovation pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48556 • Implementing and configuring this pack within the framework of a teaching project simulating a housing unit. • Searching for comfort enhancement solutions. The Presentation This pack consists of products using wireless RF (radio frequency) technology. It can be used to: • Upgrade a single command to a two-way version, • Create a new lighting point without having to install control wiring, • Centralise roller shutter controls, • Create scenarios, etc. • Creation of two-way switches without work or dust. • Easy to implement. Description Contents of the pack: • Radio transmitters (wireless control): --2 battery-powered pushbutton transmitters, --1 remote control. With 8 channels for the standard version. It can be linked to the Odace products via programming in simple or scenario mode, --1 universal transmitter to be linked to a pushbutton, • Radio receivers: --1 mobile dimmer plug for insertion in a 2P+G socket, --1 universal receiver for installation in a built-in box behind a standard fitting, • Transceivers (the load to which they are linked can be commanded from the transceiver itself (local control) or remotely via a radio transmitter): --1 dimmer transceiver without neutral (2-wire link), --2 transceivers for roller shutter control. References MDG99ODACE Wireless housing renovation pack Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical B20 Designated skills • Communicating • Preparing • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Advanced functions Housing energy management pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48532 • Implementing and configuring this pack within the framework of a training project simulating a housing unit. • Searching for solutions to reduce energy consumption. • Remote control of an installation to optimise consumption. • Understanding the ZigBee protocol. Presentation The Wiser packs provides the occupiers with information by enabling measurement of electricity consumption levels and control of the functions that consume most energy in a housing unit: • Electric heating, • Hot water: hot water tanks, • Controlled power sockets (lighting, electronic equipment or household appliances, etc.). The installation parameters are set by connecting a computer to the controller. The operating ranges and temperatures are defined room by room. Once the controller has been connected to an Internet box, it is possible to display and control the installation remotely (via the cloud) from a smartphone or a tablet. The • Implementation in a 3D cell. • Easy to implement with accompanying videos. • Embedded software and smartphone and tablet application, free of charge. Description • 1 Wiser controller: all the data are stored there securely for local access. When the controller is connected to an Internet box, the information is stored on a Schneider Electric server that enables remote access (this service is provided free of charge and anonymously with identification via the controller’s serial number). • 2 electric heating actuators. • 2 temperature sensors (measurement of the temperature, choice and display of the set point). • 1 hot water tank actuator. • 2 controlled power sockets. • 1 measurement module with 3 open current transformers (CTs). • 1 application for smartphone and tablet. References Wiser housing energy management pack Wiser Link housing energy measurement pack with tablet MDG99WISER MDG99WISER2 Decision aid Sectors concerned • • • • Electrical Electronics Energy Scientific Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Energy management • Measuring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Smart electrical switchboard schneider-electric.fr/form-tab20 Life is On | Schneider Electric B21 Advanced functions Residential communication network case You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48531 • Implementing distribution of media (telephone, television, Internet) on RJ45 terminal sockets, on the basis of a concrete set of specifications. • Configuring the system according to various scenarios. • Studying and configuring an IP video camera. Presentation This case is designed to provide information about the various media distribution solutions in a residential or small services environment. It is equipped with an IP video camera enabling creation of a network and remote access via Web navigation. The • Compact equipment. • Large number of wiring combinations. • Can be integrated in a VDI teaching installation. Description • 1 active Alvidis automatic module: --2 RJ11 phone ports, --8 RJ45 IT ports. • 2 RJ45 sockets on supports. • 1 x 4 + 1 port switch. • 1 OLT to mark the separation between the distributor’s network and the private network in the housing unit. • 1 tripler (to provide all the media via a terminal socket). • 1 ADSL master filter to separate the analogue telephone signal from the ADSL signal upstream from the installation. • 1 IP video camera. • Cables to connect a telephone, a television and a PC. References ALVIDIS residential communication network case MD1ALVIDISA Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics B22 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Smart electrical switchboard schneider-electric.fr/form-tab20 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Advanced functions Study case for incoming solar radiation You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48486 • Characterising a photovoltaic solar panel: I(V) maximum power MPPT, OCV, SCC, series/parallel connections. • Analysing the incoming solar radiation for a site. • Studying the electricity generation/consumption of a site. • Calculating the energy generation chain. • Sizing a photovoltaic solar installation. • Enhancing awareness regarding the economic data for energy from renewable sources. • Setting up a monitoring interface via LabVIEW. Presentation The • Implementation and storage of the equipment in a few minutes. • Intuitive familiarisation with the software program, without prior training. • Dll and examples of LabVIEW application supplied. The AGS (incoming solar radiation analyser) simulation software program, accompanied by the case, can be used to study the main electrical characteristics of a solar panel. The combined unit can be used to understand the orders of magnitude and the sizing principles for a photovoltaic solar installation. Equipment made by the Soleïs Technologie Company and sold by Schneider Electric. Description AGS software simulating generation by a photovoltaic installation in real time, including: • Technological, weather and financial databases. • Algorithms for calculating producible power and return on investment. Case • 1 x 25 W monocrystalline photovoltaic solar panel with MC4 connectors • Electronic sensors: --Tilt, --Temperature, --Compass, --GPS positioning. • 1 electronic board to acquire the data stemming from the sensors. References AGS analysing software for incoming solar radiation Study case for incoming solar radiation MDGAGSLE MDGAGVAL Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy • Scientific Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Energy from renewable sources • Simulation To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Introduction to photovoltaic systems schneider-electric.fr/form-olpv Life is On | Schneider Electric B23 Advanced functions Study bench for housing energy management You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48519 • Sizing a Wiser configuration in the light of the type of housing unit. • Implementing Wiser components. • Piloting hot water production and heating. • Measuring energy consumption levels. • Piloting a power socket: possible cost savings and shedding overloads. • Studying the ZigBee protocol. Presentation The • Easy to implement with accompanying videos. • Free application for smartphone or tablet. • Remote control via the Internet network of the establishment. The Wiser bench can be used to study piloting of a housing unit via the Wiser home automation energy management solution. It can be used to measure, display and control heating, hot water production and power sockets. The system is configured locally on the Wiser controller via a computer. It can be controlled remotely via an application on a tablet or a smartphone, after connecting the controller to the Internet via the network of the establishment. Description The Wiser bench features 3 panels that are powered in cascade and include the following equipment: • Main panel: --1 WISER controller (on the front), --2 controlled power sockets, --1 WiFi router, --1 spotlight, --1 electrical housing switchboard (on the back), --1 concentrator to measure the output currents. • Heating panel: --1 x 500 W electric radiator, --1 actuator, --1 thermostat. • Hot water panel: --1 x 100 W electric heater element in the water tank, --1 actuator. N.B.: it is possible to add a second heating panel to the bench. References Hot water panel for the Wiser bench Heating panel for the Wiser bench Main panel for the Wiser bench MDGWISERCHE MDGWISERCHF MDGWISERTPR Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • • • • Electrical Electronics Energy Scientific B24 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Checking Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Energy management • Measuring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Smart electrical switchboard schneider-electric.fr/form-tab20 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Advanced functions 3D cell for residential energy management You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48525 • Making the connections and putting a home automation installation into service. • Configuring the installation. • Managing various scenarios. • Measurement and display of the data on the Wiser screen, • Metering on the various outputs: heating, lighting, water. • Electric heating and water heater, • Openings and lighting. Presentation The • Cell upgrading from a wired solution to a wireless solution. • Learners’ autonomy with digitisation of the projects. • Opening to fibre optics. The 3D energy management cell reproduces a residential environment in order to study and implement the home automation and energy management functions. It is possible to link 2 modules to widen the field of activities. The 3D cell is developed in partnership with the BEMA Company and sold by Schneider Electric. Installation and commissioning are included. Description The 3D cell is a mechanically welded structure that can be dismantled. Its melamine finish inner and outer partitions are washable. It includes: • 1 window with controlled roller shutter, • 1 x 1,500 W convector heater, • 1 x 25 litre water tank with electric heater element, • 2 interior spotlights, • 2 exterior lights with 300 W halogen lamps, • 1 single flow CMV, • 1 IP video camera, • 1 housing technical shaft with: --A distribution box featuring various protection devices, 1 homeLYnk IP controller, 1 Wiser Link measuring module, --A grade 3 communication box with a switch, • 1 control system for the installation with the Wiser or EnOcean technology, • 1 controlled Wiser or EnOcean socket, • Odace Radio wireless switches, • 4 Odace power sockets, • 1 exterior protection box with isolating switch. References Wiser Smart Home 3D cell for residential energy management MDGCELRES1 Enocean Smart Home 3D cell for residential energy management MDGCELRES2 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics • Energy Recommended training Designated skills • • • • Analysis Configuring Checking Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • • • • • Energy efficiency Energy management Measuring Communication networks Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: IP Web server controller schneider-electric.fr/form-hlynk Life is On | Schneider Electric B25 Advanced functions HOME I/O software program and interface box You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48389 • Finding out about the advantages of home automation as compared with a standard wired solution. • Setting up a KNX installation. • Controlling the installation remotely via InSideControl. • Optimising energy consumption levels. • Studying the information chain. • Executing a remote controlled home automation project. Presentation The HOME I/O software with its 8I/8O interface box makes it possible to create a 3D virtual home that can be controlled by external devices. The package can advantageously take the place of the real operational parts, while keeping the connections to the home-automation sensors and actuators. Power consumption will evolve according to the control settings and weather conditions. You can accelerate time to allow you to model system functioning. Developed in partnership with Reims Champagne Ardenne University and the Real Games company, the HOME I/O software is marketed by Schneider Electric. This software was acknowledged to be of educational Interest by the French Ministry of Education in 2014. The outside control can be provided via a KNX bench using the CONNECT I/O software program included. A KNX connection module is proposed as an option. The • Use of 3D tools. • Association the real and virtual worlds. • Progressive home automation building procedure. HOME I/O software Description Contents • One licence for the HOME I/O software. • One ON/OFF 8-input and 8-output interface box. Accessory to be ordered separately • KNX module with 8 binary inputs (ref. MD1AM3051) for connection to the KNX bench. See the "Modules and accessories” sub-section ON/OFF 8-input and 8-output interface module References HOME I/O software program and interface box MD1AM0029 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • • • • Electrical Electronics Energy Scientific B26 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Simulation • Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: KNX system - simple applications schneider-electric.fr/form-omega 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric B27 C3000 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Services Electricity distribution ......................................... C4 Smart building communications ....................... C12 Building safety .................................................. C23 Energy production and management .............. C26 Applications in the building trade .................... C29 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric C1 Help in selecting via fields Services Fields Basic Intermediary El M ec ai tri ca nt en El ec an lE ng in ce En ee rin g ec tri gi M El ne ca tro in in g ch n ic ng ee ai er te lE er En al ge En rin g nt gi tic en En an gi ne er in g Au t ne ce om at io En n er gi in g ne En gi er in g ne er in g Electricity distribution Electricity distribution software programs ■ Main LV switchboard cabinet for professional training ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Main LV switchboard cabinet for vocational training ■ IT island box and secondary switchboards ■ ■ Lighting, heating and interface boxes ■ ■ ■ Energy management switchboard cabinet Box for upgrade of a main LV switchboard to an energy management switchboard cabinet ■ ■ ■ Building communication KNX case ■ ■ KNX panel bench ■ ■ KNX mini-building model ■ ■ Starter course ■ ■ Further course ■ ■ Pro ■ ■ Energy efficiency ■ ■ Modular wireless home automation bench ■ ■ KNX packs ■ ■ ■ ■ KNX modular bench Wireless home automation packs ■ 19” VDI pack ■ Building safety Addressable emergency lighting pack ■ ■ ■ Addressable emergency lighting case ■ ■ ■ ■ Addressable fire safety bench Energy production and management 3D energy managements cells for service buildings ■ ■ Modular building energy measurement bench ■ Energy efficiency box ■ ■ Applications in the building trade ■ Photovoltaic / wind power bench for isolated locations Ventilation bench with variable speed control ■ Goods lift / dumb waiter bench ■ Solar hot water production bench ■ Stage gantry system Trolley-mounted charging terminals C2 Life is On | Schneider Electric ■ ■ ■ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Advanced Confirmed al e El ■ e ne En n io at m o ut lA a du ri st In e ne ng di En n io at Au ■ a M e nc En a en t in g rin e ne gi En m to il Bu ing er ne gi gi gi ch te ro ct c ni g rin g rin En ic et g er g in er ne gi En y g er En ■ Ef y nc En fi e ci Pr on i ct u od g g rin rin ee n gi e ne gi En ri ee En n gi i ng sc e ne gi d ce n va d A g rin e c en En Page C4 C5/C6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ C7 C8 ■ ■ ■ ■ C9 ■ ■ ■ C10 ■ ■ ■ ■ C11 ■ ■ ■ ■ C12 ■ ■ ■ ■ C13 ■ ■ ■ ■ C14 ■ ■ ■ ■ C15 ■ ■ ■ ■ C16 ■ ■ ■ ■ C17 ■ ■ ■ ■ C18 ■ ■ ■ ■ C19 ■ ■ ■ ■ C20 ■ ■ ■ ■ C21 ■ ■ ■ ■ C22 ■ ■ C23 C24 ■ C25 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ C28 ■ ■ ■ C29 ■ ■ ■ C30 ■ ■ C32 ■ C27 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue C26 C31 C33 C34 Life is On | Schneider Electric C3 Electricity distribution Electricity distribution software programs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48579 • Calculating electrical installations. • Selecting equipment. • Drawing up technical files. The Presentation Schneider Electric proposes numerous software programs and configurators free of charge for: • Calculation of electricity distribution installations and their configuration, • Costing electrical switchboards. They can be downloaded from the Schneider Electric site: www.schneiderelectric.fr/logiciels • Professional software programs. • Free software programs. Description ecoreal630 Online design software for small services electricity distribution switchboards up to 630 A. Rapsodie Design and costing software for low voltage electrical switchboards up to 3,200 A for multiple housing units, services buildings and industry. ProClima My Ecodial L 3.4 advanced Design and calculation aid for LV networks in compliance with standard NF C 15-100, 2002 version, and the European calculation guide CENELEC R 064-003 (UTE C 15-500). ProClima Support software for thermal calculations of universal envelopes. My Ecodial CanBRASS Costing software for Canalis lighting and power distribution up to 1,000 A. VarSet LV product configurator Sizing a battery of capacitors. Rapsodie Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Maintenance C4 Designated skills • Configuring Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Rapsodie software program schneider-electric.fr/form-conceptde 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Electricity distribution Main LV switchboard cabinet for professional training You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48470 • Executing wiring and qualification tasks involving work on busbars. • Identifying the components. • Executing wiring tasks in compliance with good professional practice. • Checking mechanical and electrical aspects of wiring. • Connecting a teaching system for energy measurements. Presentation This main LV switchboard cabinet can be used to execute wiring operations on a low voltage distribution switchboard. It has a rear access door with a different key from that for the front door, to avoid electrical risks. The cabinet is supplied assembled with the components fitted and mounted, not wired or already wired depending on the version. A set of accessories and a set of tools are proposed to execute wiring operations. The • Cabinet identical to that of the actual main LV switchboards. • Power supply for actual systems. • Power and control wiring activity. Description Contents of the cabinet • 1 NS160 ground leakage circuit breaker. • 1 isolating switch with visible cut-off. • 1 busbar protected by a transparent cover. • 1 measurement module with 3 CTs. • 1 emergency stop device on the cabinet. • 6 outputs (circuit breakers + Vigi blocks + contactors): --1 x 10 A - 2P - 30 mA - curve C, --1 x 16 A - 2P - 30 mA - curve C, --1 x 32 A - 2P - 30 mA - curve C, --1 x 32 A - 3P - 30 mA - curve C, --1 x 50 A - 4P - 30 mA - curve C, --1 x 63 A - 4P - 30 mA - curve C. • 2 modular power sockets. • On/off pushbuttons with signalling to control the outputs. • 1 power on indicator light. • Power connecting terminal strips • 2 LV/LV transformers. Cabinet Set of accessories Tools and accessories to be ordered separately • Set of accessories: wires, lugs, terminal ends and ducts. • Set of tools: screwdriver, pliers, set of hexagonal spanners. References Main LV switchboard cabinet for professional training - wired Main LV switchboard cabinet for professional training - not wired Set of wiring accessories for main LV switchboard cabinet for professional training MD1AA720 MD1AA720NC MD1AA728 Set of tools Set of tools for main LV switchboard cabinet for professional training MD1AA729 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical Recommended training Designated skills • Troubleshooting • Preparing • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Human-machine dialogue • Electricity distribution • Measuring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Electricity distribution fittings schneider-electric.fr/form-g2 Life is On | Schneider Electric C5 Electricity distribution Main LV switchboard cabinet for professional training You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48578 • Identifying the components. • Executing wiring tasks. • Putting into service and checking. • Configuring a measurement unit. The Presentation This cabinet can be used to execute wiring for electrical equipment, using a model as an example. It consists of: • A learner main LV switchboard that is mounted but not wired, and whose power supply is simulated by a piece of cable on a cable way in the lower part, • A standard main LV switchboard, mounted and wired in our factory, powered by a Canalis connector. • Standard side, learner side. • Power supply possible for loads. • System easy to move around. Description Contents • 1 x 125 A master switch. • 1 x 63 A general circuit breaker. • 1 measuring module at the output header. • 1 secondary lighting switchboard. • 1 Canalis lighting output. • 1 emergency lighting output. • 1 secondary power switchboard. • 1 heating output with energy metering. • 1 water heater output. • 1 motor output. • 1 access control output. References Main LV switchboard cabinet for professional training MD1AA725 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical C6 Designated skills • Preparing • Executing • Troubleshooting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Measuring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Electricity distribution fittings schneider-electric.fr/form-g2 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Electricity distribution Main LV switchboard cabinet for vocational training You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48503 • Analysing the functions of a main LV switchboard. • Identifying the constituent elements. • Executing work to put into service and maintain a main LV switchboard. • Configuring and parameterising the communication network. • Wiring an output. • Tagging out an output. • Implementing a reactive energy compensation system. • Studying an inverter. • Preparing for electrical qualification. The • Switchboard mounted, wired, tested and validated by Schneider Electric. • Remote monitoring. • Output composition adaptable to the teaching platform. Presentation This cabinet is designed to enable learners to find out about and implement the various technologies used in a main LV switchboard: supply reversing switch, measuring unit, inverter, programmable logic controller, load shedding, etc. It can be used to distribute and control electrical energy on a teaching platform. A programmable logic controller is used to centralise the information via a Modbus and/or Ethernet link. Description Contents • 1 Prisma P cabinet with duct. • 1 normal/backup power supply via 100 A isolating switches. • 1 NS160N circuit breaker and reversing switch plate with STR22 protection relays. • 1 remote control device with automatic BA supply reversal. • 2 Powerclip busbars. • 2 RCP phase control relay. • 1 RCU voltage control relay. • 10 outputs: --3 x 25 A - 4P - 30 mA - curve C - no load shedding, --16 A - 1P+N - 30 mA - curve C - no load shedding, --10 A - 1P+N - 30 mA - curve C - no load shedding, --25 A - 4P - 30 mA - curve C - load shedding, --2 x 25 A - 3P - 30 mA - curve D - load shedding, --16 A - 1P+N - 30 mA - curve C - load shedding, --10 A - 1P+N - 30 mA - curve C - load shedding. • Acti9 Smartlink communication system. • 1 M340 or M221 PLC module with web server coupler and HTML pages. • 1 x 1 kVA inverter. • 1 general measuring module. Main LV switchboard cabinet Power supply and protection box Option to be ordered separately • Reactive energy compensation box with capacitors. • Box for power supply and protection of the "normal" and "backup" supplies for main LV switchboard cabinet with M221 PLC. References Main LV switchboard cabinet with Modicon M221 for vocational training MD1AA780SO Main LV switchboard cabinet with Modicon M340 for vocational training MD1AA780MR Reactive energy compensation box for main LV switchboard cabinet for vocational training MD1AA739 Power supply and protection box for main LV switchboard cabinet with M221 PLC MD1AA789 Putting into service and training (inclusive period of 1 day) MD1SMIF Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical Recommended training Designated skills • Configuring • Piloting • Adjusting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Automatic control • Electricity distribution • Energy management To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Electricity distribution fittings schneider-electric.fr/form-g2 Life is On | Schneider Electric C7 Electricity distribution IT island box and secondary switchboards You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48510 • Executing an electrical island with an IT system. • Examining the principle of continuity of service for an installation and maintenance methods. • Executing an IT type grounding scheme (neutral insulated from the ground). • Executing links with a communicating main LV switchboard cabinet, to complete the possibilities of workshop architecture. Presentation This mobile box can be used to recreate an IT network on a teaching platform. It is designed to enable examination of the principle of continuity of service for an installation and maintenance methods. The secondary system switchboard enables power supply protection of industrial systems (machines, operating parts, etc.). The secondary services switchboard enables power supply protection for services systems (lighting, power sockets, etc.). The states of the various outputs are centralised on PLCs. The information is sent via the Ethernet network to a concentrator PLC on a main LV switchboard. The • Compact, mobile IT island. • 3 three-phase outputs to connect various types of equipment. • Switchboards communicating via Ethernet with a main LV switchboard. Description IT island box • 1 electricity distribution box equipped with 4 locking wheels. • 1 three-phase 400 V / 230-400 V 10 kVA transformer. • 3 three-phase outputs protected by 10 A circuit breakers. • 1 IM20 type permanent insulation controller (PIC). • 1 PLC. IT island box Secondary system switchboard • Prisma Plus type box for modular equipment units. • 1 master switch. • Exterior command that can be padlocked. • 2 two-pole circuit breakers. • 4 three-pole circuit breakers. • 1 PLC. Services secondary box Secondary services switchboard • Prisma Plus type box for modular equipment units. • 1 master switch. • Exterior command that can be padlocked. • 6 two-pole circuit breakers. • 1 PLC. References MD1AA700TIT MD1AA700TDS MD1AA700TDT IT island box System secondary output box Services secondary output box Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical C8 Designated skills • Configuring • Preparing • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution • Electrical qualification • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Installation with IT scheme schneider-electric.fr/form-itconcept 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Electricity distribution Lighting, heating and interface boxes You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48504 • Executing time programming for lighting and heating. • Using Modbus, Ethernet TCP/IP, KNX communication protocols. • Lighting part (piloting lighting units, monitoring lighting controls), • Heating/cooling part (piloting heating, monitoring heating power levels), • Metering part (measuring energy consumption levels). Presentation The lighting and heating boxes are used to return information to the teaching main LV switchboard via Ethernet, TCP/IP or Modbus. The logic and analogue interface box is used to return information for other types of application. There is a specific version of each box to adapt them to the earlier offer concerning a DICTALIS main LV switchboard cabinet: contact us. The • Compatible with all types of main LV Ethernet TCP/IP/Modbus switchboard. • Evolutive Ethernet architecture. • The heating box can be piloted remotely via a tablet Description Lighting box • 1 Prisma Plus type box with transparent door. • 1 lightning arrestor. • 1 communicating energy meter. • 1 Smart Link gateway with Modbus and Ethernet communication. • 4 Reflex circuit breakers with built-in command. • 1 emergency stop on the side of the box. • 1 two-colour warning light on the top of the box. • 4 lighting zones. • 3 parallel sets of lamps per lighting zone. • Timing programmes on the main LV switchboard. Heating box • 1 Prisma Plus type box with transparent door. • 1 communicating energy meter. • 1 Ethernet/KNX gateway. • 1 touch screen for local operation. • 1 thermostat (for indoor use). • 1 temperature and luminosity sensor (for outdoor use). • 1 temperature, CO2 and humidity level sensor (for indoor use). • 1 emergency stop on the side of the box. • 1 two-colour light column. • 4 regulated zones + 1 non-regulated zone. Heating box Ambience box for box heating Logic and analogue interface box • 1 M221 9 E 24 DC PLC, 7 relay outputs. • 2 + 4 analogue 0- 10 V inputs, 1 Ethernet port. • 1 x 24 V DC 3 A power supply module. • 2 protective circuit breakers. • 1 power indicator light. • 1 x 5 m RJ45 / RJ45 lead. References Heating box for main LV switchboard Lighting box for main LV switchboard Logic and analogue interface box for main LV switchboard MD1AA665CH MD1AA665ECL MD1AA665INT Logic and analogue interface box Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical Recommended training Designated skills • Configuring • Preparing • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Energy management • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Thermal regulations schneider-electric.fr/form-rt012 Life is On | Schneider Electric C9 Electricity distribution Energy management switchboard cabinet You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48471 • Studying the equipment. • Implementing and tagging out outputs. • Studying Ethernet and Modbus communication. • Implementing data-piloted energy efficiency actions. • Managing alarms and preventive maintenance The • Controlled via a tablet. Presentation This EMS (energy management switchboard, also known as a smart panel) integrates the latest technologies regarding electricity distribution oriented towards energy efficiency. It is supplied with the Schneider Electric white book on energy efficiency. A version that you can assemble is proposed within the framework of a teaching project. Description Contents • Prisma P cabinet with duct. • Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet communication system. • Compact NSX main circuit breaker with Ethernet interface. • Communication interface for the modular products (circuit breakers, meters, etc.). • 10 outputs: --1 x 16 A - 1P+N - 30 mA - curve C - motorised, --2 x 25 A - 1P+N - 30 mA - curve C - motorised, --1 x 10 A - 2P - 30 mA - curve C - motorised, --2 x 16 A - 4P - 30 mA - curve C - motorised, --3 x 25 A - 4P - 30 mA - curve C - motorised, --1 x 40 A - 4P - 30 mA - curve C - motorised. • Control application on tablet developed via Vijeo Design' Air. Functionalities • Returning information and piloting outputs. • Measurement and control of energy and fluid consumption levels. • Real-time control command via touch screen. • Web pages embedded in the products with display on PC. • Remote viewing of the operating displays via application on tablet. References EMS Smart Panel cabinet EMS SMART PANEL cabinet for assembly MD1AA790SP MD1AA790SPK Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical C10 Designated skills • • • • Analysis Configuring Piloting Adjusting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • • • • Electricity distribution Energy management Measuring Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Communicating electrical switchboard schneider-electric.fr/form-spanel630 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Electricity distribution Box for upgrade of a main LV switchboard to an energy management switchboard cabinet - New version You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48516 • Organising operation in its context. • Executing an installation. • Selecting a technical solution. • Implementing measurement resources. • Interpreting indicators and measurement and test results. Presentation This box can be used to transform a main LV switchboard into an EMS (energy management switchboard) thanks to energy measurement on various outputs. It is installed near the main LV switchboard and it is to be completed with a measurement kit to be installed in the main LV switchboard. Two types of measurement kit are proposed: • With energy meters, • With radio frequency measurement sensors. This box can be used to collect and store energy consumption information from the various outputs of a main LV switchboard and make it available for the operating entity. It consists of a box equipped with a hub and a Web server, which communicates via Ethernet or WiFi. • Two measurement kits are proposed, wired or wireless: --With single- and four-phase energy meters, in Modbus and pulse versions, --Or with PowerTag wireless energy sensors using ZigBee. Description The • Adaptable for all types of main LV switchboard. • No wiring between the main LV switchboard and the COM'X box. Measuring box and measuring kit Measuring box for main LV switchboard • 1 COM’X hub with WiFi USB sticks and ZigBee. • 1 x 24 V DC power supply and protective circuit breaker. • 1 Kaedra waterproof box with 1 row. Measurement kit with energy meters • 1 x 40 A single phase pulse type meter. • 1 x 63 A single phase pulse type meter. • 1 x 63 A single phase Modbus type meter. • 1 x 63 A four-phase pulse type meter. • 1 x 63 A four-phase Modbus type meter. • 1 x 63 A four-phase Modbus type meter with measurement by separate CTs. • 3 100/5 A CTs. Measuring kit with radio frequency measurement sensors • 2 sensors for 63 A single phase iC60. • 2 sensors for 63 A three-phase iC60. • 2 sensors for 63 A four-phase iC60. References Measuring box for main LV switchboard Measuring kit with meters Measuring kit with radio frequency measurement sensors MD1AA785 MD1AA786 MD1AA787 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical • Energy Recommended training Designated skills • Executing • Configuring • Configuring 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Energy management • Automatic control • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Communicating electrical switchboard schneider-electric.fr/form-spanel630 Life is On | Schneider Electric C11 Building communication KNX case You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48406 • Grasping and mastering management of lighting and roller shutters with the KNX bus: --On/off lighting function, --Lighting control with dimmer, --Centralisation of control, --Electric roller shutter control, • Finding out about the ETS 4 software tool for the designing and implementing a KNX project. The • Initiation to KNX. • Swift, safe wireless implementation. • Preloaded KNX application. Presentation The KNX case can be used to configure the basic functions of a KNX installation. The mimic diagram on the case represents an apartment with two lighting zones, and a roller shutter simulated by LEDs. Description Contents • 1 on/off lighting actuator module. • 1 lighting dimmer module. • 1 roller shutter module. • 1 USB/PC interface module. • 1 TCP IP interface module. • 1 ETS5 Lite software user licence. References MD1AVKNX KNX case Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics • Energy C12 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • • • • Energy efficiency Measuring Communication networks Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: KNX system - simple applications schneider-electric.fr/form-omega 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Building communication KNX panel bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48387 • Studying the KNX bus. • Putting the installation into service. • Implementation of the following functions: lighting, switching, dimming, DALI bus, detection of presence, heating, shutter controls. • Execution of scenarios by combining functions. Presentation The bench consists of 2 panels that represent a KNX installation in a services building: • The lighting and access control panel represents a meeting room with lighting, access control and heating management for a convector (as an option), • the DALI lighting and Venetian blind panel represents a relaxing or lounge area, equipped with an electric Venetian blind, fluorescent tube lighting controlled by DALI, a presence detector and a weather station. The • The lighting and access control panel can be used on its own. • Remote control via application on smartphone or tablet. • Possible extension of the KNX bus. Description Lighting and access control panel • 4 halogen or LED spotlights. • 1 access control keyboard. • 1 motion sensor module • 1 pushbutton unit with 8 buttons. • 1 thermostat with 4 buttons. • 1 distribution box. • 1 ETS5 Lite software program, 1 licence • The power and KNX bus connections for the DALI panel and the Venetian blind. DALI panel and Venetian blind • 1 fluorescent tube with DALI ballast. • 1 pushbutton unit with 4 buttons. • 1 Venetian blind. • 1 raise/lower pushbutton. • 1 compact weather station. • 1 presence and brightness detector. The panel requires the lighting and access control panel to operate. The 2 panels are fitted with twin-recess sockets to connect the KNX bus to other equipment units. DALI and Venetian blind management panel Lighting and access control panel Accessory to be ordered separately • 2 kW didactic radiator for connection to the further course panel ref. MD1AMP010: See "Modules and accessories". References KNX lighting and access control panel KNX DALI and blind management panel MDGDOMKNXECA MDGDOMKNXGSV Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics • Energy Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Measuring • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: KNX system - simple applications schneider-electric.fr/form-omega Life is On | Schneider Electric C13 Building communication KNX mini-building model You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48386 • Finding out about KNX communication (address, frame, group of functions). • Implementing a temperature and brightness regulation system. • Finding out about the SysML analysis of a system. • Showing the improvements provided by the KNX network for lighting and heating. • Evaluating the power and the electrical energy consumed under various scenarios. The • Just one system to study the simple and regulation KNX functions. • Remote control via tablet. • Possible extension of the KNX bus. Presentation The KNX mini-building model is designed to implement the lighting and heating regulation functions in a services building and hence provide energy management. The Minibat is made up of 3 zones: • The meeting room: thermal regulation with a radiator, a regulator module with temperature sensor, a fan, and a halogen spotlight, • The lounge: lighting regulation with a dimmable halogen spotlight, a roller shutter, and a presence sensor, • The outside: outside of the building with an outdoor lighting unit. A touch screen can be used to work on various operating scenarios and measure the energy consumed. The KNX modules in the modular offer can be connected to the model in order to widen the scope of the functionalities: see "Modules and accessories". Front Description Lounge area • 1 12 V halogen spotlight with dimmer. • 1 presence detector and brightness module • 1 pushbutton unit with two buttons. • 1 occulting roller shutter. Rear Outside area • 1 single pushbutton. • 1 LED luminous paving element. • 1 x 7” KNX touch screen. Meeting room area • 1 x 12 V halogen spotlight. • 1 fan unit. • 1 single pushbutton. • 1 thermostat with remote temperature sensor. • 1 x 100 W electric radiator, • 1 distribution switchboard. • 1 WiFi router. • 1 ETS5 Lite software user licence. References KNX MINIBAT mini-building model MDG993EBMB Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics • Energy C14 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • • • • Energy efficiency Measuring Communication networks Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: KNX system - simple applications schneider-electric.fr/form-omega 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Building communication KNX modular starting bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48559 • Analysing the functionalities and principles of a home automation installation on KNX bus. • Installing and connecting the components. • Configuring the system according to various scenarios. Presentation This modular bench is designed to provide initiation to the KNX bus through implementation of an on/off function such as switching on a lamp or a heating unit. It can be completed by an operational lamp or radiator part. The • Swift, safe implementation. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. • Can be used with the free version of the ETS software program. Description Contents • 1 support structure for modular bench ref. MD1AM000. • 1 x 230 V - 10 A single phase protection module ref. MD1AM2001. • 1 KNX bus power supply module ref. MD1AM3001. • 1 KNX actuator module with 4 outputs ref. MD1AM3003. • 1 KNX USB interface module for connection to the bus ref. MD1AM3007. • 1 Artec KNX multi-function pushbutton module with 4 buttons ref. MD1AM3011. • 1 ETS5 Lite software program, 1 licence. References MD1AMLKNXD KNX modular starting bench Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics • Energy Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: KNX system - simple applications schneider-electric.fr/form-omega Life is On | Schneider Electric C15 Building communication KNX modular further course bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48405 • Analysing the functionalities and principles of a home automation installation on KNX bus. • Installing and connecting the components. • Configuring the system according to various scenarios. • Grasping the concepts of energy efficiency. Presentation This modular bench is designed for configuration of the most common KNX functions, such as on/off switching for lighting, heating, controlled power sockets, dimming for lighting, and control of the roller shutter. The bench can be piloted remotely from a smartphone, via the IP module and WiFi router. It can be completed by real operational parts such as the roller shutter proposed as an option. The • Use of digital tools to pilot a home automation application. • Swift, safe implementation. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Description Contents • 1 support structure ref. MD1AM000. • 1 KNX / IP InSideControl gateway module ref. MD1AM3044. • 1 single phase protection module ref. MD1AM2001 • 1 bus power supply module ref. MD1AM3001. • 1 module with 4 on/off outputs ref. MD1AM3003. • 1 light dimmer module ref. MD1AM3005. • 1 x 1-10 V light dimmer module ref. MD1AM3042. • 1 USB interface module ref. MD1AM3007. • 1 IP controller module ref. MD1AM3049. • 1 roller shutter actuator module ref. MD1AM3008. • 1 Artec double pushbutton module ref. MD1AM3009. • 1 M-Plan 4 thermostat pushbutton module ref. MD1AM3017. • 1 x 24 V power supply module ref. MD1AM3032. • 1 KNX 3-way energy measurement module ref. MD1AM3048. • 2 x 15 W lamp modules ref. MD1AMP004. • 1 electric roller shutter module ref. MD1AMP007. • 1 WiFi router module ref. MD1AM2010. • ETS5 Lite software program, 1 licence. • USB lead for the programming system. The modular bench can be completed with: • Other modules, • Didactic roller shutter ref. MD1AAVOLETR: See "Modules and accessories". References KNX modular further course bench MD1AMLKNXCI Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics • Energy C16 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Communication networks • Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: KNX system - advanced applications schneider-electric.fr/form-knxav 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Building communication Modular KNX Pro bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48560 • Analysing the functionalities and principles of a home automation installation on KNX bus. • Installing and connecting the components. • Configuring the system according to various scenarios. • Grasping the concepts of energy efficiency. Presentation This modular bench can be used to implement standard functions for a services building or a hotel, such as dimming lighting, infrared remote control, thermostat, card reader, or roller shutter. The homeLYink function can be used to monitor the whole installation. It can be completed by real operational parts such as the roller shutter proposed as an option. The • Use of digital tools to pilot a home automation application. • Swift, safe implementation. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Description Contents • 1 support structure ref. MD1AM000. • 1 homeLYnk IP controller module ref. MD1AM3049. • 1 single phase protection module ref. MD1AM2001 • 1 bus power supply module ref. MD1AM3001. • 1 module with 4 on/off outputs ref. MD1AM3003. • 1 x 230 V module with 4 inputs ref. MD1AM3004. • 1 light dimmer module ref. MD1AM3005. • 1 x 1-10 V light dimmer module ref. MD1AM3042. • 1 USB interface module ref. MD1AM3007. • 1 roller shutter actuator module ref. MD1AM3008. • 1 Artec double pushbutton module ref. MD1AM3009. • 1 Artec multi-function pushbutton module with 8 buttons + IR receiver ref. MD1AM3010. • 1 Artec multi-function pushbutton module with 4 buttons + IR receiver ref. MD1AM3011. • 1 Argus motion detection module ref. MD1AM3013. • 1 Mplan 4-pushbutton module with temperature controller ref. MD1AM3017. • 1 x 24 V power supply module ref. MD1AM3032. • 1 hotel card reader module ref. MD1AM6031. • 1 KNX 3-way energy measurement module ref. MD1AM3048. • 1 double pushbutton module ref. MD1AM6007. • 2 x 15 W lamp modules ref. MD1AMP004. • 1 electric roller shutter module ref. MD1AMP007. • 1 WiFi router module ref. MD1AM2010. • 1 x 42 W halogen or LED lamp module ref. MD1AMP009. • 1 x 20 W lamp + 1-10 V ballast module ref. MD1AMP022. • 1 IR remote control ref. MTN5761-0000. • 1 ETS5 Lite software program, 1 licence. • 1 ETS5 Pro software program, 1 licence. • 1 USB lead for the programming system. The modular bench can be completed with: • Other modules, • Didactic roller shutter ref. MD1AAVOLETR: See "Modules and accessories". References MD1AMLKNXPRO Modular KNX Pro bench Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics • Energy Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • • • • Energy efficiency Measuring Communication networks Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: KNX system - advanced applications schneider-electric.fr/form-knxav Life is On | Schneider Electric C17 Building communication KNX modular energy efficiency bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48414 • Analysing the functionalities and principles of a home automation installation on KNX bus. • Installing and connecting the components. • Configuring the system according to various scenarios. • Grasping the concepts of energy efficiency. Presentation This bench is used to implement the KNX solutions, i.e. ensure active energy efficiency and comfort. It is made up of the following functions: lighting regulation, heating regulation, consumption measurement, and weather station, which lead to energy savings thanks to optimisation of the settings. This pack can be completed by real operational parts such as the roller shutter proposed in the "Modules and accessories” chapter. The • Use of digital tools to pilot a services application. • Multi-function: piloting, programming, remote measurement. • Multi-protocol: KNX, Modbus, DALI. Description Contents • 1 support structure ref. MD1AM000. • 1 single phase protection module ref. MD1AM2001 • 1 bus power supply module ref. MD1AM3001. • 1 module with 4 on/off outputs ref. MD1AM3003. • 1 module with 2 outputs ref. MD1AM3045. • 1 x 4-way light dimmer module ref. MD1AM3046. • 1 USB interface module ref. MD1AM3007. • 1 roller shutter actuator module ref. MD1AM3008. • 1 double pushbutton module ref. MD1AM3009. • 1 module with 8 pushbuttons + IR ref. MD1AM3010. • 1 module with 4 pushbuttons ref. MD1AM3011. • 1 IR motion and brightness sensor module ref. MD1AM3014. • 1 x 4 thermostat pushbutton module ref. MD1AM3017. • 1 DALI gateway module ref. MD1AM3020. • 1 x 24 V power supply module ref. MD1AM3032. • 1 homeLYnk IP controller module ref. MD1AM3049. • 1 weather station module ref. MD1AM3047. • 1 valve servomotor module ref. MD1AM3034. • 1 remote control ref. MTN5761-0000. • 1 x 15 W lamp module ref. MD1AMP004. • 1 x 50 W lamp module ref. MD1AMP009. • 1 electric roller shutter module ref. MD1AMP007. • 1 DALI multi-address lighting module ref. MD1AMP025. • 1 PM measurement unit module ref. MD1AM2003 • 1 KNX 3-way energy measurement module ref. MD1AM3046. • 1 x 3 CT 50 / 5 A module ref. MD1AM3048. • 1 USB lead for the programming system. • 1 ETS5 Lite software program, 5 licences. • 1 ETS PRO software program, 1 licence. The modular bench can be completed with other modules: See "Modules and accessories". References KNX modular energy efficiency bench MD1AMLKNXEE Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics • Energy C18 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Measuring • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: KNX system - advanced applications schneider-electric.fr/form-knxav 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Building communication Modular wireless home automation bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48562 • Installing and connecting. • Configuring building management functions. • Implementing regulation, energy monitoring, timing programming. • Using the EnOcean, ZigBee, Modbus, Canbus, Bacnet and Ethernet protocols. Presentation This modular bench combines multiple technologies and protocols: • Wired: BACnet, CANbus, IP/RTU ModBus • And wireless: EnOcean, ZigBee. It can be used to execute the following functions: • Energy monitoring, • Piloting heating (heat pump, boilers, rooftop, fan coil units), ventilation and air conditioning, • PID regulation, • Control of lighting and electric opening devices, • Management of histories and events. • Timing programming, • Etc. The • Direct programming via browser. • Possibility of programming in LuA. • Clear graphic interface. • Programming and monitoring interface. • Multi-protocol, wired and wireless. Description Contents • 1 support structure ref. MD1AM000. • 1 controller module with 6 inputs / 6 outputs - Zigbee / Enocean / ModBus, ref. MD1AM0031. • 1 x 63 A single phase Modbus measuring unit module ref. MD1AM2018. • 1 EnOcean wireless temperature sensor module with set point offset, ref. MD1AM2016. • 1 x 24 V DC and 24 V AC power supply module ref. MD1AM3023. • 1 temperature sensor module ref. MD1AM2014. • 1 thermostat module with display unit ref. MD1AM2017. • 1 EnOcean wireless switch module without battery ref. MD1AM6032. • 1 EnOcean double wireless switch module without battery ref. MD1AM6034. • 1 EnOcean motion and brightness sensor module ref. MD1AM2020. • 1 EnOcean 1-10 V wireless receiver module ref. MD1AM2019. • 1 EnOcean wireless receiver module with 1 on/off output ref. MD1AM2021. • 1 EnOcean wireless receiver module with 2 on/off outputs ref. MD1AM2022. • 1 EnOcean brightness sensor module ref. MD1AM2024. • 1 EnOcean wireless window contact module ref. MD1AM2025. • 1 x 230 V - 10 A single phase protection module ref. MD1AM2001. • 1 SSL input / output module ref. MD1AMP030. References Modular wireless home automation bench MD1AMLSSL Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics • Energy Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Communication networks Life is On | Schneider Electric C19 Building communication KNX packs New version You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48421 • Analysing the functionalities and principles of a home automation installation on KNX bus. • Fitting and connecting the components. • Configuring the system according to various scenarios. • Grasping the concepts of energy efficiency. Presentation The packs proposed in this offer can be used to set up KNX teaching installations on your premises, and implement them in your 3D teaching cells. It is possible to complete them with functions such as a weather sensor, clock, CO2 sensor, energy meter, Modbus gateway, Web coupler or smartphone access. The • Initiation to home automation functions. • Creation and management of scenarios. • Actual wiring of a KNX installation. Description 2 main packs and 1 complementing pack are available: Main packs Further studies pack Resi9 box with 3 rows Roller shutter and 7” screen pack Complementing remote monitoring pack 1 1 10 A 30 mA ground-leakage circuit breaker 1 1 KNX bus power supply 1 1 USB interface 1 1 Multi-function pushbutton unit with 2 buttons 1 1 Multi-function pushbutton unit with 8 buttons 1 1 Presence detector with infrared receiver 1 1 Switching actuator with 4 outputs 1 1 Dimming actuator with 4 outputs 1 1 ETS5 Lite software program, 1 licence. 2 2 USB programming lead 1 1 10 m EIB cables for KNX bus 1 1 Set of KNX connectors and terminal strips 1 1 IP router - 1 7” screen - 1 KNX / DALI gateway - 1 Roller shutter actuator - 1 HomeLYnk controller - - 1 Touch screen tablet - - 1 WiFi adaptor - - 1 24 V power supply module - - 1 Single phase energy meter - - 1 1 ETS Lite licence - - 1 KNX further studies pack References KNX further studies pack KNX roller shutter and 7” screen pack KNX complementing remote monitoring pack MD1AAKNXD MD1AAKNXVR MD1AAKNXLSS Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy • Electronics C20 Designated skills • Configuring • Preparing • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Communication networks • Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: KNX system - simple applications schneider-electric.fr/form-omega 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Building communication Wireless home automation packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48563 • Installing and connecting. • Configuring building management functions. • Implementing regulation, energy monitoring, timing programming. • Using the EnOcean, ZigBee, Modbus, Canbus, Bacnet and Ethernet protocols. Presentation • These packs combine multiple technologies and protocols: --Wired: BACnet, CANbus, IP/RTU ModBus --And wireless: EnOcean, ZigBee. • They can be implemented in your workshops to renovate your systems. • They can be used to execute the following functions: --Energy monitoring, --Piloting heating (heat pump, boilers, rooftop, fan coil units), ventilation and air conditioning, --PID regulation, --Control of lighting and electric opening devices, --Management of histories and events. --Timing programming, --Etc. The • Direct programming via browser. • Possibility of programming in LuA. • Clear graphic interface. • Programming and monitoring interface. • Multi-protocol, wired and wireless. Description Contents Pack 1 Pack 2 Single phase Modbus energy meter 1 1 EnOcean temperature sensor with set point offset 1 1 ZigBee controller 1 1 ZigBee Pro communication board 1 1 6I/6O EnOcean/Zigbee + Modbus PLC 1 1 24 V AC power supply module 1 1 EnOcean window and door contact 1 1 EnOcean adaptor plug 1 1 Enocran pushbutton 1 - Temperature sensor 1 - EnOcean built-in single circuit receiver 1 - EnOcean single circuit relay with DIN mounting - 1 EnOcean twin-circuit blind receiver - 1 EnOcean double switch - 1 EnOcean card switch - 1 EnOcean single switch - 1 EnOcean motion sensor - 1 EnOcean indoor brightness sensor - 1 Built-in 1-10 V dimmer receiver - 1 References EnOcean wireless home automation pack 1 EnOcean wireless home automation pack 2 MD1ALSSL1 MD1ALSSL2 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electronics Designated skills • Configuring • Preparing • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Communication networks • Automatic control Life is On | Schneider Electric C21 Building communication 19” VDI pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48392 • Identifying and selecting the equipment (ASI, switches, plugs). • Assembling VDI bays, wiring RJ45 connectors. • Executing IP addressing for the switch. • Identifying, mixing and testing the installation. • Studying various VDI networks depending on the office layout. Presentation The • Complete predefined unit. • Low-cost solution. The 19” VDI pack is designed as a media for examining the VDI functions found in industrial or services installations. It shows the general organisation of a VDI network. The teaching system is based on an actual set of specifications: a set of specifications for an office building. Description Contents • 1 OPB box, 19”, 12 U, fixed frame 646 x 600 x 500, glazed door. • 1 rear closure plate for 19" 12 U OPB box. • 1 closure plate with ventilation openings for upper part. • 1 closure plate with brush strip for lower part. • 1 sliding panel fitted with 24 RJ45 FTP STP ports. • 1 TELECOM sliding panel with 50 ports in 2 rows. • 1 panel with 8 FR 230 V / 16 A sockets, protected illuminated switch. • 2 lead guide panels with 4 rings. • 2 rack pack kits for inverter. • 1 fixed shelf, depth 250 mm, load 15 kg. • 3 metal spacer panels. • 3 rings for vertical organisation of the leads. • 1 DLINK switch with 24 10/100 BASETX administrable Ethernet ports. • 1 APC SmartUPS 1,500 VA inverter. • 1 set of 24 blue RJ45 plugging flaps. • 1 set of 24 green RJ45 plugging flaps. • 1 set of 10 grounding kits for 19” panel. • 1 stripping tool for insertion in LSA connectors. • 24 x 1 m, RJ45/RJ45 leads, category 6, F/UTP shielding. • 24 RJ45 connectors, category 6 FTP. References MD1ALVDIC19 19” VDI box pack Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electronics • Infrastructure C22 Designated skills • Configuring • Preparing • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Fibre optics • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Copper and fibre optics wiring schneider-electric.fr/form-vdico 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Building safety Addressable emergency lighting pack You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48462 • Studying an addressable emergency lighting system • Executing addressing and identification. • Testing the system components. • Remote system configuration and control via a Web server. Presentation The emergency lighting unit pack enables examination and implementation of an addressable emergency lighting installation. The addressing sequence is carried simply via 2 encoder wheels on each emergency unit. There is no risk of error: a device tests the addresses and identifies any duplicates or missing units. Each unit is tested in accordance with the addressing plan. A test report is available immediately. The system is fully upgradeable, with the possibility of adding outdoor emergency lighting units, remote monitoring, and maintenance alerts via SMS and/or email (DCM interface). The • Implementation in a 3D cell. • Remote control of an installation. • Low-cost solution. Description Contents • 1 Dardo Plus control unit. • 1 DCM module for communication with Web server. • 1 LED evacuation emergency lighting unit, IP 42. • 1 LED evacuation emergency lighting unit, IP 66. • 1 ambient emergency lighting unit with fluorescent tube. • 1 x 24 V power supply module. Addressable emergency lighting pack Accessories to be ordered separately • Printer to edit the test reports imposed by standard EN 50172: system status and all significant events. • Address tester. References Addressable emergency lighting pack Addressable emergency lighting printer Address tester for emergency lighting units MD1APESADR MD1APESPRT MDGBAESPCK Printer Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics Designated skills • Configuring • Checking • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Power electronics • Communication networks • Safety Life is On | Schneider Electric C23 Building safety Addressable emergency lighting case You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48496 • Finding out about the addressable emergency lighting system. • Identifying the system components. • Configuring and addressing the units. • Configuring the controller remotely via the Web server. • Testing the system with the controller. • Carrying out maintenance with tagging out for the intervention. • Installing extra equipment units. Presentation This case enables examination and implementation of an emergency lighting system. The Dardo Plus addressable system facilitates regulatory control of an emergency lighting installation in compliance with standard EN 50172, thanks to a bus system on 2 wires, which can connect up to 100 emergency lighting units. The units are addressed and configured using encoded rotary switches. The tests are carried out automatically by the control unit and sent to the printer or to a PC for data centralisation. Description The • Implementing a Web server. • Test procedures and ensuring safety. • Possibility of adding further addressable emergency lighting units. Addressable emergency lighting case Contents • 1 LED evacuation emergency lighting unit. • 1 ambient emergency lighting unit with fluorescent tube. • 1 Dardo Plus control unit. • 1 DCM module for communication with Web server. • 1 Dardo printer. • 1 halogen spotlight. • 1 x 24 V power supply module. • Measurement points for the Dardo bus. • Switches to disconnect the batteries of the emergency lighting units. Accessory to be ordered separately • Address tester to avoid configuration errors. Address tester References Addressable emergency lighting case Address tester for emergency lighting units MDGVBAES MDGBAESPCK Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics • Scientific C24 Designated skills • Configuring • Checking Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Power electronics • Communication networks • Safety 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Building safety Addressable fire safety bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48458 • Studying and implementing the standards and regulations covering a fire safety system. • Wiring the various elements. • Configuring and programming the control and signalling equipment. • Carrying out maintenance operations: --Preventive maintenance on the system components, --Corrective maintenance of the system. The • Representation of an actual installation. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Presentation The fire safety bench represents part of an establishment that is open to the public, of the holiday camp type. The safety components are spread out among the various rooms in the building and they provide the following functions: • Taking fire information into account and processing it, • Management of alarms and ensuring safety. Description Contents • 1 mobile structure with locking wheels. • 1 addressable optical smoke detector. • 1 addressable thermo-velocimetric heat detector. • 1 DAS electromagnetic releasing device on current cut-off. • 2 addressable manual releasing devices. • 1 audible alarm unit. • 1 action indicator. • 1 autonomous satellite unit. • 1 control and signalling unit. • 1 operating return switchboard. • 1 fire safety centraliser. • 1 test aerosol. • 1 set of safety leads. • 2 releasing keys. • 1 control unit/PC software program and linking cable. • 1 set of fuses and end of line resistors. Addressable fire safety bench Safety leads References MDG99130A Addressable fire safety bench Accessories supplied Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Electronics Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Communication networks • Safety Life is On | Schneider Electric C25 Energy production and management 3D energy managements cells for service buildings You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48393 • Putting into service, connecting, configuring, and modifying an installation. • Managing scenarios. • Displaying data via Internet explorer in liaison with the COM'X energy controller. • Metering for the main users: power sockets, heating, lighting, water meter. • Management of standard lighting. • Management of electric heating. • Management of openings and lighting. The • Different types of lighting (halogen, LED, etc.). • Learners’ autonomy thanks to digitisation of the projects. • Opening towards fibre optics. Presentation These 3D cells, developed in partnership with the BEMA Company, are designed as aids for studying and implementing a services building type installation. The installation is piloted via a KNX bus. There are two possible versions for this equipment. Assembly and installation are included. Description Contents: • 1 removable mechanically welded structure, washable melamine finish interior and exterior partitions, • 1 window with controlled roller shutter, • 1 x 1,500 W convector heater, • 2 interior spotlights with dimmer and terminal board, • 2 exterior lights with 300 W halogen lamps, • 1 Pragma box with protections, • 1 ModBus measuring module, • 1 energy server, • 1 x 7” touch screen • 1 KNX bus to pilot the installation, • 1 M-Plan thermostat, • KNX M-Plan multi-function pushbuttons with 8 buttons + infrared receiver, • 1 infrared remote control, • 4 M-Plan power sockets, • 1 presence and movement detector, • 1 ETS5 Lite software user licence. • 1 exterior protection box with isolating switch. SMART HOME for services 7” u.motion screen References KNX - Smart Home services 3D cell for energy management in a services building MDGCELTER1 KNX - Smart Home services 3D cell for energy management in a services building, with energy server MDGCELTER2 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy C26 Designated skills • • • • Analysis Configuring Checking Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • • • • • Energy efficiency Energy management Measuring Communication networks Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: IP Web server controller schneider-electric.fr/form-hlynk 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Energy production and management Modular building energy measurement bench New version You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48413 • Measuring, understanding, taking action. • Implementing buses and communication networks. • Configuring the Web server to define consumption indicators. • Drawing up energy monitoring curves. Presentation The bench can be used to simulate the electrical energy and water consumption levels of a building, together with environmental data such as the indoor temperature. These data are collected by the Com’X energy server that historicises and stores the data. Its integrated Web server can be used to present the data for local or remote viewing. The Com’X server features a WiFi USB stick, a Modbus RS 485 connection, 2 Ethernet ports, 6 metering inputs and 2 analogue inputs. The • Swift, safe implementation. • Sturdy safety wiring. • No software installation required. Description Contents • 1 support structure ref. MD1AM000. • 1 x 24 V DC power supply module ref. MD1AM4001 • 1 Com’X energy management module ref. MD1AM2028. • 1 Modbus splitter module ref. MD1AM0011. • 1 measurement unit module ref. MD1AM2003. • 1 module with 3 current sensors ref. MD1AM2004. • 1 temperature acquisition module ref. MD1AMP018. • 1 water metering module ref. MD1AMP017. References Modular building energy measurement offer MD1AMLEEX Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy Recommended training Designated skills • Configuring • Checking • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Energy management • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Communicating electrical switchboard schneider-electric.fr/form-spanel630 Life is On | Schneider Electric C27 Energy production and management Energy efficiency box New version You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48388 • Implementing energy monitoring for equipment units. • Using and configuring a measurement unit: --Drawing up a balance of the consumption levels, --Implementing optimisation solutions, --Following up on the results of energy saving actions over time, --Gaining knowledge as to the state of an installation. Presentation The • Sturdy mobile equipment • Easy to install between the mains power supply and the equipment to be measured. This electrical box can be used to measure, historicise and monitor electricity consumption in order to determine the energy efficiency of an equipment unit. It is placed between the single or three-phase network and the equipment to be measured, which can be a real or teaching unit. A selector switch can be used to choose between three user modes: • On a single phase 16 A industrial power socket, • On a three-phase 16 A industrial power socket, • In external measurement mode, by connection with leads and clamps for busbars. The consumption data are accessible on the Com'X energy server via a RJ45 socket located on the front panel of the box. Description Contents • 1 Com'X 510 with integrated Web server. • 1 three-phase measuring unit. • 1 single phase energy meter. • 1 RF communication interface for measurement sensors. • 1 single phase RF sensor for iC60 • 1 three-phase RF sensor for iC60. • 1 four-phase RF sensor for iC60. • 3 x 250/5 A ammeter clamps. • 1 set of leads with crocodile clips. • 1 cable fitted with a male 2P+T 16 A plug. • 1 cable fitted with a male 3P+T 16 A plug. • 1 female 2P+T 16 A socket base. • 1 female 3P+T 16 A socket base. • 1 x 16 A industrial /16 A home socket adaptor. • Protection by circuit breakers. References MDG99140 Energy efficiency box Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy C28 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • • • • Electricity distribution Energy efficiency Measuring Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Communicating electrical switchboard schneider-electric.fr/form-spanel630 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Applications in the building trade Photovoltaic / wind power bench for isolated locations You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48432 • Identifying the equipment. • Operating the system and using the Web pages. • Studying and sizing a solar and wind power installation. • Studying the energy transfer and calculating autonomy depending on the battery configuration. • Measuring and comparing the PV/wind power performance levels. Presentation This product is designed to help learners to find out about production of energy from renewable sources, using a solar panel and/or wind power, in the case of an isolated location. The electrical energy stored in the batteries can be used to power an outside equipment unit (230 V / 1 A maximum). The wind turbine is driven by an asynchronous motor with a variable speed controller, to simulate different wind strengths. A PLC monitors the state of charge of the batteries and switches the power supply over to the mains if necessary. The • Compact wind power and PV equipment. • Piloted locally and via the establishment’s network. • Possibility of using the wind turbine outdoors. Description Contents • Aluminium profile structure fitted with wheels. • 1 electrical box with mimic diagram panel. • Swivelling PV panel measuring about 0.7 m2. • 1 x 350 W wind turbine driven by an asynchronous motor. • 2 x 12 V lead gel batteries. • 1 x 24 V battery charger. • 1 regulator. • 1 x 24 V / 230 V inverter for isolated locations. • 1 PLC. • 1 Magelis terminal for dialogue, piloting and display of measurements. • 1 Ethernet coupler. • Voltage and current measurement points for the photovoltaic and wind power systems. Box side References Photovoltaic and wind power bench for isolated locations MDG99215 Panel side Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical • Energy Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Energy from renewable sources • Energy management • Measuring • Energy storage To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Photovoltaic systems with direct consumption schneider-electric.fr/form-pvac Life is On | Schneider Electric C29 Applications in the building trade Ventilation bench with variable speed control You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48469 • Studying the characteristics of a centrifugal fan unit. • Making flow rate and electricity consumption measurements. • Showing the effects of a variable speed drive on energy savings. • Studying an ACU with energy recovery. • Calculating the head losses. • Checking the EMC levels of the installation. • Using the ECO8 software program to calculate the economic data. The • Mobile equipment. • Sound trap to reduce noise levels. • Stack removable for handling. Presentation This bench can be used to study the ventilation installation for a services building, and calculate the return on investment for a variable speed controller using the ECO8 software program. Two variable speed controller models are proposed: the ATV212, which features a digital display unit, and the ATV630, which has an LCD unit. The fan is piloted by an electromechanical sequence or by a specific pump/ventilation variable speed controller. The flow rate is regulated mechanically via a check valve. An air flow sensor at the top of the stack can be used to compare the different settings. Description • Bench mounted on a frame with locking wheels. • 1 x 0.75 kW fan motor unit. • 1 electric box with protection sequence. • 1 HVAC ATV212 or ATV630 variable speed controller with remote display. • 1 measurement module with its CTs. • 1 pressure controller with its sensors on iris. • SoMove software program to configure the variable speed controller. • ECO2 software program to calculate depreciation. Bench with Altivar 630 References Ventilation bench with ATV212 variable speed control Ventilation bench with ATV630 variable speed control MD1AA750A2 MD1AA750A6 Bench with Altivar 212 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Energy C30 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • • • • • Motor control Energy efficiency Power electronics Energy management Measuring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Altivar 212 programming schneider-electric.fr/form-vem212 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Applications in the building trade Goods lift / dumb waiter bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48561 • Finding out about and studying the functionalities of a lift. • Maintaining a lift. • Configuring and adjusting a variable speed control. • Studying the safety standards linked to lift maintenance activities. Presentation This goods lift / dumb waiter bench can be used to provide training in lift maintenance activities. It has two user levels with two door technologies (leaf door and guillotine door) and a machinery level. The • Equipment identical to that on actual installations. • Complies with lift manufacturing and installation standards. Description • The control box includes: --1 Altivar 312 type variable speed controller. --1 M221 type PLC with Ethernet communication, --Safety relays with rearming devices. • The cabin moves between T guide profiles, with a 0.55 kW asynchronous motor, a reduction drive and a cable hoist. • The cabin includes: --A pulley block on the roof of the cabin, --A "parachute" safety system with support rupture set at 80 kg, --A roller type electric contact. • The lift shaft includes: --Stops at the upper and lower floor levels, --Upper and lower limit stops, --Upper and lower slowing contacts, --A parachute gripping contact with a rearming device. • The landing boxes include: --1 green presence indicator light, --1 red fault indicator light, --1 presence buzzer, --1 anti-vandalism pushbutton for calling from a level, --1 anti-vandalism return pushbutton. Contents • 1 leaf type door. • 1 guillotine type door. • 1 machinery access door in the upper part. • 1 access door over the full height. • 1 preset program and the programming software. • 1 technical documentation in French. • 1 project manual in French. • Components mounted on supports for demonstration operations or maintenance. Options • Leaf type door. • Guillotine type door. • Parachute subassembly: mechanical safety system standing up to a weight of 80 kg. References Complete goods lift (base+boxes+variable speed controller+PLC) MD1ASCBOPT3 Leaf door subassembly for goods lift Guillotine door subassembly for goods lift Parachute subassembly for goods lift MD1ASCOPTPB MD1ASCOPTPG MD1ASCOPTPRS Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • • • • Analysis Configuring Troubleshooting Piloting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Automatic control • Motor control • Safety To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Lifting and handling with Altivar 71 schneider-electric.fr/form-v71ap Life is On | Schneider Electric C31 Applications in the building trade Solar hot water production bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48507 • Studying the physical principles of solar heating. • Studying the hydraulic circuit. • Studying the electrical wiring. • Carrying out installation and maintenance operations. • Studying the thermal regulation system. • Interpreting the measurements: --Thermal balance, --Economic balance. The • Actual solar power system with electric backup heater. • Mobile system, in 2 parts. • Can be used indoors with the heater unit. Presentation This solar hot water production bench with backup electricity supply can be used to study a solar hot water production system fitted with instruments. The hydraulic circuit reproduces an actual installation with a hot water tank. The data from the temperature sensors and the solarimeter can be retrieved on a PC via a converter (software supplied). The solar hot water tank can operate indoors with the heater unit proposed as an option. Equipment made by the ELECTRONA Company and sold by Schneider Electric. Description Contents • Flat solar panel frame with sensor, covering 2.40 m², tilted at 45° with possibility of varying the tilt (+5°/-15°). • Hydraulic frame including: --1 x 200 L hot water tank with double heat exchanger and 2 kW backup heater element, --1 hydraulic circuit with circulation unit and expansion tank, --1 electronic regulation system, --1 system for acquisition and communication via the Internet, --1 operating software program. • Set of industrial hydraulic hoses, length 20 m. • Water + glycol heat transfer fluid. • Filling pump. Accessories to be ordered separately • Heater unit mounted on a swivel frame to go through doors, 1.40 m x 2.10 m, consisting of: --3 x 1,500 W spotlights (assembly to suit the solar sensor), --1 spotlight dimmer control, --1 protection by metal grid. References Solar hot water production bench Heater unit for solar hot water production tank MD1AA775 MD1AA776 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Energy C32 Designated skills • • • • Analysis Piloting Preparing Adjusting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Energy from renewable sources • Measuring • Energy storage 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Applications in the building trade Stage gantry system You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48433 • Preparing a work site. • Making an area safe. • Setting up and dismantling an installation. • Executing work to put into service and maintain a hoist. • Executing a mechanical and kinematic study of a hoist. • Configuring and adjusting a variable speed control. Presentation The • Assembly and dismantling operations in full safety. • Storage and transport boxes. This equipment is representative of a professional activity in the show world. It is designed to enable learners to study implementation and maintenance of a removable stage gantry consisting of a fixed part and a mobile grid. A graphic terminal can be used to pilot the motors and adjust the grid position. Two grid handling programs and a spotlight control program are available in the PLC. Equipment made by the ELECTRONA Company and sold by Schneider Electric. Description Contents • 1 removable gantry made of triangular aluminium beams. • 1 mobile grid controlled as to speed and position by 4 motors with encoders. • 4 x 125 daN chain hoists, 1 with pulley block, slings and fixing flanges. • 1 chain hoist for the assembly/dismantling operations. • 1 control console with PLC, mounted on a base with braked wheels. • Altivar variable speed controllers on CANopen bus and graphic terminal. • 1 set of linking cables with connectors. • 2 storage trolleys mounted on braked wheels: --For the gantry and the grid, --For the 5 hoists and the set of cables. • Accessories: --1 x 150 daN spring balance, --1 strain gauge, 0-10 V analogue output References MD1AA770 Stage gantry system Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Configuring • Preparing • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Human-machine dialogue • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai Life is On | Schneider Electric C33 Applications in the building trade Trolley-mounted charging terminals New version You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement- • Configuring the terminals’ parameters. • Troubleshooting and looking for installation faults. • Putting the terminal into service with the test case. • Performing a real or simulated charging cycle. • Measuring energy consumption. Presentation The • Quick, safe implementation. • EV real charge or simulated charge. • Faults box integrated in the bench. • Operation possible in single-phase. The trolley-mounted charging terminal bench allows you to examine and analyse a charging terminal installation. It allows you to understand the different types of possible electrical wiring diagrams. Configuring of the power, RFID badges, inputs is done simply from the embedded WEB server*. The bench has an interface cabinet for connecting the 2 terminals to a single socket. The bench has different leads enabling connection to different 32A, 16A industrial or domestic E-type sockets. A test case (optional) allows you to carry out tests on the installation before putting it into service. An EV presence simulation cabinet (optional) allows you to carry out a charging cycle without the need for an EV. Description A mobile chassis on which 2 terminals are mounted back-to-back: • For the Residential application with Wallbox + Smart Wallbox terminals. --1 EV socket type T2, 1 domestic E-type socket, 10 RFID badges. --1 watertight cabinet with protection circuit-breakers, 7 kW single-phase. --Lightning conductor. • For the Tertiary application with EVlink Parking terminals on a stand and wall-mounted. --2 EV sockets type T2, with 10 RFID badges. --1 watertight cabinet with protection circuit-breakers, 22 kW three-phase. --Measuring units (wall-mounted EVlink Parking). --Basic/Optimum wiring (EVlink Parking on a stand). --Lightning conductor. Bench MDGVERWSWAN1 References Double residential Terminals Bench on chassis Double car park Terminals Bench on chassis MDGVERWSWAN1 MDGVETMPAN2 Characteristics (on the web) Power supply: three-phase 400 V or 230 V Height: 1880 mm Width: 880 mm Depth: 700 mm Weight: 90 kg and 170 kg * The WALLBOX terminal does not have a WEB server Bench MDGVETMPAN2 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering C34 Designated skills • Configuring • Measuring • Troubleshooting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Electricity distribution To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: IRVEP1 IRVEP2 IRVEP2AV Schneider-electric.fr/ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric C35 C3000 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Infrastructure Medium-voltage installation ................................ D4 Fibre optics networks ......................................... D5 Energy production ............................................ D11 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric D1 Help in selecting via fields Infrastructure Field Basic Intermediary M El ec ai tri M ca nt en lE El ec ng an in ce En rin g ec tri gi ee El ne ca tro in in g ch n ic ng ee ai er te lE er En al En ge rin g nt gi tic ne en En in g om an gi er Au t ne ce En at io n er gi in g ne En gi er in g ne er in g Medium-voltage installation Medium-voltage cells ■ ■ ■ ■ Fibre optics networks FTTH fibre optics packs ■ LAN-FTTO fibre optics packs ■ Initial fibre optics studies bench ■ Further fibre optics studies bench ■ FTTH ZMD fibre optics bench ■ Energy production Study bench for hydroelectric generation ■ Study bench for generation using energy from renewable sources ■ D2 Life is On | Schneider Electric ■ ■ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Confirmed g rin gi En al e El c ni ch te ro ct e ne n d In io at E il Bu ■ m to g n di au on e in g n gi ai En ai M En e nc tic na e nt i er g in r ee ni om ut la ria t us g in er e gn Advanced ng e e rg En n gi En gy er En g in r ee Ef cy en En i fic o Pr n g r ee i n En En ng ri ee n gi c en Sc ■ e ne gi d ce n va Ad g rin e in gi tio c du g rin ee n gi En Page D4 ■ D5 ■ D6 ■ D8 ■ D9 ■ D10 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ D11 D12 Life is On | Schneider Electric D3 Medium-voltage installation Medium-voltage cells You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48468 • Finding out about a MV installation and its various components. • Identifying risks. • Operating and handling a MV structure. • Finding out about the various types of cut-off device. • Executing maintenance operations (fuses, etc.). • Applying the safety requirements set out in C18-510. • Preparing for MV qualification. Presentation These equipment units are made in compliance with the customer’s sets of specifications. Their purpose is to provide training for work and procedures carried out on MV structures. On training grounds, these equipment units are powered by a 400 V supply while featuring the same functionalities as in the case of a 20 kV supply. The transformer is supplied without oil and without windings. The standard offer consists of two IM cells, a QM cell and an MV/LV transformer. Other combinations are also possible (e.g. 1 IM + 1 QM with transformer, 1 IM + 1 QM without transformer, etc.). A main LV switchboard is available as an option in order to execute the interlocking chain. Putting into service and training are included. A compliance diagnosis can be carried out on the spot by an outside technical inspection organisation. The • Behaviour of the MV equipment complies with reality. • Complete tagging-out sequence up to the main LV switchboard. • Installation. Description IM switch cell • 1 set of 400 A three-pole bars. • 1 isolating switch + ground isolating switch with cut-off device in SF6. • 1 CIT type manual control. • 3 voltage presence indicators. • 3 terminal pads for single-pole dry cable. QM combined, motorised switch-fuse cell • 1 set of 400 A three-pole bars. • 1 isolating switch + ground isolating switch with cut-off device in SF6. • 1 x 48 V DC motorised control. • 1 set of three 24 kV Solefuse fuses. • 1 Sepam series 20 protection. • 1 Profalux C4 MV/transformer/main LV switchboard locking device. QM SM6 cell General view with transformer and main LV switchboard Accessories supplied • Connection cables. • Set of safety accessories: hookstick, voltage detector, stool, gloves, extinguisher, etc. Options • Minera MV/LV 100 kVA teaching oil type transformer. • Main LV switchboard with plug-in circuit breaker that can be tagged out by interlocking. • Primary/secondary injection case for tripping tests on the protective devices. Primary/secondary injection case References MV cell with 2 IM + 1 QM + accessories + putting into service 100 KVA teaching transformer Main LV switchboard with plug-in circuit breaker + 3 outputs + cables Locking device for Habilis cabinet Primary/secondary injection case MDGHTA2IMQMIS MDGHTATRF MDGHTATGBT MDGHTAHBLIS MDGHTAINJ Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical • Maintenance D4 Designated skills • Analysis • Troubleshooting • Piloting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Human-machine dialogue • Electricity distribution • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Fundamental aspects of MV distribution schneider-electric.fr/form-olfht 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Fibre optics networks FTTH fibre optics packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48411 • Implementing and connecting a fibre optics installation. • Testing the continuity of the links. • Maintaining in operational condition. • Carrying out repairs. Presentation These FTTH fibre optics architecture equipment packs are to be implemented in your 3D cells or on a plasterboard support. Three cases, provided as options, contain all the tools and accessories necessary for FTTH technicians, from preparation of the cables to cleaning of the connectors. For the tests and measurements part, a VFL (visual fault locator - red light pen), a monomode source and a photometer enable technicians to validate an installation and carry out maintenance and repairs. The • Installation in 3D cell. • Integrated energy measurement solution on Ethernet. • Grade 4 communication box Description Fibre optics pack for FTTH riser • 1 PMI box with operator zone and customer zone. • 1 operator splicing box. • 1 cassette equipped with 2 welded SC-APC pigtails. • 2 floor level optics connection points with splicing drawer. • 4 optics line points to equip the housing unit. • 100 m of ITU-G657A 1x4 FO optical fibre cable for indoor use. • 50 m of ITU-G652D 12 FO optical fibre cable for outdoor use. • 1 riser duct, length 6 m. • 2 RJ45 /optical converters. Housing Technical Shaft Pack • Opale box. • Power distribution part: 1 differential switch, 6 circuit breakers, 1 Wiser energy meter, RJ45 and optical terminal plugs. • Communication part: grade 4 manual communication box. Cases of fibre optics tools • 1 cable stripping tool with longitudinal and circular cutting system. • 1 Home-Pace opening tool. • 1 pair of Jonard ergonomic stripping pliers. • 1 pair of Kevlar scissors. • 1 cleaning pen for LC connectors. • 1 cleaning pen for SC, E2000, FC and ST connectors. • 1 set of pre-impregnated cleaning wipes. • 1 mono- and multimode photometer. • 1 x 1310/1550 nm monomode source (solely with the case ref. MD1ALFOVAL2). • 2 SC-APC/SC-APC G657A2 measurement jumpers. • 1 SC-APC/SC-APC transition. Drum of optical cable PMI box Fibre optics service case with photometer References FTTH fibre optics riser column pack Housing Technical Shaft Pack Case of FTTH tools with photometer but without source Case of FTTH tools without photometer or source Case of FTTH tools with photometer and source MD1ALFOFTTHM MD1ALALFOGTL1 MD1ALFOBVAL MD1ALFOBVAL1 MD1ALFOBVAL2 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electronics • Infrastructure Recommended training Designated skills • • • • Analysis Checking Preparing Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Fibre optics • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Fibre optics wiring schneider-electric.fr/form-inopt Life is On | Schneider Electric D5 Fibre optics networks LAN-FTTO fibre optics packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48419 • Gaining knowledge of the optical components and the various types of fibres and connectors. • Finding out about all the stages of fibre optics implementation (cleaning, stripping and cleaving). • Installing optical cables and checking routing. • Fitting connectors on LC fibres. • Checking for mechanical stresses (VFL). • Measuring power and attenuation with a photometer and a light source. The • Integration of the communicating main LV switchboard in the scenario. • Tailor-made solution to suit your local architectures. Presentation In this offer, two packs are proposed to execute fibre optics links between two communicating systems in the workshop: • Pack of pre-fibred FO connectors: this technique is used in particular by electricians, and it gives quick, reliable results, • Pack of mechanical FO splices: this technique is simple and efficient, and it replaces fusion welding. It is used for repairs and maintenance. Description Complete fibre optics pack • Fibre optics cable, OM3 50/125 µm TB 6 fibres 525 m. • Non-managed Ethernet Switch. • 24 V power supply module. • 19" rack for 24 fibres with 3 front panels. • Optical splice cassette. • Coiling cassette. • Bushing support plate for 3 SC duplex adaptors. • Front panel for 3 bushings. • Set of SC mm duplex fibre optics bushings. • Set of LC mm duplex fibre optics bushings. • Fibre protection base. • Jumper, OM3 50/125 µm SC LC 2. • Set of pigtails, OM3 50/125 µm LC. • Set of Camsplice connectors. • Case of Camsplice tools. • Vertical ring for organising bundles. • Splicing cassette. • Camsplice splicing comb. • Cold Cure OM LC connector. • Case of tools for cold bonding. • Set of 500 connectors. • Case of Unicam tools. • Set of Unicam connectors, OM3 50/125 µm LC. • Actassi OPB 9U wall-mounted box with 19” swivel frame. • 19" 1U strip with 6 power sockets. • 19" 1U horizontal bundle guide panel. • 35 x 15 19” DIN rail. • Actassi 19" 1U sliding panel with 24 STP ports, cat. 6 A. • Actassi 19" 24 U equipped VDA bay with side and rear panels. • Set of mixing bundles. • CL-MX cable, cat. 6A F/FTP 4 pairs, 1,000 m. • 1 U space blocking panel. • Fibre optics presentation unit. Fibre optics booklet pack Actassi fibre optics panels Drum of fibre optics cable Case of tools with cleaver Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electronics • Infrastructure D6 Designated skills • • • • Analysis Checking Preparing Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Fibre optics • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Fibre optics wiring schneider-electric.fr/form-inopt 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Equipment common to both packs • 1 drum of multimode optical cable with tight structure, 6 OM3 strands (525 m). • 1 Actassi OPB 19" 9 U swivel box. • 1 technical booklet with samples of the different types of connectors. • 2 optical racks for box and bay. • 2 copper racks, 12 ports, cat. 6A, fitted with Actassi RJ45 S-One core. • 2 copper/FO transceivers (one 19" services type and one industrial type on DIN rail). • 1 VFL for display of faults via luminous effect. • 1 multimode photometer with 850 nm light source. Pack of pre-fibred FO connectors. • 1 case of dedicated tools including a Cleaver and a VFL. • 1 set of 50 pre-fibred connectors. Pack of mechanical FO splices • 1 case of dedicated tools including a cleaver. • 1 set of 24 pigtails + 24 mechanical splices. • 1 test tool. FFTO starter kit • 6-fibre multimode optical cable with tight structure, pre-fitted with connectors (100 m). • 2 optical racks for 19” box or bay. • 2 copper/optical transceivers. • 1 mechanical splicing tool. • 12 OM3 SC pigtails. • 6 reusable mechanical splices. • 1 complete connector cleaning set. • 1 pair of Miller stripping pliers for fibre optics. • 1 stripping tool for optical cables (Kabifix). References Complete fibre optics pack Pack of consumables for mechanical splicing Pack of consumables for pre-fibred connectors Fibre optics pack for mechanical splicing Fibre optics starter pack Fibre optics pack for pre-fibred connectors 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue MD1ALFO MD1ALFOCE MD1ALFOCP MD1ALFOE MD1ALFOEMN MD1ALFOP Life is On | Schneider Electric D7 Fibre optics networks Initial fibre optics studies bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48398 • Executing installation and connection work on optical cables, coaxial cables and Ethernet cables, cat. 6/7. • Executing mixing of optical and copper cables. • Characterising performance levels for copper and coaxial cables as compared with fibre optics cables. • Selecting technologies in the light of the site work to be done. • Identifying circuits and testing level 1 continuity (VFL). • Drawing up an optical balance with photometry, reflectometry and acceptance document. • Studying reception and transmission of OFDM signals (DTT). • Finding out about video streaming on IP. • Analysing IP flows. The • Full training, progressive method, amusing content (TV, Internet, IPTV). • Enables simultaneous work by several groups of learners. • Lockable unit with storage cubicles. Presentation The initial fibre optics studies bench sums up the FTTO/FTTH architectures of a complete network installation with the active elements. One side represents the hub on the operator side, and the other represents the building side. The bench is equipped with several physical media (coaxial, copper and fibre optics) and it can be used to show the advantages of fibre optics. Several formulas are proposed to complete the equipment with the IPTV, coaxial and server options. Putting into service and training are not included. This equipment is developed by the MTFibertech Company and sold by Schneider Electric. Description Contents • 1 two-sided unit on wheels, with 8 lockable doors. • 1 internal lighting system on each side. • 1 modular switchboard with 40 A/30 mA differential switch, 2 x 16 A circuit breakers, equipotentiality and grounding via an aluminium grille. • 1 set of wiring and connecting ducts. • 1 set of wired 230 V AC sockets. • 4 GBE media converters with 4 bidirectional 1550/1310 nm SFPs. • 1 operator splicing support and cassette (OFDM) with 12 SC-APC welded pigtails + bushings. • 1 support to receive spare lengths. • 2 reels of SM G652D optical cable (1,000 m/2,000 m), SC-APC connectors. • 4 LCPC/SC-APC optical jumpers and 8 SC-APC/SC-APC optical jumpers. • 1 x 12 FO ITU-G652D optical cable, 50 m. • 1 building base box for network operator with splicing cassette, 1:4 splitter, 12 SCAPC pigtails, and 24 SCAPC bushings. • 1 building base box for building operator with splicing cassette, 8 pigtails, and 12 SCAPC bushings. • 1 indoor optical cable, ITU-G657A 1x4FO (PMI-DTIO), connected + 50 m spare length. • 1 LexCom Home Premium VDI box. • 2 optical terminal sockets (optical line terminal) with 4 SC-APC pigtails. • 4 RJ45 sockets (2 double and 2 single) with Actassi S-One connectors. • 1 switch with 5 ports 10/100/1000 (VDI box). • 1 fault box to simulate failures. Building side Building side (close-up) Photometer, welder, reflectometer, etc. as options: see "Modules and accessories” chapter. References MD1ALFOBFTT MD1ALFOBMES Initial fibre optics bench Putting the FO bench into service Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electronics • Infrastructure D8 Designated skills • Configuring • Checking Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Fibre optics • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Fibre optics wiring schneider-electric.fr/form-inopt 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Fibre optics networks Further fibre optics studies bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48420 • Installing and connecting fibre optics, coaxial cable and Ethernet cable, cat. 6/7 (mixing fibre optics and copper). • Characterising performance levels for RJ45 and coaxial systems as compared with fibre optics systems. • Selecting technologies in the light of the site work to be done. • Identifying circuits. • Testing level 1 continuity: VFL. • Drawing up an optical balance: --Photometry, --Reflectometry, --Acceptance document. • Studying reception and transmission of signals. • Finding out about video streaming on IP. • Analysing IP flows. The • Full training, progressive method, amusing content (TV, Internet, IPTV). • Enables simultaneous work by several groups of learners. • Lockable unit with storage cubicles. Presentation The above initial fibre optics studies bench sums up the FTTO/FTTH architectures of a network installation with the active elements. The formulas proposed on this page enable you to complete the basic equipment with the IPTV, coaxial and server options. This equipment is developed by the MTFibertech Company and sold by Schneider Electric. Putting into service and training are not included. Operator side Description IPTV function • 1 L2 manageable switch (VLAN, QoS, port mirroring, IGMP, etc.) 8 ports 10/100/1000. • 1 int/ext amplified DTT aerial. • 1 DTT/IPTV streamer. • 2 IPTV receivers / decoders. • 2 x 19" LED TVs with supports. • 1 single RJ45 socket with Actassi S-One connector. • 1 RJ45 mixing system. • 3 reels of flexible cable, Cat. 6 or 7 (90 m, 30 m, 20 m). • 6 shielded RJ45/RJ45 connectors. Coaxial function • 1 int/ext amplified DTT aerial. • 1 optical converter transmitter, 1310 nm/6 dBm (48-860 MHz). • 1 analogue DTT/PAL converter. • 1 set of HF splitters. • 2 x 19" LED TVs with supports (if IPTV option not present). • 1 coaxial TV/radio socket. • 1 coaxial mixing terminal strip. • 3 reels of 75 Ohm coaxial cable: 3 x 100 m. • 1 R-TV amplifier-splitter module for Grade 3 wiring (6 x RJ45, 5-860 MHz). • 1 RJ45-IEC TV lead. • 1 optical receiver, 1310-1550 nm (box VDI). Operator side (close-up) References Fibre optics bench with IPTV, coaxial and putting into service Fibre optics bench with coaxial cable option Fibre optics bench with IPTV option Putting the FO bench into service MD1ALFOBTO4 MD1ALFOBOCX MD1ALFOBIPTV MD1ALFOBMES Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electronics • Infrastructure Recommended training Designated skills • Configuring • Checking 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Fibre optics • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Fibre optics wiring schneider-electric.fr/form-inopt Life is On | Schneider Electric D9 Fibre optics networks FTTH ZMD fibre optics bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48580 • Wiring and connection of fibre optics in a 19” rack, building base box, floor level box, optics connection point and optical line terminal. • Connection of 4 housing units with 2FO cables equipped with preconnectors, length 25 m (spare length at the rear). • Vertical wiring of a riser. • Wiring floor level boxes, optics connection points and optical line terminals. • Identifying circuits. • Level 1 continuity test: VFL. • Optical balance: photometry, reflectometry and acceptance document. • Supplied with technical file and projects. Presentation This model sums up the architecture of a vertical FTTH network installation in a building in a less dense zone in accordance with the ARCEP recommendations. It features the fibre optics architecture with the building base box, the riser, the floor level boxes and the optical line terminals (optical sockets). One side, representing the building base, is linked by a 48 FO SM G657A cable to the other side, which represents the building technical shaft side and the housing units. A 19" rack with 12 SC-APC (PMZ) connectors linked to the building base box can be used to measure and validate the complete links as far as the housing units. This equipment is developed by the MTFibertech Company and sold by Schneider Electric. The • Compact, sturdy, mobile model (4 braked wheels). • HD vinyl serigraphs. • Typical activities for FTTH connecting technicians. • Supplied with spare lengths of 48 FO riser cable (25 m) and cable equipped with pre-connectors (4x25 m) enabling repeat operations. • Covers all the technical actions: installation, connections, welding, measurements, reflectometry, acceptance, tests, putting into service, repairs and modifications. • Enables simultaneous work by several learners. Description Contents • 1 melamine finish panel on wheels (with 4 brakes), sturdy metal structure. • 2 high-density vinyl sides with serigraphs (1 side basement, 1 side housing units and building technical shaft). • 1 set of wiring and connecting ducts. • 1 19" splicing rack (PMZ) equipped with 12 pigtails and SC-APC connectors. • 1 x 12 FO horizontal network cable (link between 19" rack and building base box). • 1 building base box equipped with 6 splicing cassettes. • 1 ACOME Home-PACe 48 FO G657A riser cable. • 2 floor level optics connection point boxes equipped with splicing cassettes. • 4 2 FO G657A cables with pre-connectors, equipped with SC-APC connectors. • 4 x 2 FO optical line terminal sockets equipped with SC-APC connectors. • 100 x 60 mm heat shrinkable sleeves. N.B. Measurement and welding apparatus not supplied. References FO panel for medium-density zone FO panel for high-density zone MD1ALFOZMD MD1ALFOZTD Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electronics • Infrastructure D10 Designated skills • Configuring • Checking Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Fibre optics • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Fibre optics wiring schneider-electric.fr/form-inopt 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Energy production Study bench for hydroelectric generation You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48497 • Studying conversion of hydraulic power into electrical power. • Determining efficiency levels. • Operating a "multi-technology” industrial system. The Presentation The bench reproduces operation of a hydroelectric generation plant. It is designed to enable learners to find out about and pilot generation of electrical power from hydraulic power. The water operating head is variable between 10 and 25 m thanks to a pump piloted by a variable speed controller. A PLC can be used to control the complete automatic system. Equipment designed and made by the Bema Company and sold by Schneider Electric. • Viewing of the turbine in operation. • Separate pumping and turbine operation functions. • Measurement and piloting by HMI and measuring unit. Description Water tank and head • 1 tank with a capacity of about 150 L. • 1 motor pump unit with a stainless steel body. • 1 electrical box equipped with an Altivar 4 kW variable speed controller, piloted by a 0-10 V system or by CANopen. • Hydraulic circuit with valve and bleeder. Hydroelectric power plant • 1 Turgo type 20-blade turbine. • 2 injection nozzles with flow regulator valves. • 1 asynchronous generator with encoder for the speed control. • Hydraulic circuit with analogue flow rate and pressure sensors. Rear view Electrical cabinet. • 1 user socket. • 1 pilotable battery of capacitors. • 1 measurement module with 3 CTs. • 1 Modicon M241 or M340 PLC with CANopen bus. • 1 graphic dialogue terminal with touch entry system. • 1 voltage regulator (energy recovery and creation of the three-phase power supply). • Components necessary for safety and correct operation. • PCVUE monitoring system with 25 variables. • Two electricity meters (generation and non-consumption). Front view References HYDROLIS direct coupling and Modicon M340 HYDROLIS direct coupling and Modicon M241 HYDROLIS training Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Energy Designated skills • • • • Analysis Configuring Checking Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue MD1HYDROM340 MD1HYDROM241 MD1HYDFORM Themes studied • Automatic control • Energy efficiency • Energy from renewable sources • Measuring • Monitoring Recommended training To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai Life is On | Schneider Electric D11 Energy production Study bench for generation using energy from renewable sources You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48449 • Implementing various configurations of electricity generation and storage. • Studying an electrical energy storage system. • Studying the regulator and inverter functions. • Comparing generation and efficiency levels between fixed PV panels and a solar tracker. • Studying the wind turbine function. Presentation This bench is designed for studying the various components of an energy chain. From DC generation to internal use via an AC or DC load, and external use on a household power socket. The bench can integrate storage batteries and/or a programmable power supply to simulate a renewable source of energy. Renewable sources of energy are proposed as options; see the "Modules and accessories” chapter. There are four types of sources: • Fixed photovoltaic panels, • Photovoltaic panels with tracker, • Motorised wind turbine on bench, • Outside wind turbine on mast. The • Operation possible independently of the weather. • Numerous different configurations. • Remote monitoring possible via an application on a touch screen tablet. A set of interchangeable data sheets is supplied with the bench. Each sheet represents a possible configuration and locates the measuring points in the energy chain. Description Front view Basic version • 1 PLC managing the generation, storage and consumption sequences. • 1 display unit showing the electrical variables U/I/P. • 1 inverter for isolated locations. • Loads via 230 V and 24 V lamps or exterior load. The versions below also feature the following functions: • Basic version with simulation: 1 programmable variable DC power supply, • Basic version with storage: 1 24 V/27 Ah set of lead-gel batteries with charger, • Basic version with simulation and storage: 1 programmable power supply and storage using batteries. Renewable sources of energy These modules are proposed as options: see the "Modules and accessories” chapter. Rear view References Renewable sources of energy bench, basic version Renewable sources of energy bench, version with simulated power supply MDG99400 MDG99401 Renewable sources of energy bench, version with storage batteries MDG99402 Renewable sources of energy bench, version with power supply and batteries MDG99403 Configuration sheets Decision aid Sectors concerned • • • • Electrical Electronics Energy Scientific D12 Designated skills • • • • Analysis Configuring Checking Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Energy from renewable sources • Energy management • Simulation • Energy storage Recommended training To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Solutions provided by energy from renewable sources schneider-electric.fr/form-ereno 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric D13 Industry Industry of the future: Schneider Electric’s vision ................................. E8 Industrial control and machine safety............... E10 Variable speed controllers and axis control...... E23 Automatic systems and communication............ E38 Machines........................................................... E65 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric E1 Help in selecting via fields Industry Field Basic Intermediary M El ec ai tri M ca nt lE en El ec ng an in ce En rin g ec tri gi ee El ne ca tro in in g ch n ic ng ee ai er te lE er En al En ge rin g nt gi tic ne en En in g om an gi er Au t ne ce En at io n er gi in g ne En gi er in g ne er in g Industrial control and machine safety A2E motor starting boxes ■ ■ ■ ■ Modular machine safety benches ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Containment cabinets ■ ■ Wiring plates for intermediate certification ■ ■ ■ ■ Wiring plate for smoke ventilation certification ■ ■ ■ ■ Wiring bench for industrial components ■ ■ ■ ■ Motor starting packs ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Modular variable speed control benches ■ ■ Motor starting bench ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Compacting/bottling project packs Modular motor starting benches ■ ■ Industrial detector study benches Study bench for analogue sensors and regulation Variable speed controllers and axis control Electronic motor starter packs ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Speed controller packs ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Servomotor packs Linear axis packs Machine benches with Cartesian robot Variable speed cases ■ Teaching variable speed control boxes ■ Load bench with asynchronous motors ■ Variable speed control bench with motor Variable speed control bench with powder brake Study bench with 1 brushless axis Mini-lifting bench with cable hoist Lifting bench with vectorial control ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ X to Z axis bench and Z axis bench Lifting gantry bench with hoist E2 Life is On | Schneider Electric ■ ■ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Confirmed g rin ee al e El al du ri st In n g ni m to il Bu g n di au on ai En ai M n gi En e nc tic na e nt ri ee g rin ee n gi E om t au io at g in er ne En ch te ro ct c ni n gi Advanced e e rg En ng n gi En gy er En g in r ee Ef cy en En i fic o Pr n g i n En g En ng i er e in c en Sc e ne gi d ce n va Ad g rin e in r ee gi tio c du g rin ee n gi En Page E10 ■ ■ ■ E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 ■ ■ E16 ■ ■ E17 ■ ■ E18 ■ ■ E19 ■ ■ E20 ■ ■ E21 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ E23 ■ ■ ■ E24 ■ ■ ■ E25 ■ ■ ■ E26 ■ ■ ■ E27 ■ ■ ■ E28 ■ ■ ■ E29 ■ E22 E30 ■ ■ E31 ■ ■ E32 ■ ■ ■ ■ E33 E34 ■ ■ E35 ■ ■ E36 ■ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue E37 Life is On | Schneider Electric E3 Help in selecting via fields Industry (continued) Field Baisc Intermediary M El ec ai tri M ca nt lE en El ec ng an in ce En rin ec tri gi ee El ne ca g tro in in g ch n ic ng ee ai er te lE er En al En ge rin g nt gi tic ne en En in g om an gi er Au t ne ce En at io n er gi in g ne En gi er in g ne er in g Automatic control and communication Automatic control software packs reserved for teaching ■ ■ ■ PLC initiation packs ■ ■ ■ Machine PLC packs (architecture) ■ ■ Machine PLC packs (advanced architectures) ■ ■ ■ Complementing communication packs Industrial PLC packs Complementing RFID and vision packs ■ Human-machine dialogue display unit packs Mobile operator dialogue boxes with touch screens ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Industrial PLC packs (architecture) Cases for initiation to programmed logic ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ RFID case Teaching PLC plates ■ PLC plate and display unit on console ■ Modular automatic control benches ■ ■ Modular industrial communication bench ■ Modular RFID board set bench Local industrial network plates, RISC option Pre-wired industrial communication plates A2E traffic light and lift boxes Models for initiation to traffic control automation ■ Models for initiation to automatic lift control ■ Models for initiation to automatic control of surface treatment ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 5-movement pneumatic handler models ■ ■ Automatic part sorting system ■ ■ Rotary pneumatic handling benches Pneumatic and electro-pneumatic plates E4 Life is On | Schneider Electric ■ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Confirmed g rin gi En al c ni ch te ro ct e El e ne n d In io at E m to il Bu g n di au on e in g n gi ai En ai M En e nc tic na e nt i er g in r ee ni om ut la ria t us g in er e gn Advanced ng En e e rg n gi En gy er En g in r ee Ef cy en En i fic g rin ee n gi n En o Pr En ri ee n gi ng Sc e ne gi d ce n va Ad g rin e c en i n gi tio c du g in r ee En Page ■ ■ ■ ■ E38 ■ ■ ■ ■ E39 ■ ■ ■ ■ E40 ■ ■ ■ ■ E41 ■ ■ ■ ■ E42 ■ ■ ■ E43 ■ ■ ■ E44 ■ ■ ■ E45 ■ ■ ■ E46 ■ ■ ■ E47 ■ ■ E48 ■ ■ ■ E49 ■ ■ ■ E50 ■ ■ ■ E51 ■ ■ ■ E52 ■ ■ ■ ■ E53 ■ E54 E55 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ E56 ■ ■ E57 ■ ■ E58 ■ ■ ■ E59 ■ ■ ■ E60 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ E61 ■ ■ E62 ■ ■ E63 ■ 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue E64 Life is On | Schneider Electric E5 Help in selecting via fields Industry (continued) Field Basic Intermediary M El ec ai tri M nt ca en lE El ec ng an in ce En rin g ec tri gi ee El ne ca tro in in g ch n ic ng ee ai er te lE er En rin al g En ge nt gi tic ne En en in g om an gi er Au t ne ce En at io n er gi in g ne En gi er in g ne er in g Machines Parcel sorting bench SIMU3D software program covering 3D operational parts of industrial machines Factory I/O software program covering 3D operational parts of industrial machines ■ ■ ■ ■ 3D simulator software program for designing industrial machines Automated drilling system ■ Industrial packing machine system ■ Integrated production system ■ Flexible dosing line ■ Conditioning line for placing in slipcases ■ Conditioning line for placing in trays ■ Complete assembly line with stations to be determined ■ Bearing feed and positioning stations with hydraulic press ■ Shaft insertion, cover removal and screw insertion stations ■ Robot, stores and painting stations ■ Quality control station ■ Assembly line with augmented reality, simulation and monitoring ■ E6 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Confirmed g rin gi En al c ni ch te ro ct e El d t us io at e gn E m to il Bu g n di au on e in g n gi ai En ai M En e nc tic na e nt i er g in r ee ni om ut la g in er n ria In ■ e ne Advanced ng En e e rg n gi En gy er En g in r ee Ef cy en En i fic g rin ee n gi n En o Pr En ri ee n gi ng Sc ■ e ne gi d ce n va Ad g rin e c en i n gi tio c du g in r ee En Page E65 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ E66 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ E67 ■ ■ ■ ■ E68 ■ ■ ■ E69 ■ ■ ■ E70 ■ ■ ■ E71 ■ ■ ■ ■ E72 ■ ■ ■ ■ E73 ■ ■ ■ ■ E74 ■ ■ ■ ■ E75 ■ ■ ■ ■ E76 ■ ■ ■ ■ E77 ■ ■ ■ ■ E78 ■ ■ ■ ■ E79 ■ ■ ■ ■ E80 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric E7 Industry of the future: Schneider Electric’s vision The concept Everyone talks about it without always fully grasping the issues, or even imagining the consequences on business operations. In all cases, the factories of the future will have to meet new challenges in terms of competitiveness, performance and respect for the environment. To do so, they have at their disposal new resources that also constitute levers of competitiveness (technologies, methods, work organisation patterns, etc.) and open up incredible prospects. Factory of the future, industry 4.0, connected industry The Factory of the Future is a response to several simultaneous transitions: energy, ecological, digital, organisational and societal. Each of these transitions calls on numerous new technologies or organisational methods that are reaching maturity, undergoing development or remain to be designed. The idea here is to continue to modernise the production tool and accompany enterprises in transformation of their business models, their organisations, and their design and marketing methods, in a world in which digital tools are breaking down the barriers between industry and services. Mass personalisation of production At the moment, industrialists have to be able to respond to acceleration and personalisation of consumer expectations: • On the one hand, they have to contend with variable market conditions, in particular concerning the availability of resources, • On the other hand, at the other end of the chain, consumers now have access to an unlimited offer, everywhere and in real time. In the past, the products available were standardised, but now it is necessary to be able to meet precise, specific needs. The energy transition The energy transition is now an essential component of industrial performance. The cost of energy has a major effect on the cost of products. It is further compounded by tension on access to energy resources, and by the environmental factor, with the necessity of reducing carbon footprints. In concrete terms, what does the factory of the future look like? It is being built on the bases of the factory of today: • The investments already made are not brought into question, • Priority is given to the new levers of competitiveness that represent the 5 keys to the smart factory. THE 5 KEYS TO THE SMART FACTORY Upmarket trend in product ranges and new "services” uses The energy transition Innovation and operational excellence Generalised adoption of digital solutions as structuring tools Mass personalisation of production Click on the topic of your choice to find out more E8 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Industrial life cycle and digital continuity INDUSTRIAL LIFE CYCLE AND DIGITAL CONTINUITY 1. Customer Relations Customer Relations Training and new working methods NEW DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES Design Click on the topic of your choice to find out more Maintenance Our proposals: Operation and control • Generalisation of personalised offers that involve rethinking the production organisation. • Customers at the core of the value chain, throughout the industrial life cycle. • Replacement of product-based marketing by use-based marketing, with generalised recourse to virtual experience prior to actually putting a product on the market. 2. Design • 3D modelling. • Digital simulation. • PLM (Process Life Management). • Virtual reality. Upmarket trend in product ranges and new "services” uses Innovation and new technological capacities constitute an opportunity for boosting market penetration levels and setting production entities apart with more innovative, more upmarket products. This also provides an opportunity to transform uses, and sometimes even create new business models. The upmarket trend for new products then constitutes a good way of giving a makeover to corporate images in a fast-moving world. Innovation and operational excellence: One of the key issues of tomorrow’s industry consists of shortening time to market, from product design to sales, while ensuring that the quality level remains impeccable. For industrial managers, this entails: • Boosting R&D investments, • Enhancing the flexibility of the manufacturing tools, • Training teams in new production methods. To put it in a nutshell: increasing intelligence and agility. Generalised adoption of digital solutions as structuring tools: All new technologies provide opportunities to reinvent factories and open up the way to a new industry built on: • The digital revolution: onboard sensors, connected machines and products, Internet of things, virtualisation, • New materials: composites, nanomaterials, etc., • New production techniques: additive manufacturing, cobotics, augmented reality, etc. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue 3. Operation and control • Process PLCs. • Variable speed control. • Start and Stop system. • Robotics. • Human-Machine Dialogue. • Customer Web monitoring. • Automatic machine control. 4. Maintenance • Conditional maintenance. • Augmented reality. • Collaborative maintenance. 5. Training and new working methods • Immersive virtual simulation. • Energy management. New digital technologies at the service of the industry of the Future: • Cloud. • Big Data. • Cybersecurity. • Micro Data Centre. • Internet of things. Life is On | Schneider Electric E9 Industrial control and machine safety Motor starting boxes A2E equipment u page 5 You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48477 • Finding out about the electrical diagrams of the motor starting systems (star, delta, inverter). • Implementing a machine with an asynchronous motor. • Studying the contactors and the motor protection devices. • Choosing the type of motor starting on the basis of various criteria. Presentation This box is designed to wire the various types of motor starting systems. It has a transparent cover that enables viewing of each component. The wiring is carried out using safety leads. The • Compact equipment. • Low-cost solution. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Description Contents • 1 fuse holder isolating switch, • 1 magnetic circuit breaker, • 1 magneto-thermal circuit breaker, • 3 contactors including 1 with auxiliary block, • 1 inverter contactor, • 1 thermal relay, • 1 x 24 V AC power supply module, • 3 pushbuttons, • 1 safety master switch, • 1 power lead. A2E motor starting box Options • 1 set of 2 mm and 4 mm safety leads. • Optional teaching motors: see "Modules and accessories” section. References A2E motor starting box without leads Set of leads for A2E motor starting box MD3BPDMSC MD3BPDMCO Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E10 Teaching motor Designated skills • Troubleshooting • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Motor control To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Motor starting systems schneider-electric.fr/form-jtdm 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Industrial control and machine safety Modular machine safety benches You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48484 • Studying the machine safety categories and determining the risk levels. • Implementing the safety devices adapted in compliance with the standards in force. • Studying the modular safety functions: --Monitoring emergency stop systems, --Monitoring safety switches, --Monitoring coded magnetic switches, --Zero speed control in conjunction with a key-operated safety switch. The • Swift, safe implementation. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Presentation The modular machine safety offer is made up of two parts: a control part in the form of a modular structure, and an operational part on a panel. The objective is to reproduce the safety chain via wiring of the safety switches, the Preventa modules and the line contactors. The assembly can be used to study safety categories 3 and 4. The operational part includes two rotating parts protected by removable grilles and safety limit stops. Safety operational part Description Qty Ref. Support structure Designation 1 MD1AM000 Emergency stop monitoring safety module 1 MD1AM9001 Emergency stop monitoring safety module and limit switch 1 MD1AM9002 Encoded magnetic switch monitoring module 1 MD1AM9003 Time-delay monitoring module 1 MD1AM9004 Zero speed monitoring module 1 MD1AM9005 Time-delay monitoring module 1 MD1AM9006 24 V DC 2.5 A power supply module 1 MD1AM4001 Auxiliary contactor modules 2 MD1AM1011 Magneto-thermal circuit breaker module 1 MD1AM1003 Contactor module 1 MD1AM1008 Modular safety bench The modular bench can be completed with other modules: see the "Modules and accessories" section. References Modular machine safety bench Operational part of machine safety module MD1AMLSECU MD1AMP011 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Motor control • Industrial detection • Safety To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Automatic safety control schneider-electric.fr/form-ausec Life is On | Schneider Electric E11 Industrial control and machine safety Containment cabinets New version You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48521 • Implementing an electro-mechanical control plate in a safe environment. • Enabling execution of electrical tests while avoiding all direct contact with live parts. Presentation These cabinets are designed to house control plates wired by learners in order to power them up in full safety. The cabinet can be connected to outside operational parts. The 400 V AC and 24 V DC test voltages are only supplied if the door of the cabinet is closed. The • Sturdy safety wiring. • Learner control console accessible with the door closed. • Prewired for TSX PLC. Description Contents • Key-operated switch for maintenance work. • Removable protection and control unit. • Power supply for plates assembled by learners via safety sockets. • Quick connection of the learner control panel. • Outside connections via safety sockets (2 motor outputs). • The containment cabinets are supplied with: --4 sets of Telequick plates, --4 PVC plates to be drilled to fit cables (dimensions 295 x 200 x 3 mm), --24 detachable 5-pole female terminals. The containment cabinet can also be supplied mounted on a wheeled trolley equipped with an asynchronous electric motor, together with its various protection and control constituents. Containment cabinet References Containment cabinet Containment cabinet on motor trolley MD1AA685 MD1AA695 Containment cabinet on motor trolley Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E12 Designated skills • • • • Checking Troubleshooting Preparing Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Motor control • Safety To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: LV electrical qualification schneider-electric.fr/form-sebt 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Industrial control and machine safety Wiring plates for intermediate certification You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48459 • Configuring the measurement unit. • Loading the test programme in the PLC. • Testing general operation. • Non-wired version to: --Insert components as shown on a drawing, --Wire power and control components, --Wire Ethernet components, --Configure the measurement unit, --Load the test programme in the PLC, --Test general operation. The • Plate specially designed for intermediate level V certification. • Choice between wired or non-wired version. • Can be installed in a containment cabinet. Presentation The wiring plates reproduce the control and power circuits of a twocarriage conveying system. They are used as a media for intermediate certification concerning two professional training units: preparation for execution of an electrical installation and checking of operation for an electrical installation. These plates are available in a non-wired version (kit to be assembled) and a mounted, wired version. They can only be used after installation in a containment cabinet. The control plate as executed by a learner can be linked to various operational parts (motors, resistors, etc.) via an industrial connection system. Description Contents • 1 wiring plate. • 1 power input terminal strip. • 1 x 24 V AC transformer. • 1 x 24 V DC power supply module. • 1 set of protective circuit breakers. • 1 isolating switch. • 1 switch and isolating switch. • 1 four-pole busbar. • 1 contactor. • 1 inverter contactor. • 1 magneto-thermal circuit breaker. • 1 TeSys U motor starting system with Modbus port. • 1 M221 PLC with Modbus port. • 1 measurement module with 3 CTs. • 2 control boxes with buttons and indicator lights. • 1 connecting terminal strip for boxes and limit stop contacts. • 5 limit stop contacts. Plate installed in a containment cabinet with teaching motors Optional teaching motors: see "Modules and accessories” section. References Wired plate for intermediate certification Non-wired plate for intermediate certification MD1AAPCBP MD1AAPCBPNC Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Configuring • Checking • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Motor control • Automatic control • Safety To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: LV electrical qualification schneider-electric.fr/form-sebt Life is On | Schneider Electric E13 Industrial control and machine safety Wiring plate for smoke ventilation certification You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48548 • Setting up control consoles for the 2 effectors (drilling, installation and wiring). • Configuring the variable speed controller and the energy meter. • Configuring the communication functions. • Developing a small interface on the HMI. Presentation This system is based on a car park ventilation application to train learners with a view to obtaining level V certifications. To do so, this plate enables installation of power wiring and configuration of variable speed controllers, measurement units and communication networks. The • Choice between wired or non-wired version. • Can be installed in the containment cabinet. • Complies with requirements for obtaining intermediate level V certification. Description Contents • 1 dedicated Altivar 1.5 kW HVAC variable speed controller with RS485 Modbus communication port. • 1 classic direct start unit (2 products). • 1 energy meter with rings and RS485 Modbus communication port. • 1 Ethernet/Modbus Web gateway. • 1 safety module for emergency stop. • 1 x 5.7" multi-protocol touch-screen display unit. • 3 wired control console boxes. • 1 set of 3 boxes and interfaces for wiring. • Supplied with SoMove and Vijeo Designer limited edition software programs and a complete wiring file with projects. Plate This equipment features an upstream protection device and it must be installed in a containment cabinet for tests. Optional teaching motors: see the "Modules and accessories" section. References Wiring plate for intermediate smoke ventilation certification MD1AAPCPVFP Plate installed in a containment cabinet with teaching motors Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E14 Designated skills • Configuring • Checking • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Motor control • Automatic control • Safety To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: LV electrical qualification schneider-electric.fr/form-sebt 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Industrial control and machine safety Wiring bench for industrial components You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48467 • Installing and wiring components. • Adjusting the protective devices and testing the installation. • Checking overall operation. • Implementing an electromechanical control plate in a safe environment. • Linking that plate to an operational part. • Executing tests in full safety. The • Mobile equipment. • Use of both sides at the same time. • Autonomous compressed air supply. Presentation This bench consists of a containment cabinet with an articulated, foldaway wiring grille at the back. The lower part is made up of three pre-wired loads: a compressor, three resistors and a fan unit. The compressor can be used to supply air for a pneumatic circuit. The learner has to execute the power wiring on a removable grille, and then use connectors to link up the control box and the loads. The rear grille can be used to install a pneumatic circuit. The assembly is implemented to reproduce the electrical installation in a compressor cubicle. An equipment kit is proposed as an option for execution of a control plate. Description Contents • Bench mounted on a frame with locking wheels. • 1 test cabinet. • 1 x 24 V protection and power supply circuit. • 3 removable Telequick grilles. • 1 control box for wiring. • 1 x 0.34 kW single phase compressor. • 1 x 0.155 kW three-phase fan unit. • 3 x 0.25 kW resistors. Wiring bench Optional kit of equipment for wiring • 1 Telequick plate. • 7 contactors and auxiliary blocks. • 1 thermal relay, • 8 magneto-thermal circuit breakers. • 1 switch and isolating switch. • Pneumatic cylinders and distributors. • Electrical wiring and pneumatic accessories. • Wiring terminals. References Wiring bench for industrial components Plate to hold equipment for wiring and IC wiring bench MD1AA200 MD1AA209 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Checking • Troubleshooting • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Motor control • Pneumatic To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: LV electrical qualification schneider-electric.fr/form-sebt Life is On | Schneider Electric E15 Industrial control and machine safety Motor starting packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48523 • Designing and making various motor starting diagrams --Separation or isolation, --Control or switching, --Protection from short circuits, --Protection from overloads. • Getting to know the equipment and its various implementations • Making power control equipment units. The • Complete predefined assembly for all types of motor starting system. • Low-cost solution. Presentation This assembly enables electrical engineers to design, mount, wire and repair power control equipment units. Description Basic pack • 1 plate kit with wiring accessories. • 1 x 24 V DC power supply kit. • 1 set of protective devices and contactors to make: --1 x 1.5 kW direct starter, --1 x 1.5 kW direct starter-inverter, --1 x 1.5 kW star-delta starter with 1 or 2 running directions. Further TeSys U pack • 1 kit to make a 1.5 kW direct starter. • 1 direct integrated, modular starter-inverter requiring little installation work. Pack ref. MD1AA740 Pack ref. MD1AA740T Further variable speed control pack • 1 Altivar 1.5 kW variable speed control. • 1 soft starter module • SoMove software References Basic motor starting equipment pack Further TeSys U motor starting equipment pack Further variable speed control motor starting equipment pack MD1AA740 MD1AA740T MD1AA740V Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E16 Pack ref. MD1AA740V Designated skills • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Motor control To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Motor starting systems schneider-electric.fr/form-jtdm 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Industrial control and machine safety Compactor and bottling project packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48549 • Installation and connections. • Putting into service. Presentation The compactor and bottling project packs combine various Schneider Electric components frequently used in industrial machines and environments. These packs can be used to study protective devices and motor starting systems, together with detectors and button systems. They are monitored via a colour touch-screen display unit and they feature an Ethernet communication interface. These two teaching equipment units can be used to assess each candidate on the basis of the 2015 WorldSkills France professional skills competition, in the "industrial control" section: • Installation and wiring elements for power and control circuits: --Assembly and installation, boxes, terminal strips, conductors and cables, --Links and connections, • Testing wiring and relay logic and putting them into service: --Insulation tests, --Ground continuity, --Polarity of power sockets, switches and circuit breakers, --Voltage measurement, --Electrical safety, --Wiring, --Putting into service with identification and correction of errors, --Tests in actual conditions on completion, --Operation in the light of specifications, • Installation of the API and wiring of the inputs/outputs: --Mounting and wiring of the API, --Wiring and connection of the inputs/outputs, --Separation of the power supplies, and the logic and analogue outputs and inputs, • Tests before putting into service: --Inputs / outputs wiring --API program, --Adjustment of the variable speed controller and the HMI configuration, --Communication from the API to the HMI, the variable speed controller and the PC, --Wiring of the inputs/outputs in compliance with the addresses of the inputs/outputs, • Tests of the program and putting into service, • Modicon M340 PLC and HMI configuration, • Modification of the electrical diagram. The • Low cost: machine symbolised on transfer. • Wide field of studies. Compactor pack Description Contents • Installation and connections with electrical box, button systems, motor starting, protections, API and HMI. • Sensors and actuators. • Biometric sensor and remote I/O module on Ethernet for fibre optics (only with the bottling project). • Routing. • Serigraphy representing the installation. • Candidate’s file. References Industrial control equipment and activities file for compactor Industrial control equipment and activities file for bottling MD1APPWS5 MD1APPWS6 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering Designated skills • Configuring • Checking • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Automatic control • Motor control • Communication networks Life is On | Schneider Electric E17 Industrial control and machine safety Modular motor starting benches You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48522 • Designing and making various motor starting diagrams • Getting to know the equipment units and their various implementations. The Presentation The modular motor starting benches can be used to quickly implement the constituent elements of a power control unit and study electromechanical control of motor starting systems. These constituent elements are mounted on boxes and connected to twin-recess sockets. • Swift, safe implementation. • No risk of deterioration to the automatic control constituent elements. Description Contents Modular electrotechnical motor starting bench 1 MD1AMLDM Support structure 3 MD1AM000 TeSys U starter module 1 MD1AM1001 Magnetic circuit breaker module 1 MD1AM1002 Magneto-thermal circuit breaker module 1 MD1AM1003 Switch-isolating switch module 1 MD1AM1005 Fuse holder isolating switch module 1 MD1AM1006 Thermal relay module 1 MD1AM1007 Contactor module 3 MD1AM1008 Inverter contactor module 1 MD1AM1009 Soft starter module 1 MD1AM1018 Time-delayed auxiliary module 1 MD1AM1012 Machine control module 1 MD1AM7004 24 V DC 2.5 A power supply module 1 MD1AM4001 Modular variable speed control bench 1 MD1AMLDM3 Support structure 1 MD1AM000 TeSys U starter module 1 MD1AM1001 Magnetic circuit breaker module 1 MD1AM1002 Magneto-thermal circuit breaker module 1 MD1AM1020 Switch-isolating switch module 1 MD1AM1005 Fuse holder isolating switch module 1 MD1AM1006 Thermal relay module 1 MD1AM1021 Contactor module 3 MD1AM1008 Inverter contactor module 1 MD1AM1009 Soft starter module 1 MD1AM1018 Time-delayed auxiliary module 1 MD1AM1012 Machine control module 1 MD1AM7004 24 V DC power supply module 1 MD1AM4001 Bench ref. MD1AMLD Optional teaching motors: • Modular electrotechnical motor starting bench: motor ref. MD1AMP013, • Modular variable speed control bench: motor ref. MD1AA529LT. See the "Modules and accessories” section. References 400 V 0.18 kW modular motor starting bench 400 V 0.75 kW modular motor starting bench MD1AMLDM MD1AMLDM3 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E18 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Motor control • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Motor starting systems schneider-electric.fr/form-jtdm 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Industrial control and machine safety Modular variable speed control benches New version You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48550 • Studying and making the various variable speed control diagrams. • Getting to know the equipment units and their various implementations. The Presentation The modular variable speed control benches can be used to quickly implement the constituent elements of a power control unit and study electronic control of motor starting systems. These constituent elements are mounted on boxes and connected to twinrecess sockets. • Swift, safe implementation. • No risk of deterioration to the automatic control constituent elements. Description Contents Modular variable speed control bench 1 MD1AMLV312018 Support structure 1 MD1AM000 Altivar 312 module - 0.18 kW 1 MD1AM5001 Magneto-thermal protection module 1 MD1AM1004 Speed controller command module 1 MD1AM7001 Modular variable speed control bench 1 MD1AMLV12018 Support structure 1 MD1AM000 Altivar 12 module - 0.18 kW 1 MD1AM5002 Magneto-thermal protection module 1 MD1AM1004 Speed controller command module 1 MD1AM7001 The modular benches can be completed with other modules: see the "Modules and accessories” section. References Modular variable speed control offer - 0.18 kW Modular variable speed control offer - 0.18 kW MD1AMLV12018 MD1AMLV312018 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • • • • Analysis Configuring Checking Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Motor control • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Variable speed controller schneider-electric.fr/form-vvi Life is On | Schneider Electric E19 Industrial control and machine safety Motor starting bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48527 • Implementing the most widely used diagrams: --Direct start, --Star-delta start, --Start in either of two directions, --Start with electronic starter. • Associating the constituent elements of power control: --Switch, --Isolating switch, --Contactor, --Thermal relay, --Tesys U controller. • Measuring circuit voltages and currents. • Calculating torque, power and energy levels. • Studying the protective devices. The • Mobile equipment. • Both sides can be used at the same time. • Sturdy safety wiring. Presentation The motor starting bench can be used to study the various electromechanical and electronic motor starting diagrams. They can be made up of: • Basic components: Vario switches, LS1D isolating switches, LC1/LC2 contactors, class 10 LRD thermal relays, • Equipment units providing specific functions: GV2 circuit breakersmotors, Integral 18 starters, integrated TeSys U motor starting systems, Altistart ATS01 progressive starters and slowing systems. Description The bench is mounted on a frame with locking wheels, and it features 2 autonomous, independent working sides with industrial constituent elements linked via safety sockets: • 1 automatic side for analysis and connection of the power circuit, • 1 manual side for analysis and connection of the power and control circuits. Manual side The lower part contains: • 2 units (230 V AC 185 W motor and 190 V DC 280 W generator), • 2 adjustable load rheostats, • 1 voltmeter, • Several ammeters on each motor phase and the load, • 1 set of safety leads. References MD1AA540 Motor starting bench Automatic side Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E20 Designated skills • Analysis • Troubleshooting • Adjusting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Motor control To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Motor starting systems schneider-electric.fr/form-jtdm 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Industrial control and machine safety Industrial detector study benches You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48515 • Finding out about the various technologies used in industrial detection: --Photoelectric detectors (barrier, reflex, fibre optics, background obliteration, etc.), --Inductive and capacitive detectors for detection of various materials, --Detection of rectilinear or angular movement via position switches. • Implementing detectors. • Making adjustments. • Setting up a detection chain. The • Swift implementation. • Specific 24 V power supply box for detectors. • Sturdy safety wiring. Presentation These detection workshops are designed to study the principles of industrial detection. The various types of detectors and targets proposed are representative of the equipment found in an industrial environment. The power supply box is equipped with indicator lights to show the states of the detectors. The grooved plate and the case of accessories can be used to quickly mount, remove and position the detectors and the targets, and to measure the distances and angles of detection. Plate with case and power supply box Description Grooved aluminium support plate • X axis: travel 600 mm. • Y axis: length 460 mm. Kit of detectors Case of accessories • 2 fast-opening vices with fine screw tightening system. • 2 vice extension supports (for the reflectors). • 1 vice with 75 mm jaw opening and screw tightening system (to hold the targets). • 1 cam with 15°, 30°, 45°, and 90° angles. • 1 set of steel, aluminium or brass targets for the inductive detectors. • 1 set of colour reflecting targets made of aluminium, cardboard, reflecting strip, glass, mirror, neutral. • 1 set of reflectors and cylindrical targets. • 1 set of colour labels. Prewired detector case • 1 set of photoelectric detectors (proximity, reflex, barrier). • 1 set of inductive and capacitive detectors (using 2-3 wire technology). • 1 set of position switches. Power supply box with regulator • 0-24 V variable direct current power supply (powering the detectors). • Detector connections via safety sockets. • Load indicator lights (actual loads for the 100 mA/24 V and 20 mA/24 V outputs). Kit of detectors • 3 photoelectric detectors (marker reading, label reading, colour detection). References Plate with accessories for detection workshop Detector case for detection workshop Kit of application detectors for detection workshop Adjustable power supply box for detection workshop MD1AA500 MD1AA502 MD1AA509 MD1ACAVR Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Troubleshooting • Adjusting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Industrial detection To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Detection systems schneider-electric.fr/form-jtdet Life is On | Schneider Electric E21 Industrial control and machine safety Study bench for analogue sensors and regulation You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48528 • Studying and implementing various analogue measurement sensors. • Analysing the corresponding electrical and electronic assemblies. • Studying analogue/digital and digital/analogue conversions. • Understanding PID regulation. Presentation The measurement and regulation case contains five handling stations: • Measurement of weight (plastic, aluminium or steel parts), • Measurement of distance without contact, • Measurement of distance with contact, • Speed regulation, • Thermal regulation. A TSX Micro PLC manages the stations and enables their operation. The logic inputs and outputs of the PLC and the various measurement points can also be used via safety sockets. An application is provided; it can be used to view the speed and temperature change curves on a PC. The • Complete sub-system for analogue measurement in automatic control. • Compact equipment. • Swift implementation. Description Contents • 1 Strain gauge. • 1 Industrial analogue photoelectric sensor. • 1 Linear potentiometer. • 1 Variable speed motor with mechanically linked speed measurement dynamo. • 1 Mini-unit equipped with: --A lamp type heating system, --A fan unit, --A temperature measurement system via a PT100 sensor and transmitter. • 1 TSX Micro PLC. • Measurement points and logic I/Os sent via safety sockets. • 1 Operator dialogue terminal. • Predefined PL7 operating display units. • Ethernet link with ETZ510 coupler and HTML pages. • PC application to view the speed and temperature curves. References Measurement and regulation bench MD1AA620 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electronics • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E22 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Checking Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Regulation slaving • Industrial detection • Measuring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Detection systems schneider-electric.fr/form-jtdet 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Variable speed controllers and axis control Electronic motor starter packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48428 • Studying and implementing electronic motor starting systems. • Configuring an electronic starter. • Implementing an industrial Modbus or Ethernet communication system. Presentation These three packs can be used to enhance understanding of various types of electronic starters and slowing systems: Altistart 01, Altistart 22 and Altistart 48. The Altistart ATS01 starter is designed for simple applications of the conveying type. It pilots the motor on 2 phases. The Altistart ATS22 starter is designed for pumping, ventilation and compression applications. It pilots the motor on 3 phases. It includes the Bypass control sequence and a motor protection system. It communicates in Modbus. The Altistart ATS48 starter is designed for pumping, ventilation and compression applications, and high-torque applications. It pilots the motor on 3 phases. It includes numerous advanced functions such as flying restart, smoke extraction, automatic restart, etc. It communicates in Modbus. The • Low-cost solution. • Predefined complete unit. Description The packs are made up of the following elements: Altistart 01 • 1 x 6 A / 230-400 V starter. • 1 TeSys U motor starting system with protection unit for motors from 1.1 to 4 kW. Altistart 01 pack Altistart 22 • 1 x 15 A / 230-400 V starter. • 1 TeSys GV3L magnetic circuit breaker. • 1 line contactor. • 1 SoMove software program • 1 PC connection lead Altistart 48 • 1 x 17 A / 230-400 V starter. • 1 TeSys GV3L magnetic circuit breaker. • 1 line contactor. • 1 Ethernet gateway • 1 derivation cable on Modbus network. • 1 SoMove software program Altistart 22 References MD1APATS01 MD1APATS22 MD1APATS48 ATS01 starter pack with TeSys U ATS22 starter pack ATS48 starter pack Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Executing • Configuring 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Variable speed controller schneider-electric.fr/form-vvi Life is On | Schneider Electric E23 Variable speed drives and axis control Variable speed controller packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48493 • Studying and implementing electronic motor starting systems. • Configuring an electronic variable speed controller. • Using the SoMove software program. • Implementing an industrial Modbus or Ethernet communication system. Presentation The Altivar ATV12 is a compact variable speed controller that can be used to control simple applications. It is powered by a single phase or threephase 230 V supply. It communicates in serial Modbus. The Altivar ATV320 compact is a variable speed controller that is designed for machine applications with numerous industrial functions (self-tuning, machine safety). It is powered by a single phase 230 V or three-phase 400 V supply. It communicates in Modbus and CANopen. The Altivar ATV930 is an upmarket variable speed controller that integrates a Web server. It accepts all types of motors. It is powered by a single phase 230 V or three-phase 400 V supply and it features Modbus, CANopen and Ethernet communication ports. The Altivar ATV320 book is a variable speed controller with a vertical format that takes up less space in electrical cabinets. It is powered by a single phase 230 V or three-phase 400 V supply. It communicates in Modbus and CANopen. The • Low-cost solution. • Predefined complete unit. Altivar 12 pack Description The packs are made up of the following elements: Altivar 12 • 1 x 1.5 kW single phase or three-phase variable speed controller. • 1 USB stick with the technical documents and the SoMove software program. • 1 PC connection lead Altivar 320 Compact • 1 x 1.5 kW single phase or three-phase variable speed controller. • 1 USB stick with the technical documents and the SoMove software program. • 1 PC connection lead Altivar 930 • 1 x 1.5 kW single phase or three-phase variable speed controller. • 1 USB stick with the technical documents and the SoMove software program. • 1 PC connection lead ATV 930 Altivar 320 book • 1 x 1.5 kW single phase or three-phase variable speed controller. • 1 USB stick with the technical documents and the SoMove software program. • 1 PC connection lead. References ATV12 single phase 230 V 1.5 kW variable speed controller pack ATV12 three-phase 230 V 1.5 kW variable speed controller pack ATV320 230 V 1.5 kW variable speed controller pack ATV320 400 V 1.5 kW variable speed controller pack ATV930 230 V 1.5 kW variable speed controller pack ATV930 400 V 1.5 kW variable speed controller pack ATV930 230 V 1.5 kW variable speed controller pack ATV930 400 V 1.5 kW variable speed controller pack MD1APATV12M MD1APATV12T MD1APATV320CM MD1APATV320CT MD1APATV930M MD1APATV930T MD1APATV930BM MD1APATV930BT Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E24 Designated skills • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Energy efficiency • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Variable speed controller schneider-electric.fr/form-vvi 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Variable speed drives and axis control Servomotor packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48494 • Making technical speed / positioning / overall size choices. • Studying the mechanical calculation of an axis. • Implementing products. • Configuring an axis with the SoMove software program. • Implementing the CANopen bus. Presentation The • Low-cost solutions • Predefined assemblies. These packs can be used to execute a project on an axis control application. The Lexium 32 single phase and three-phase servo-variable speed controllers are to be linked to a BMH or BSH type brushless motor. Description The packs are made up of the following elements: Lexium 32 servo-variable speed controller pack • 1 Lexium 32 single phase 3 A or three-phase 1.5 A servo-variable speed controller. • 1 CANopen communication board. • 1 set of power and control cables. • 1 PC/ATV32 programming lead. Lexium 32 servo-variable speed controller pack Lexium 32 pack with motor • 1 Lexium 32 single phase 9 A servo-variable speed controller. • 1 CANopen communication board. • 1 BSH 0.8 N.m 250 W brushless motor, 3,000 rpm. • 1 set of cables. Lexium 32i pack integrated in the motor • 1 BMI 2.2 N.m 700 W brushless motor, 3,200 rpm, with Lexium 32i. • 1 CANopen communication board. • 1 set of cables and accessories. References Lexium 32 single phase servo-variable speed controller pack Lexium 32 three-phase servo-variable speed controller pack Lexium 32i servo-variable speed controller and BSH servomotor pack Lexium 32i servomotor pack integrated in the motor MD1APLX32M MD1APLX32T MD1APMTLX32 MD1APMTLXI Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Regulation slaving • Axis control • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Control of movement and linear axes schneider-electric.fr/form-inmot Life is On | Schneider Electric E25 Variable speed controllers and axis control Linear axis packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48478 • Making technical speed / positioning / overall size choices. • Studying the mechanical calculation of an axis. • Implementing products. • Configuring axes with the SoMove software program. • Implementing the CANopen bus. • Managing safety limit stops. • Executing a determination of origin and a manual JOG type command. • Finding out about automatic control of movements, and synchronising axes. The • Predefined assemblies. • Pre-assembled solutions. • Free SoMove software program. Presentation The one or two axis packs can be used to make a machine with robotised movements. They are made up of one or more linear movement axes, with carriage drive by toothed belt and roller guides. The packs are supplied with the brushless motors fitted. Description The packs are made up of the following elements: Linear axis with motor • 40 x 40 mm profile. • Travel 1,000 mm, 2 PNP end of travel sensors. • Payload 4 kg, speed 2 m/s, acceleration 15 m/s2. • BSH-05 brushless DC motor, 0.4 kW, 6,000 rpm, 0.8 N.m. • Planetary reducer, ratio 1:3. • Motor fitted on the right, can be reversed to the left hand side. Linear axis with motor and variable speed controller as above with Lexium 32M 0.35-0.4 kW, 1.8-1.5 A servo-variable speed controller and CANopen communication. XY 2-axis robot with motors • 40 x 40 mm. • Travel 350 x 350 mm (adaptable on request). • 4 PNP end of travel sensors. • Payload 5 kg, speed 2 m/s, acceleration 15 m/s2. • BSH brushless motors fitted on the right. Linear axis and motor pack 2-axis Cartesian robot with motors XY 2-axis robot with 1.5 A / 230 V single phase motors and • Lexium Motion Controller type variable speed controllers. References Linear axis and motor pack Linear axis, brushless motor and variable speed controller pack 2-axis Cartesian robot with motors 2-Axis robot with motors and variable speed controllers MD1APMTPAS MD1APMT32PAS MD1APMTMAX2 MD1APMT32MAX2 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E26 Designated skills • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Regulation slaving • Axis control • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Movement control with Lexium 32 schneider-electric.fr/form-lex32 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Variable speed controllers and axis control Machine benches with Cartesian robot You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48569 • Studying position slaving and linear interpolations. • Adjusting parameters and fine-tuning manufacturing. • Studying auto-synchronous motorisation. • Using G code. • Configuring Lexium servo-variable speed controllers. • Programming with the SoMachine and Vijeo Designer software programs. • Studying the CANopen field bus. • Analysing machine safety with Sistema. Presentation Cartesian robots represent 40% of automatic handling solutions (Pick&Place). This equipment represents a marking or cutting machine, featuring 2 axes, X and Y, motorised by brushless servomotors. Axis Z is equipped with a marker and an electromagnet that can be used to draw patterns (instead of a cutting tool or a laser). Movements along X and Y are provided by 2 servo-variable speed controllers and the unit is piloted by a PLC. The system is proposed in 3 versions, including a version with synchronisation on a third axis (table) symbolising moving production (conveyor belt). The • Initiation to "motion": POM, JOG, relative or absolute position. • Transparent walls. • Display of the table position on the HMI and prior to a cycle start. • The program supplied can be used to draw figures on the basis of G code. Description • Axes X and Y, double carriages driven by toothed belts, roller guides, travel 350 x 350 mm. • Reducer ratios 8:1 (X axis) and 5:1 (Y axis). • BSH 450 W servomotors, continuous stop/peak torque 0.8/2.5 Nm, 6,000 rpm with SinCos absolute single-turn encoder. • Lexium 32M 0.5 kW 4.5 A 230 V single phase servo-variable speed controllers. • PacDrive LMC or Modicon M340 controllers with Ethernet and CANopen communication. • Magelis 5.7" Ethernet display unit. • Servomotor with servo-variable speed controller for turntable (on the 3 axis version). 3-Axis Cartesian robot system References Lexium LMC system with 2-axis Cartesian robot Modicon M340 system with 2-axis Cartesian robot LMC system with 3-axis synchronised Cartesian robot MD1AEAX2L MD1AEAX2M MD1AEAX3LS Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Piloting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Regulation slaving • Axis control • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Movement control with Lexium 32 schneider-electric.fr/form-lex32 Life is On | Schneider Electric E27 Variable speed controllers and axis control Variable speed control case You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48570 • Finding out about the basic principles of a frequency converter for three-phase asynchronous and synchronous motors. • Studying and implementing a variable speed controller. • Enhancing knowledge of standard or personalisable configurations. • Exploring factory or constructor settings. • Optimising slaving by adjusting the cutting frequency. • Studying activity application functions (conveying, cutting, lifting, etc.), • Using the start-up software program and the SoMove software program (preparation of configurations, putting the installation into service, maintenance). The • Implementation of the variable speed controllers in the Altivar range. • Compact equipment. • Teaching based on the SoMove software program . Presentation The Altivar cases can be used to implement the Altivar variable speed controllers with a synchronous or asynchronous motor. They are available with or without a variable speed controller installed, and they can be used with an asynchronous motorisation or a synchronous motorisation with permanent magnets, depending on the versions. Description These cases are available with or without a variable speed controller: • 1 swivel plate to mount the variable speed controller, • 1 protection sequence, • Control inputs on switches and potentiometers, • 2 indicator lights, "Variable speed controller ready" and "Speed reached", • Connection points for an outside motor, • SoMove configuring software program, • WiFi connection point (Wifer option ref. TCSEGWB13FA0). Case without variable speed controller References ATV12 case with asynchronous motor ATV212 case with asynchronous motor ATV312 case with asynchronous motor ATV320B case with asynchronous motor ATV320C case with asynchronous motor ATV320B case with synchronous motor ATV320C case with synchronous motor ATV32 case with asynchronous motor ATV32 case with synchronous motor ATV340 case with asynchronous motor ATV340 case with encoder and asynchronous motor ATV340 case with synchronous motor ATV61 case with asynchronous motor ATV630 case with asynchronous motor ATV630 case with synchronous motor ATV71 case with asynchronous motor ATV930 case with asynchronous motor ATV930 case with encoder and asynchronous motor ATV930 case with synchronous motor Wiring kit for ATV variable speed controller, all types Case without ATV, with asynchronous motor Case without ATV, with synchronous motor Case without ATV, with encoder and asynchronous motor MD2VATV12MA MD2VATV212MA MD2VATV312MA MD2VATV320BMA MD2VATV320CMA MD2VATV320BMS MD2VATV320CMS MD2VATV32MA MD2VATV32MS MD2VATV340MA MD2VATV340MAC MD2VATV340MS MD2VATV61MA MD2VATV630MA MD2VATV630MS MD2VATV71MA MD2VATV930MA MD2VATV930MAC MD2VATV930MS MD2VSATVKF MD2VSATVMA MD2VSATVMS MD2VSATVMAC Decision aid Wiring kit Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E28 Case equipped with ATV variable speed controller Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Variable speed controller schneider-electric.fr/form-vvi 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Variable speed controllers and axis control Boxes with teaching variable speed controllers You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48440 • Finding out about variable speed controller operating principles. • Studying and implementing a variable speed controller. • Operating the terminal and the functions of a variable speed controller: --Display, --Adjustment, --Configuration, etc. The • Variable speed controller ready for use. • Sturdy safety wiring. Presentation The teaching variable speed controllers in boxes can be used to power teaching three-phase motors or the asynchronous motor load bench ref. MD1AA595. They are to be connected to the network via safety leads on double-recess sockets. Description ATV320 box • A variable speed controller, ratings 0.37 or 0.75 or 1.5 kW / 230 or 400 V. • A set of safety leads. • A SoMove configuring software program, • Power from 0.55 to 4 kW on request. ATV340 box • A variable speed controller, ratings 0.75 or 1.5 kW / 400 V. • A set of safety leads. • A SoMove configuring software program, • Power from 0.37 to 4 kW on request. References ATV320 teaching variable speed controller box, 0.37 kW 230 V, single phase MD1AA320W03M2 ATV320 teaching variable speed controller box, 0.75 kW 230 V, single phase MD1AA320W07M2 ATV320 teaching variable speed controller box, 1.5 kW 230 V, single phase MD1AA320W15M2 ATV320 teaching variable speed controller box, 0.37 kW 400 V, three-phase MD1AA320W03N4 ATV320 teaching variable speed controller box, 0.75 kW 400 V, three-phase MD1AA320W07N4 ATV320 teaching variable speed controller box, 1.5 kW 400 V, three-phase MD1AA320W15N4 ATV340 teaching variable speed controller box, 0.75 kW 400 V, three-phase MD1AA340W07N4 ATV340 teaching variable speed controller box, 1.5 kW 400 V, three-phase MD1AA340W15N4 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Variable speed controller schneider-electric.fr/vvi Life is On | Schneider Electric E29 Variable speed controllers and axis control Load bench with asynchronous motors You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48490 • Finding out about the various types of mechanical loads: pump, fan unit, lifting equipment, conveyor, etc. • Working on various types of torque: constant, linear, quadratic, hyperbolic, manual. Presentation The load bench can be used to study the various types of torques found in industrial or building applications, and in particular constant, linear, quadratic and hyperbolic torques. It can be used to pilot a resistant torque manually. To do so, the bench includes two motors coupled face to face. One is piloted by the internal variable speed controller, and the other one is piloted by a variable speed controller outside the bench. That variable speed controller must have a power rating of between 0.18 kW and 0.37 kW. It is advisable to use the teaching variable speed controllers in boxes ref. MD1AA320••••• and MD1AA340•••••. Recommended starting up instructions ref. MD1SMEF. The • Study of all types of drive torques. • Compatible with all types of variable speed controllers. Description • 1 x 370 W motor with encoder, piloted by the Altivar internal variable speed controller. • 1 x 180 W / 230-400 V motor with encoder, piloted by an external variable speed controller or a variable speed controller in a box. • 1 braking resistor. • 1 mechanical brake. • 1 mimic diagram with: --Measurement points, --6 fault selector switches, --The control inputs, --The rotating knobs and potentiometers. References Load bench for teaching variable speed controller MD1AA595 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E30 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Diagnostics and maintenance on variable speed controllers schneider-electric.fr/form-vmex 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Variable speed controllers and axis control Variable speed control bench with motor You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48453 • Controlling an asynchronous motor. • Finding out about the operating principles for a variable speed controller. • Implementing an electronic variable speed controller: --Wiring the motor part, --Wiring the control part, --Standard settings. Presentation The • Access to the internal measurement points of the variable speed controller. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. • Adjustable brake for resistant torque. This bench can be used to study and implement a control system for a braked asynchronous motor. The mimic diagram includes measurement points upstream and downstream from the variable speed controller, together with internal points on the DC bus. The power and control sequence is prewired on double-recess sockets. Safety leads are supplied with the bench. Description • 1 Altivar 0.37 kW 230 V variable speed controller. • 1 x 0.37 kW asynchronous motor. • 1 powder brake coupler. • Prewired control and general protection sequences. • 1 mimic diagram with measurement points. • 1 set of safety leads. References ATV variable speed control bench with powder brake MD1AA580FP View of the powder brake Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Variable speed controller schneider-electric.fr/form-vvi Life is On | Schneider Electric E31 Variable speed controllers and axis control Variable speed control bench with powder brake You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48491 • Piloting an asynchronous motor via a frequency converter. • Configuring a variable speed controller. • Studying thermal protection. • Studying the torque/speed laws by simulation of various mechanical loads. • Analysing behaviour during a braking phase. Presentation This bench enables studies of a solution for running an asynchronous motor, by simulating various types of mechanical loads known as loads with constant, proportional or quadratic torque (pump, fan unit, lifting equipment, etc.). A selector switch can be used to simulate simple failures to make use of the Altivar diagnostics information. The • Mobile, complete unit: motor, brake, variable speed controller. • Sturdy safety wiring. • Study of the various types of mechanical torque Description The bench is mounted on a frame with locking wheels, and it features: • 1 x 1.5 kW asynchronous motor with inertia flywheel and powder brake, • 1 Altivar 1.5 kW 400 V variable speed controller with braking resistor, • 1 TSX Micro PLC to control various types of loads, • 1 control sequence for the variable speed controller (selector switches and signalling indicator lights), • Measurement points on safety sockets to read off the following information: --Network voltage and current, --Motor voltage and current, --Motor temperature (PT100 sensor), --Speed return voltage, --Powder brake torque. Variable speed control bench with powder brake References ATV71 variable speed control bench with powder brake MD1AA570 View of the motor and powder brake Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E32 Designated skills • Analysis • Checking • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Variable speed controller schneider-electric.fr/form-vvi 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Variable speed controllers and axis control Study bench with 1 brushless axis You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48461 • Finding out about the particularities and capacities of brushless motors. • Making use of the various operating modes: positioning, speed or current. • Studying the kinematic problems of positioning a mobile element on a real system. • Calculating the kinematics and sizing of the unit: variable speed controller, motor, reducer, and braking resistor. • Implementing a Lexium servo-variable speed controller. • Studyingthe slaving principles. • Executing checks and configuring: --In local mode on the variable speed controller or using the SoMove software program, --In remote mode via the CANopen bus. The • Study of slaving via speed, position and torque. Presentation The XYLOPHONIS bench reproduces a Z axis in an industrial application requiring considerable movement dynamics. It has a mobile electromagnet with a variable load and a striker to play the 14 xylophone keys. For acoustic comfort, the striker can be disabled. The motor and variable speed controller unit consists of a BSH brushless motor and a Lexium servo-variable speed controller. Automatic control is provided by a Modicon M340 PLC with CANopen bus to pilot the variable speed controller. Description Operational part • 1 xylophone with fourteen notes. • 1 carriage guided along the vertical axis by two ball sockets with drive by a toothed belt (useful travel 330 mm). • 3 weights of 1 to 3 kg. • 1 x 1.4 Nm servomotor with encoder, planetary reducer, ratio 8:1, and parking brake. • 2 mechanical limit stop contacts. • 1 detector to determine the origin. • 1 safety switch on the access door. Control box Control part • 1 Modicon M340 PLC equipped with 14 logic inputs, 10 logic outputs and a CANopen communication module. • 1 Lexium servo-variable speed controller with CANopen bus. • 1 operator dialogue terminal with pre-recorded tune and 3 different execution tempos. References XYLOPHONIS study bench with Modicon M340 PLC MD1AE965MR Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Scientific Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • • • • Regulation slaving Automatic control Axis control Human-machine dialogue To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Control of movement and linear axes schneider-electric.fr/from-inmot Life is On | Schneider Electric E33 Variable speed controllers and axis control Mini-lifting bench with cable hoist You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48492 • Studying a movement involving a cable hoist, with a directly suspended load. • Assembling control plates. • Carrying out tests and making adjustments. • Analysing data readings: motor voltage and current, depending on the lifting speed. Presentation This bench is designed for plate wiring work that can be carried out by learners, in accordance with the diagrams provided by the constructor. It can be used to demonstrate operation of the kinematic chain of a hoist, its end of travel and over-travel system and the role of a reeving system for lifting. The control box is pre-equipped for a direct starting sequence. The speed variant with Modicon M221 PLC enables connection to a main lowvoltage switchboard via the Ethernet network. Teaching equipment designed and made by the Ledent Company and sold by Schneider Electric. The • Safety management via end of travel, overtravel and lifting brake. • System enabling wiring operations. • Separate safety and power parts to comply with safety standards. Description Industrial type cable hoist, travel 1 m, speed 10 m/min • 1 x 250 W asynchronous motor, speed 1,450 rpm. • 1 reducer with reversible parallel shafts. • 1 parking brake homologated for lifting devices. • System of upper and lower end of travel contacts. • Upper and lower over-travel safety devices. • Grooved hoist drum with: --1 non-rotating cable fitted with a safety hook, --1 basket with safety latch, --5 x 10 kg dumbbell weights. • Reeving system. • Mechanically welded steel frame. • Steel protection cell. Control box • Equipped in its upper part with a safety loop that is inaccessible for learners: Device grouping the power supply for the operational part, the connections to the over-travel contacts, the Preventa safety module, the emergency stop, the 30 mA ground-leakage circuit breaker and the phase controller. • Equipped in its lower part with a 550 x 450 mm plate wired for direct starting with a terminal strip. • 1 pendant control of the type used on overhead travelling cranes. Control box Variant A wired plate with an Altivar variable speed controller, and a Modicon M221 PLC to communicate with a main low-voltage switchboard via the Ethernet. References Mini-lifting bench with direct start Mini-lifting bench with PLC and variable speed controller MD1BML03 MD1BML03TA Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E34 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Motor control • Industrial detection • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Motor starting systems schneider-electric.fr/form-jtdm 2018 - 2019 Teaching Solutions catalogue Variable speed controllers and axis control Lifting bench with vectorial control You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48454 • Studying dynamics, torque, inertia, elongation and the rebound effect. • Selecting a motorisation, defining a service factor, analysing the network and the consumption levels. • Measuring, configuring, and studying communication and connections with a main low-voltage switchboard. • Changing a configuration with/without reeving, setting up a direct control system or a system with a load sensor. • Studying a lifting device, calculations, choice of components, sizing and construction rules. • Analysing safety, calculation of protection devices, and the corresponding directives and standards. The • Wide dynamic operating range. • Advantages of the flux vector control system. • Safety of use. Presentation The lifting bench with a hoist is designed to assess the behaviour of an asynchronous motorisation in a load lifting situation. The system highlights the advantages of using a variable speed controller with flux vector control, configured in a closed loop, as compared with a variable speed controller in an open loop (unstable at zero set point). This bench is proposed in 2 versions: • With direct starting and variable speed control in an open loop to compare the two solutions, • With variable speed control in a closed loop with load sensor and reeving. The load sensor can be used to compare the load measurement with the value calculated by the variable speed controller. Thanks to the reeving, the user has more time to read off the measurements. Putting the lifting bench into service and the corresponding training are included in the offer. Equipment designed and made by the Ledent Company and sold by Schneider Electric. Description Control console Operational part (travel 1.6 m, speed from 0 to 33 m/min): • 1 x 1.5 kW motor and reducer with brake, 1,500 rpm, PTC sensors, 1,024 point encoder. • 150 kg capacity hoist with steel cable and safety hook. • End of travel and over-travel system. • 100-point incremental encoder to measure the speed and the load movement. • 1 basket with a capacity of 7 x 20 kg dumbbell weights, protected by a steel cell. Control part: • 1 box with transparent door, containing the safety loop in the upper part and the control plate in the lower part. • 1 Altivar variable speed controller with a power rating of 1.5 kW and 1 braking resistor. • 1 console on the side of the box with: - A speed display unit and a load display unit, - Voltage and current measurement points for the variable speed controller, motor, encoder and motor temperature. Variant Bench with load sensors, reeving and forced draught ventilation. References Lifting bench with direct start and variable speed controller Lifting bench with variable speed controller, load sensor, forced draught ventilation and reeving MD1BSL71D MD1BSL71CV Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying 2018 - 2019 Teaching Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Regulation slaving • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Variable speed controller schneider-electric.fr/form-vvi Life is On | Schneider Electric E35 Variable speed controllers and axis control X to Z axis bench and Z axis bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48474 • Analysing dynamics, torque, inertia, and electrical and mechanical measurements. • Studying the choice of a motor, the service factor and the consumption levels. • Measuring, configuring, communicating and connecting to a main low-voltage switchboard. • Studying the system architecture. • Learning about calculations, choice of components, sizing and construction rules. • Studying safety, calculation of protection devices, and the corresponding directives and standards. The • Significant load and speed capacities. • Wide dynamic operating range. • Comparison of the controls used for regulation. • Safety of use. Presentation The X to Z axis bench is representative of industrial machines whose load varies during the operating cycle. It enables comparative study of slaving controls between open loops and closed loops for an asynchronous motor. Depending on the beam position (horizontal, sloping or vertical), the motor has to adapt its operating speed to drive the motor support. The vertical Z axis bench in the flux vector control version is representative of "transfer machines", and the brushless version is representative of "machine tools". Equipment designed and made by the Ledent Company and sold by Schneider Electric. X and Z axis bench Description Operational part - travel 1.5 m, speed from 0 to 20 m/min • 1 x 0.37 kW motor and reducer with brake and 1,024 point encoder. • 1 mobile motor support, travelling on a ball guide and mounted on a tilting beam. The mobile unit can receive a load of up to 60 kg. • Drive via a rack and pinion system with: --1 x 20 N.m torque meter, --1 2,048 point incremental encoder. Control part (flux vector control version) • 1 console on the side of the box with: --1 Magelis colour touch-screen display unit, --1 Modicon M221 PLC, --Control buttons and indicator lights, --Measurement points for voltage, current, variable speed controller and motor, --Encoder measurement points and set point for the variable speed controller. • 1 Altivar variable speed controller with encoder board, Ethernet board and controller board. • 1 box with transparent door, containing the safety loop in the upper part and the control plate in the lower part. • Data readings on BNC connectors: --Speed and distance from the 2,048 point incremental encoder, --Force from the torque meter. Variants: synchronous motor, brushless version • Position-based control and slaving part. • Lexium servo-variable speed controller. • Modicon M241 PLC. • Adapted Sistema safety relay. • BMH brushless motor and reducer. References MD1BAXZ01 MD1BAZ02A MD1BAZ02B X to Z axis swivelling bench Z axis bench, CVF version Z axis bench, brushless version Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering E36 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Regulation slaving • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Lifting and handling with Altivar 71 schneider-electric.fr/form-v71ap 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Variable speed controllers and axis control Lifting gantry bench with hoist You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48443 • Studying dynamics, acceleration or slowing for translation, the effects of lateral movement and reeving. • Assembling control plates and wiring. • Programming a communicating PLC, configuring a variable frequency controller. • Presenting a kinematic chain, maintenance and repairs. • Analysing the structure, sizing, construction rules and choice of components. • Studying lateral movement, construction standards, the corresponding directives and qualifications. The • Study of lateral movement. • Loads with driving effects. • Execution of wiring. • Equipment safety. Presentation The gantry type lifting hoist is representative of handling applications with the corresponding motorisations. Its height and length can be used to test the problems of lateral movement without any risk of hitting the structure. A containment box can be used to mount interchangeable wired plates or plates to be wired by the learners. Equipment designed and made by the Ledent Company and sold by Schneider Electric. Description Operational part (travel 1.80 x 2.50 m, speed 20 m/min) • Mechanically welded steel structure that can be taken apart, with epoxy paint. • 100 kg capacity hoist, hook travel 1.5 m and weight travel 1.2 m. Driven by a 0.37 kW braked motor and reducer, reversible parallel shafts, equipped with two end of travel contacts and 2 over-travel contacts. Adaptation for encoder. • Direct or reeved load lifting system. Supplied with 1 basket for holding weights and 8 x 10 kg weights. • Translation by carriage with 0.25 kW braked motor and reducer. Rack and pinion system with guide rail. System of 2 end of travel contacts and 2 over-travel contacts. • Safety box: mains power supply, isolating switch that can be padlocked, 30 mA ground-leakage circuit breaker, phase control, safety relay, emergency stop and indicator lights. Control part • Manual control via pendant control of the type used on overhead travelling cranes. • Control box to be wired, powered from the safety box via industrial multipin connectors. • Pre-wired control console on terminal strip. • Direct starting plate (that is to be replaced by the plates set up by the learners). Variants • Gantry type lifting hoist with an automatic control plate consisting of a PLC, a variable speed controller and a display unit. Load sensors and encoder on the structure. • Variant with anti-lateral movement control system. References Gantry type lifting hoist with direct starting Gantry type lifting hoist with automatic starting Gantry type lifting hoist with anti-lateral movement option MD1BSLT01D MD1BSLT01A MD1BSLT01B Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Motor control • Industrial detection • Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Lifting and handling with Altivar 71 schneider-electric.fr/form-v71ap Life is On | Schneider Electric E37 Automatic control and communication Automatic control software packs reserved for teaching You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48426 • Searching for technical documentation. • Searching for solutions and application solutions. Presentation These software program packs enable teacher training establishments to acquire Schneider Electric automatic control software programs at preferential prices. Purchase of a pack includes a one-year subscription to the software programs and the online services available on the Schneider Electric Web site. The subscription can be renewed yearly. If the subscription is terminated, all that is required is purchase of the update to receive a DVD containing all the up-to-date software program versions. The • Software programs with "Establishment” licence. • Single installation code. • Access to the resources on the Schneider Electric XSL site. Description XL functions software pack • Unity Pro XL (DVD). • Unity DIF application comparator (for downloading). • Advantys STB configurator for STB I/Os (DVD). • PL7 Pro V4.5 (DVD). • SoMachine. • SoMachine Basic (for downloading). • SoMove. • Zelio Soft (for downloading). • Vijeo Designer for HMI (DVD). • 5.7" colour touch-screen display unit with programming cable. • Network drivers (Ethernet, Modbus, etc.). • Access to the resources on the Schneider Electric XSL online service Web site (technical files, utilities, documentation, assistance, forum). Vijeo Designer software program XL functions software update pack Purchase of the update includes a one-year subscription (for all the software programs). XL functions software update pack with display unit Purchase of the update includes a one-year subscription (for all the software programs) with a display unit and programming cable. Magelis STU display unit supplied in the pack ref. MD1ABCDENS To access to the Schneider Electric XSL site http://xsl.schneider-electric.com/accueilInit.do References XL Functions software pack for PLCs and HMIs + display unit HMI software pack + 5.7" display unit XL Functions software subscription pack HMI software subscription pack XL Functions software update pack for PLCs and HMIs XL Functions software update pack for PLCs and HMIs + display unit MD1ABCDENS VJDEDUSTU855 FSACSFEAPIXL FSACSAENSXVJD MD1ABRCDENS MD1ABRCDENSA Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing E38 Designated skills • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control • Human-machine dialogue To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Development with SoMachine schneider-electric.fr/form-soma1 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication PLC initiation packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48424 • Studying and implementing the various types of PLC • Programming a PLC with SoMachine Basic and SoMachine. Presentation This offer can be used to provide initiation to programming of Modicon M221 and M241 PLCs, and to the Modbus, CANopen and Ethernet industrial communication buses and networks . Depending on the version selected, the user can find out about the various types of programming and communication functions. The • Low-cost solution. • Predefined package. • Initiation media. Description Modicon M221 pack • 1 Modicon M221 PLC with 24 logic inputs and 16 logic outputs, 2 analogue inputs and Ethernet port. • 1 Ethernet cable. • 1 USB PC/API cable. • 1 simulation terminal strip. • 1 SoMachine Basic software program + teaching aid on USB stick. Modicon M221 pack Modicon M241 controller pack with analogue I/Os • 1 Modicon M241 with 14 logic inputs and 10 logic outputs, plus Ethernet and CANopen ports. • 1 module with 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs. • 1 programming cable. • 1 Ethernet cable. Modicon M241 Ethernet controller pack • 1 Modicon M241 with 24 logic inputs and 12 logic outputs, plus Ethernet port • 1 switch. • 1 programming cable. • 1 Ethernet cable. Modicon M241 analogue pack References MD1AP21 MD1AP41A MD1AP41E Modicon M221 pack Modicon M241 analogue pack Modicon M241 Ethernet pack Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Executing • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • • • • • Automatic control Human-machine dialogue Communication networks Monitoring Safety To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Programming with Modicon M221 schneider-electric.fr/form-pm221 Life is On | Schneider Electric E39 Automatic control and communication Machine PLC packs (architecture) You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48417 • Studying and implementing the various types of PLC • Programming a PLC with SoMachine basic and SoMachine. • Implementing an automatic control architecture. The Presentation This offer can be used to set up an automatic control architecture for an industrial machine with Modicon M221, M241 and M258 PLCs, and to implement Modbus, CANopen and Ethernet industrial communication buses and networks. Depending on the versions, the user can find out about the various types of programming and communication functions. • Solutions adopted by the machine constructors. • Just one connection point and one application. • Tested - Validated - Documented Solutions. Description Modicon M221 pack with display unit, machine safety and motor starting system • 1 Modicon M221 with 24 logic inputs and 16 logic outputs, plus Ethernet port. • 1 module with 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs. • 1 Ethernet cable. • 1 motor starting module + 9 A contactor and circuit breaker-motor. • 1 safety module + an emergency stop pushbutton • 1 x 3.5” Ethernet colour touch-screen display unit. • 1 x 24 V DC 3 A power supply module. • 1 input simulation terminal strip. Complementing pack for Modicon M221 and M241 packs • 1 module with 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs. • 1 motor starting module + 9 A contactor and circuit breaker-motor. • 1 machine safety module with emergency stop pushbutton. • 1 x 3.5” Ethernet colour touch-screen display unit. • 1 WiFi switch. Complementing pack Display unit, safety and motor starting pack Modicon M241 controller pack with display unit and variable speed controller • 1 Modicon M241 with 14 logic inputs and 10 logic outputs, plus Ethernet and CANopen ports. • 1 x 5.7” colour touch terminal. • 1 x 24 V DC 3 A power supply module. • 1 x 0.18 kW 230 V variable speed controller. • 1 CANopen distributing box + CANopen cable. • 1 programming cable. • 1 display unit/PLC cable. • 1 variable speed controller/PLC cable. Modicon M258 controller pack with display unit and variable speed controller • 1 Modicon M258 with 26 inputs and 16 outputs, master CANopen port and Ethernet port. • 1 x 5.7” colour touch terminal. • 1 x 24 V DC 3 A power supply module. • 1 x 0.18 kW 230 V variable speed controller. • 1 CANopen distributing box + CANopen cable. • 1 programming cable. • 1 display unit/PLC cable. • 1 variable speed controller/PLC cable. References Complete Modicon M221 pack with HMISTU, safety system, and TeSys U Modicon M221 or M241 complementing pack Modicon M241 pack with HMISTU display unit and ATV312 variable speed controller Modicon M258 pack with HMISTU display unit and ATV312 variable speed controller MD1AP21C MD1AP21P MD1AP241STU MD1AP258STU Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E40 Designated skills • Executing • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Movement control with Lexium 32 schneider-electric.fr/form-lex32 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication Machine PLC packs (advanced architectures) You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48418 • Studying and programming an axis control. • Programming and using a controller with integrated humanmachine interface. The Presentation These packs can be used to provide training in programming and use of functions found in industrial machines: movement control with the Modicon LMC controller, control of simple machines with the Magelis SCU controller display unit and detection by viewing with OsiSense XVU. The user can find out about the various basic functions, programming, and the communication and regulation functions. • Solutions adopted by the machine constructors. • Just one connection point and one application. • Tested - Validated - Documented Solutions. Description Modicon LMC058 movement controller pack and Lexium 32 servo-variable speed controller. • 1 Modicon LMC058 movement controller with 26 logic inputs and 16 logic outputs, Ethernet port and 2 CANopen ports. • 1 x 7.5” graphic colour terminal. • 1 x 24 V DC 3 A power supply module. • 1 Lexium 32 servo-variable speed controller (500 W - 3 A). • 1 programming cable. • 1 CANopen cable. • 1 variable speed controller cable. Movement controller pack HMI controller pack with variable speed controller • 1 5.7" controller terminal with 8 logic inputs and 8 logic outputs, and 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs. • 1 x 24 V DC 3 A power supply module. • 1 module with 20 remote I/Os on CANopen. • 1 x 0.18 kW 230 V variable speed controller. • 1 CANopen Sub-D/RJ45 lead. • 1 programming cable. • 1 variable speed controller/display unit cable. • 1 luminous column. Description of the laboratory pack • 6 Modicon M258 PLCs with Ethernet ports, 2 serial and CANopen links with 26 x 24 V inputs including 8 counting inputs (200 kHz) and 16 outputs (0.5 A) including 4 Reflex outputs. • 6 x 5.7" Magelis colour touch-screen display units with Ethernet and Modbus ports and open loop motor speed piloting. • 1 Altivar ATV32 0.75 kW single phase variable speed controller + 1 x 750 W brushless speed motor, with position-based piloting. • 1 Lexium LXM32 9 A servo-variable speed controller + 1 x 2 Nm brushless motor, 3,000 rpm, in closed loop. • 1 communicating energy meter. References LMC058 + LXM32 movement controller pack Magelis SCU controller pack with CANopen variable speed controller Modicon M258 automatic control laboratory pack with HMI, set of 6 MD1AP058LX MD1APHMISCU MD1APPFM258 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Executing • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • • • • Automatic control Human-machine dialogue Communication networks Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Movement control with Lexium 32 schneider-electric.fr/form-lex32 Life is On | Schneider Electric E41 Automatic control and communication Complementing communication packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48572 • Programming industrial communication. • Studying and implementing a system with distributed inputs/outputs. Presentation These packs can be used to complete a PLC pack and find out how to use distributed input/output devices of the Advantys type and their various bus and network communication modes. The • Predefined package. • Low-cost solution. Description Modbus connecting technology • 1 module with 12 remote inputs and 8 remote outputs on Modbus. • 1 x 8-channel Modbus dispatcher. • 4 Modbus leads, length 1 m. • 1 TeSys U motor starting system on Modbus. • 1 x 24 V DC 1.2 A power supply module. • 1 energy meter on Modbus. • 1 Advantys configuration software program. CANopen connection technology • 1 module with 12 remote inputs and 8 remote outputs on CANopen. • 1 x 4-channel CANopen dispatcher. • 5 CANopen leads, length 1 m. • 1 CANopen Sub-D/RJ45 lead. • 1 x 24 V DC 1.2 A power supply module. • 1 x 0.18 kW 230 V variable speed controller. • 1 programming cable. • 1 Advantys configuration software program. Ethernet connecting technology • 1 module with 12 remote inputs and 8 remote outputs on Ethernet. • 1 x 5-port switch. • 4 RJ45/RJ45 leads. • 1 x 24 V DC 1.2 A power supply module. • 1 x 0.37 kW variable speed controller with Ethernet board. • 1 programming cable. • 1 Modbus / Ethernet gateway. • 1 Advantys configuration software program. Input/output pack on Modbus References Input/output pack on Modbus Input/output pack on CANopen bus Input/output pack on Ethernet network MD1APCM MD1APCC MD1APCE Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E42 Designated skills • Executing • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control • Communication networks • Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Ethernet communication networks schneider-electric.fr/form-apeth 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication Industrial PLC packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48390 • Studying and implementing the various types of PLC • Programming a PLC with Unity Pro. • Implementing industrial communication. The Presentation This offer can be used to provide training in programming the programmable Modicon M340 PLC and implementing the Modbus, Ethernet and CANopen industrial communication buses and networks. Depending on the versions, the user can find out about the various types of communication and regulation functions. • Predefined package. • Low-cost solution. Description Modicon M340 Modbus mini pack • 1 Modicon M340 Modbus processor + USB. • 1 x 230 V power supply module. • 1 x 16 input module with screw type terminal strip. • 1 x 16 relay output module with screw type terminal strip. • 1 extensible rack with 4 slots. • 1 USB/PC to PLC cable. Modicon M340 Modbus pack • 1 Modicon M340 Modbus processor + USB. • 1 x 230 V power supply module. • 2 x 16 input modules with screw type terminal strip. • 1 x 16 relay output module with screw type terminal strip. • 1 extensible rack with 8 slots. • 1 USB/PC to PLC cable. Simple Modbus pack Modicon M340 Modbus + Ethernet pack • 1 Modicon M340 Modbus processor + USB + Ethernet + 1 x 8 Mo memory board. • 1 x 230 V power supply module. • 1 x 16 input module with screw type terminal strip. • 1 x 16 relay output module with screw type terminal strip. • 1 extensible rack with 8 slots. • 1 USB/PC to PLC cable. Modicon M340 Modbus + Ethernet + CANopen pack • 1 Modicon M340 Modbus processor + CANopen + USB + Ethernet + 1 x 8 Mo memory board. • 1 x 230 V power supply module. • 1 x 16 input module with screw type terminal strip. • 1 x 16 relay output module with screw type terminal strip. • 1 extensible rack with 8 slots. • 1 USB/PC to PLC cable. Complementing regulation pack • 1 module with 4 insulated analogue inputs + terminal strip. • 1 module with 2 insulated outputs + terminal strip. References Modicon M340 Modbus mini pack Modicon M340 Modbus pack Modicon M340 Modbus Ethernet pack Modicon M340 Modbus Ethernet CANopen pack Complementing regulation pack for Modicon M340 MD1AP34MN MD1AP34M MD1AP34ME MD1AP34MEC MD1AP34R Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Executing • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Regulation slaving • Automatic control • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Programming with Modicon M340 schneider-electric.fr/form-up340 Life is On | Schneider Electric E43 Automatic control and communication Complementing RFID and vision packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48395 • Grasping the technology behind RFID data transmission. • Implementing Modbus/TCP communication between the stations and an automatic control architecture. The Presentation The RFID packs can be used to study and implement an application covering controlled access, identification and traceability. Each station has an address in the network with read/write access. The addressing system is set up very easily using a badge supplied with the pack. The data are memorised in the badge or label presented. • Low-cost solution. • Predefined package. Description Modbus RFID pack • 2 Modbus RTU 40 x 40 mm stations. • 1 Modbus / Ethernet gateway. • 1 x 5-port Ethernet switch. • 20 EEPROM badges. • 2 station configuration badges. • 1 set of cables. Ethernet RFID pack • 1 Modicon M221 PLC with 16 inputs and 16 outputs, and Ethernet port. • 2 Ethernet IP stations, 80 x 93 mm. • 2 extension leads for the stations, length 2 m. • 1 x 24 V DC 0.3 A power supply module. • 1 x 5-port Ethernet switch. • 3 Ethernet leads, length 1 m. • 1 Ethernet lead, length 3 m. • 1 set of 20 RFID badges. • 2 station configuration badges. • 1 PLC programming cable. • 2 Ethernet RJ45 M12 cables. Modbus RFID pack Vision pack • 1 OsiSense XUV vision sensor. • 1 circular red light. • 1 ball joint and fixing angle irons. • 1 configuration software program. • 1 set of leads. References MD1APPFRFID MD1APRFIDE2 MD1APPFCV Modbus RFID pack Ethernet RFID pack Vision sensor pack Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • • • • Automatic systems Electronics Maintenance Scientific E44 Vision pack Designated skills • Executing • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control • Communication networks • Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: RFID detection system schneider-electric.fr/form-dtrfi 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication Human-machine dialogue display unit packs You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48394 • Studying and implementing the various types of PLC • Finding out about the Vijeo Designer software program. • Initial approach to monitoring functions. The Presentation This offer presents the various types of touch-screen graphic terminals in the Magelis HMISTU, XBTGTO and HMISCU range, together with the Vijeo Designer programming software. • Low-cost solution. • Predefined package. Description Magelis HMISTU compact display unit pack • 1 touch-screen terminal, 3.5"/5.7” screen, 32 Mo memory, 1 RS232/485 com port, 1 Ethernet port, 2 USB ports, fixing via a hole 22 mm in diameter. • 1 HMI/PC programming lead, length 1.8 m. • 1 HMI/API Modicon M340 lead. • 1 HMI/API TSX lead. • 1 x 24 V DC 1.2 A power supply module. • 1 Vijeo Designer Lite software program for HMI STO and STU display unit. Magelis HMIGTO Advanced panel optimum display unit pack • 1 touch-screen terminal, 7"/7.5"/10.4” screen, 96 Mo memory, 1 RS232 com port, 1 RS485 com port, 2 USB ports and 1 Ethernet port. • 1 x 24 V DC 3 A power supply module. • 1 HMI/API Modicon M340 lead. • 1 HMI/API TSX lead. • 1 luminous column on USB (with 7.5" and 10” screens). • 1 x 4 Go memory board (with 7" and 10” screens). HMI controller pack References MD1APHMI655 MD1APHMI855 MD1APHMI07T MD1APHMI07V2 MD1APHMI10V2 3.5" HMI display unit pack 5.7" HMI display unit pack 7" HMI display unit pack 7.5" HMI display unit pack 10.4" HMI display unit pack HMI 655 HMI GTO Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Executing • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Human-machine dialogue • Communication networks • Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: HMI with Magelis and Vijeo Designer schneider-electric.fr/form-vijds Life is On | Schneider Electric E45 Automatic control and communication Mobile operator dialogue boxes with touch screens You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48407 • Implementing exchanges between an operator dialogue and a communicating system. • Providing an approach to monitoring. The Presentation This box can be used to view the data in a teaching system without affecting the integrity of that data. All that is required is developing displays with the Vijeo Designer software program. The interface with the teaching system is provided via an RJ45 connection. • Executing a mini-project. • Vijeo Designer teaching aids available on the Internet. Description • 5.7” colour touch-screen display unit. • 24 V DC power supply module for the display unit. • 4-port industrial Ethernet switch. • USB, Ethernet and RS485 connections. • Vijeo Designer software program (depending on references). References Mobile operator dialogue box Mobile operator dialogue touch-screen box Mobile operator dialogue touch-screen box with Vijeo Designer MD1AEHMI85 MD1AEHMI85L Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E46 Designated skills • Configuring • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Human-machine dialogue • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Ethernet network architecture schneider-electric.fr/form-apres 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication Industrial PLC packs (architecture) You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48574 • Programming a PLC with Unity Pro. • Implementing a communicating automatic control architecture. Presentation These packs can be used to implement complete architectures for highperformance automatic controllers as used in industrial processes. Description Modicon M580 pack • 1 M580 processor with 3 Ethernet ports, two of them real-time. • 1 x 230 V power supply module. • 1 x 16 input module with screw type terminal strip. • 1 x 16 relay output module with screw type terminal strip. • 1 extensible rack with 8 slots, X bus and Ethernet bus. • Modicon M580 Ethernet architecture pack. The • Solution adopted by the end users in the agro-food and energy and fluids management sectors. • Compatibility of import PL7. • Advanced Ethernet services. • Energy measurement. Modicon M580 Ethernet architecture pack • 1 Modicon M580 processor with 3 Ethernet ports, two of them real-time. • 2 x 230 V power supply modules. • 2 x 16 input modules with screw type terminal strip. • 2 x 16 relay output modules with screw type terminal strip. • 1 real-time remote Ethernet module. • 1 extensible rack with 8 slots, X bus and Ethernet bus. • 1 extensible rack with 4 slots, X bus and Ethernet bus. Modicon M580 pack • 3 Modicon M580 processors with 3 Ethernet ports, two of them real-time. • 4 x 230 V power supply modules. • 4 modules with 16 inputs + 16 outputs, HE10, + cable. • 2 extensible racks with 8 slots, X bus and Ethernet bus. • 2 extensible rack with 4 slots, X bus and Ethernet bus. • 2 real-time remote Ethernet modules. • 1 Altivar ATV630 0.75 kW Ethernet variable speed controller. • 1 HART board with 8 inputs. • 1 HART Foxboro PT100 sensor + transmitter. • 1 mixed analogue board with 4 inputs and 2 outputs. • 2 touch-screen display units with 5.7" Ethernet screen. • 1 Vijeo Designer software program. • 1 x 5-port Ethernet switch Modicon pack Modicon M340 x 5 and HMI x 5 pack • 2 PLCs with Ethernet and CANopen ports. • 3 PLCs with Ethernet and Modbus ports, each with 26 x 24 V inputs including 8 counting inputs (200 kHz) and 16 outputs (0.5 A) including 4 Reflex outputs. • 5 x 5.7" Magelis colour touch-screen display units with Ethernet and Modbus ports and open loop motor speed piloting. • 1 Altivar ATV32 0.75 kW single phase variable speed controller + 1 x 750 W brushless speed motor, with position-based piloting. • 1 Lexium LXM32 9 A servo-variable speed controller + 1 x 2 Nm brushless motor, 3,000 rpm, in closed loop. • 1 Modbus energy meter module. • Software programs and subscription pack. References Pack of 5 Modicon M340s and HMIs Modicon M580 pack Modicon M580 Ethernet architecture pack Modicon M580 pack MD1APPFM34 MD1AP58EE MD1AP58EA MD1AP583CIRA Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Designated skills • Executing • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Axis control • Communication networks • Measuring Life is On | Schneider Electric E47 Automatic control and communication Case for initiation to programmed logic You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48425 • Switching from wired logic to programmed logic. • Programming in contact language or using function blocks. Presentation This case is designed for initiation to programmed logic. Via examples of applications, it enables learners to find out about the functionalities of the Zelio module. The Zelio Soft software program can be installed on several PCs. Operation of the application can be simulated on the PC before transfer to the Zelio module. The • Intuitive learning. • Possible applications in the residential, services or industry sectors. • Low-cost equipment. Description Zelio case • 1 Zelio module with 10 I/Os. • 1 Zelio Soft programming software program. • 1 EEPROM backup memory. • 6 luminous rotary knobs for the inputs. • 4 indicator lights for the outputs. • 1 PC/USB lead. References MD1ZELIO Zelio case Case for initiation to programmed logic Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • • • • Automatic systems Electrical Electrical engineering Maintenance E48 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Programmed logic and PLCs schneider-electric.fr/form-lpeg2 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication RFID case You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48403 • Grasping the technology behind RFID data transmission. • Configuring station numbers. • Implementing Modbus/TCP communication between the stations and the PLC. The • Swift implementation of the case. Presentation The RFID case can be used to study and implement an application covering controlled access, identification and traceability. It includes a programmable PLC connected to two compact reading/ writing stations, via an Ethernet box. Each station has an address in the network with read/write access. The addressing system is set up very easily using the configuration badge supplied. The data are memorised in the badge or label presented. Description The case contains: • 1 Modicon M221 PLC with 16 inputs and 16 outputs, and Ethernet port. • 1 Operator dialogue terminal. • 1 Ethernet hub box for 3 reading stations, • 2 reading and writing stations, • 1 x 24 V DC power supply module. • 2 protective circuit breakers, • 1 x 5-port Ethernet switch, • 1 set of 10 RFID badges, • 2 station configuration badges, • 1 set of 5 round RFID labels, • 1 PLC programming cable. RFID case References MD1AAVRFID RFID case Decision aid Sectors concerned • • • • Automatic systems Electronics Maintenance Scientific Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Automatic control • Human-machine dialogue • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: RFID detection system schneider-electric.fr/form-dtrfi Life is On | Schneider Electric E49 Automatic control and communication Teaching PLC plates You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48422 • Zelio: programming in contact language (LD) or function blocks (FBD) with the Zelio Soft 2 software program. • M221: programming in instruction list (IL) or contact (LD) language with the SoMachine Basic software program. • Modicon TSX37 Micro: programming in Grafcet (SFC), contact (LD), literal (ST) or instruction list (IL) language with the PL7 Micro or PL7 Pro software program. • Modicon M340: programming in LD, FDB, SFC, ST and IL language with the Unity Pro software program. The • PLCs ready for use. • Sturdy safety wiring. Presentation These plates are designed for PLC programming studies and setting up programs in specific languages. They can be used to fine-tune automatic systems of increasing complexity by working with various functions (time delay, comparator, register, calculations, regulation, communication, etc.). For the Modicon M340 plates, it is possible to adapt input/output boards or smart couplers: contact us. Programming software programs are only supplied for Zelio modules. Description All the plates includes the basic set-up, completed by specific equipment units as shown below. M221 plate Basic set-up • 1 PLC. • 1 x 24 V DC power supply module. • 1 PC/PLC lead. Zelio plate • Zelio module with 12 logic inputs and 8 logic outputs. • Zelio Soft programming software program. Modicon M221 plate • Modicon M221 PLC. • Simulator for 16 logic inputs. • SoMachine Basic programming software program. Modicon M340 plate • 1 Modicon M340 Ethernet/Modbus processor with 16 logic inputs/outputs + 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs. • 1 rack with 6 slots. • 1 simulator for 16 logic inputs. M340 plate Modicon TSX37 Micro plate • Modicon TSX3722 Micro PLC with 16 logic inputs/outputs + 3 analogue inputs and 1 analogue output. • 1 simulator for 16 logic inputs. References Teaching Zelio PLC plate Teaching Modicon M221 PLC plate Teaching Modicon M221 PLC plate with analogue I/O Teaching Modicon M340 PLC plate Teaching Modicon TSX37 PLC plate MD1AE125 MD1AE120SO MD1AE120SOA MD1AE150 MD1AE110 Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E50 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control • Communication networks • Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication PLC plate and display unit on console You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48396 • Programming a PLC with Unity Pro. • Programming the dialogue terminal with Vijeo Designer. Presentation The TSXBT console consists of a Modicon M340 PLC whose logic I/Os are placed remotely in the form of switches and sockets. A selector switch can be used to toggle between the console inputs and inputs from an outside operational part. The analogue I/Os are placed remotely in the form of female connectors. The male connectors are pre-wired. A Magelis display unit enables operator dialogue, which can be used in operating mode or in programming mode, via a selector switch. The • Can be used on its own or as a control part to pilot an operational part. • Secure system. Description • 1 Modicon M340 Ethernet PLC. • 16 logic inputs wired on switches and on a 27-pin connector. • 16 logic outputs wired on on double recess sockets and on a 19-pin connector. • 4 analogue inputs on 4- and 8-pin connectors. • 1 analogue voltage and current output on 4-pin connectors. • 1 analogue voltage and current output on double recess sockets. • 1 HMISTU 5.7" Ethernet colour touch-screen display unit. • 1 x 24 V DC 4 A power supply module on sockets. • 1 set of PLC programming cables and display unit. • 1 set of cables with round male connectors and free ends. References Modicon M340 console with HMI STU 5.7” display unit MD1AE170 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Automatic control • Human-machine dialogue • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Programming with Modicon M340 schneider-electric.fr/form-up340 Life is On | Schneider Electric E51 Automatic control and communication Modular automatic control benches You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48401 • Studying and implementing an automatic control architecture: --Programming, --Communication with variable speed controllers, communicating motor starting systems, etc. --Regulation functions. • Finding out about industrial communication buses and networks (Modbus, CANopen, ASi, Ethernet) • Studying human-machine dialogue terminals. The • Swift, safe implementation. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. Presentation This offer can be used to set up automatic control architectures very quickly by connecting the various boxes, using safety leads. It can be used to find out about PLCs, and communication between PLCs and display units. Each box corresponds to an automatic control component or function. You can also acquire each module and the modular operational parts separately. Description Each box corresponds to an automatic control component or function. You can also acquire each module and the modular operational parts separately. Contents Zelio modular bench 1 MD1AMLZL Support structure 1 MD1AM000 Zelio module 1 MD1AM0002 24 V DC power supply module 1 MD1AM4001 Machine control module 1 MD1AM7002 Modular Modicon M221 bench 1 MD1AML221 Support structure 1 MD1AM000 Module with 16 logic inputs and flat jumpers 1 MD1AM0005 Module with 16 logic outputs and flat jumpers 1 MD1AM0006 Display unit module 1 MD1AM0019 M221 module 1 MD1AM0032 24 V DC power supply module 1 MD1AM4001 Machine control module 1 MD1AM7002 Modular Modicon M340 bench 1 MD1AMLMR Support structure 1 MD1AM000 M340 module with 1 board containing 16 inputs and 16 outputs 1 MD1AM0003 Module with 16 logic inputs and flat jumpers 1 MD1AM0005 Module with 16 logic outputs and flat jumpers 1 MD1AM0006 Display unit module 1 MD1AM0016 Ethernet switch module 1 MD1AM0025 24 V DC power supply module 1 MD1AM4001 Machine control module 1 MD1AM7002 The modular bench can be completed with other modules: see the "Modules and accessories" section. References Modular Zelio PLC bench Modular Modicon M221 initial studies offer Modular Modicon M340 PLC bench MD1AMLZL MD1AML221 MD1AMLMR Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E52 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control • Human-machine dialogue • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication Modular industrial communication bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48427 • Configuring an industrial field network. • Diagnosing a communication fault. • Programming an exchange using Unity Pro. • Defining a communication architecture. • Selecting a communication media. The Presentation Industrial automatic control solutions rely increasingly on communication networks and field buses. • Swift, safe implementation. • Sturdy wiring on safety sockets. • Scalable solution This modular offer can be used to swiftly set up a configuration for communication with the most common protocols: Ethernet TCP/IP, CANopen, serial Modbus, etc. Exchanges between PLCs can be made possible by completing your configuration with the modules presented in the "Modules and accessories” section. Description This bench consists of the following modules. You can also acquire each module separately (à la carte offer). Modules Designation Quantity References Support structure 1 MD1AM000 3.5” touch-screen display unit module 1 MD1AM0019 RFID sensor module 1 MD1AM0021 Ethernet gateway module 1 MD1AM0022 Module with remote I/Os on Ethernet 1 MD1AM0023 M340 PLC module 1 MD1AM0024 Ethernet switch module 1 MD1AM0025 RS232 frame viewing module 1 MD1AM0027 Module with remote I/Os on CANopen 1 MD1AM0028 Distributing box module on CANopen 1 MD1AM0036 Magnetic protection module 1 MD1AM1004 Central measuring module 1 MD1AM2003 3-current transformer module. 1 MD1AM2004 WiFi router module 1 MD1AM2010 24 V DC power supply module 1 MD1AM4001 0.18 kW 230 V variable speed controller module 1 on CANopen MD1AM5001 The modular bench can be completed with other modules: see the "Modules and accessories” section. References Modular industrial communication bench MD1AMLCOM Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electronics Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Automatic control • Human-machine dialogue • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Ethernet communication networks schneider-electric.fr/form-apeth Life is On | Schneider Electric E53 Automatic control and communication Modular RFID board set bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48402 • Grasping the technology behind RFID data transmission. • Getting to know the communication mechanisms between computerised equipment units via Modbus/TCP: --Addressing for a read/write station, --Data calculation, 16-bit encoding, --Writing encoded data in a badge, --Reading an encoded badge, --Analysis of a 16-bits response. • Viewing Modbus frames. • Sets of interactive boards. • Programming with Windows and JavaScript on Magelis. The • Application for reading frames on tablets. • Swift, safe implementation. • Play aspect of the equipment. Presentation This offer can be used to find out about RFID transmission technology on the basis of a set of interactive boards. It also enables learners to get to know about communication between computerised equipment units via Modbus/TCP. A computer can be connected, either via wired links, or via WiFi, to display the frames and data sent on the bus. Description The basic offer includes the following elements. The game and teaching applications are supplied on CDs, together with an application on Android for tablets. You can also acquire each module separately (à la carte offer). Modules Designation References Support structure MD1AM000 WiFi router module MD1AM2010 24 V DC power supply module MD1AM4001 RFID module with display unit MD1AMP016 The modular bench can be completed with other modules: see the "Modules and accessories” section. References MD1AMLRFID Modular RFID bench Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electronics • Scientific E54 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Human-machine dialogue • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: RFID detection system schneider-electric.fr/form-dtrfi 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication Local industrial network plates, RISC option You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48575 • Preparation, installation, putting into service, maintenance. • Connecting. • Testing and qualifying. • Analysis. • Management of switches. Presentation The RISC plates represent the various local industrial networks. They enable implementation of the activities mentioned in the baseline: copper wiring and fibre optics links, programming, industrial communication via a wired or wireless network, monitoring, etc. (configuring Internet IP, ZigBee, CAN node, Modbus slave address, WiFi, remote access with tablet, telephone, etc.). The • Site work and wiring by learners (fibre optics, copper wiring, control, power). • Management of an industrial network. • Upgradeable. Description The plates are supplied in kit form, with a tutorial to carry out the assembly and wiring work. They are connected to one another via a fibre optics ring. To enable that work in full safety, each plate must be installed in a containment cabinet on a motorised trolley (ref. MD1AA695). RISC1 plate • 1 switch with 2 FO ports and 2 copper ports. • 1 Modicon M221 PLC with 16 Ethernet relay I/Os. • 1 x 24 V power supply module. • 1 magneto-thermal circuit breaker. • 1 inverter contactor • 1 forward/reverse operation control box. RISC 1 plate RISC2 plate • 1 switch with 2 FO ports and 6 copper ports. • 1 Modicon M241 PLC with 24 Ethernet relay I/Os. • 1 x 24 V power supply module. • 1 x 0.18 kW 230 V variable speed controller. • 1 wired control box with 3 buttons. • 1 Zigbee control box. • 1 Zigbee radio relay. RISC3 plate • 1 switch with 2 FO ports and 2 copper ports. • 1 Modicon M241 PLC with 24 CANopen Ethernet relay I/Os. • 1 Wifer. • 1 x 5.7” touch-screen display unit. • 1 Modbus splitter. • 1 CANopen splitter. • 1 Zigbee control box. • 1 Zigbee radio relay. References RISC 1 plate with PLC + motor starting system RISC 2 plate with PLC + variable speed controller RISC 3 plate with PLC + display unit + variable speed controller MD1AERISC1 MD1AERISC2 MD1AERISC3 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Electronics Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Executing 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Communication networks • Fibre optics • Automatic control Life is On | Schneider Electric E55 Automatic control and communication Pre-wired industrial communication plates You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48391 • Connecting a bus or a network. • Configuring an industrial field network. • Diagnosing a communication fault. • Programming an exchange using the Unity Pro software program. • Defining a communication architecture. • Selecting a communication media. The • Solution ready for use. • Scalable solution Presentation Automatic control solutions rely increasingly on communication networks and field buses. These configurations can be used to provide an initial approach to the most common protocols: Ethernet, CANopen, Modbus, etc. The pre-wired solution on a grille can be used to reproduce an industrial automatic control installation with the various communications between sensors, PLCs and actuators. Description Various versions of pre-wired grilles are proposed: Ethernet version • 1 Modicon M340 Ethernet PLC. • 1 I/O simulator. • 1 Modicon M221 PLC. • 1 switch. • 1 colour touch-screen display unit. • 1 module with remote Ethernet I/Os. • 1 communicating Ethernet variable speed controller. • 1 RFID Ethernet sensor. Modbus + CANopen version • 1 Modicon M340 Modbus CANopen PLC. • 1 Modbus hub. • 1 set of CANopen connecting accessories. • 1 colour touch-screen display unit. • 1 ModBus energy measuring module • 1 module with remote CANopen I/Os. • 1 communicating Modbus CANopen variable speed controller. Modbus and CANopen plate Ethernet plate Modbus + CANopen + Ethernet version • 1 Modicon M340 PLC with 1 Ethernet board. • 1 I/O simulator. • 1 switch. • 1 colour touch-screen display unit. • 1 module with remote Ethernet I/Os. • 1 communicating Ethernet variable speed controller. • 1 RFID Modbus sensor. • 1 communicating measurement unit. • 1 Modbus RS485/TCPIP gateway. References Ethernet communication plate Modbus CANopen communication plate Modbus CANopen Ethernet communication plate MD1AE34E MD1AE34MC MD1AE34MEC Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electronics • Scientific E56 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control • Human-machine dialogue • Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Ethernet communication networks schneider-electric.fr/form-apeth 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication Traffic light and lift boxes A2E equipment u page 5 You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48439 • Analysing a timing diagram and transposing it to a contact diagram. • Translating a contact diagram into Ladder and FDB language. • Analysing a timing diagram and transposing it to Grafcet (SFC). • Studying the following automatic control functions: --Time delay, --Counting, --Memory, --Conditional actions. The • Compact equipment. • Low-cost solution. Presentation This offer includes two separate boxes: • The Traffic lights box can be used to study automatic control of a crossroads, taking a pedestrian crossing request into account. Two operating modes are covered, with three-colour lights during the daytime, and flashing orange lights at night, • The Lift box can be used to study automatic control of a lift serving 4 levels. The position of the cabin is displayed by red indicator lights, and opening/closing of the doors is shown by LEDs. On each floor and in the cabin, call buttons can be used to request upward or downward cabin movements. Traffic lights box Description Traffic lights box • 1 x 24 V DC power supply module. • 1 Zelio PLC. • 1 pedestrian call button. Lift box • 1 x 24 V DC power supply module. • 1 Modicon M221 PLC, • 1 mimic diagram with LEDs and indicator lights. • Control buttons. Lift box References MD3BPLIFT MD3BPXROAD Lift box Traffic lights box Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Studying • Configuring 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Automatic control To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai Life is On | Schneider Electric E57 Automatic control and communication Models for initiation to traffic control automation You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48446 • Studying and configuring operation of traffic lights at a crossroads: --Managing a barrier with presence of vehicles, --Programming a cycle of normal operation and flashing orange lights, --Dealing with a pedestrian crossing request. • Grasping the following automatic control notions: --Switching from wired logic to programmed logic, --Studying Grafcet (SFC) cycles, --Studying incremental and countdown counters, --Studying time delay and monostable systems, --Studying operating modes (inching, manual, automatic). The • Initiation to automatic control. • Wide range of PLCs. Presentation The Traffic control model be used to provide initiation to automatic control on an application that is simple to grasp. Depending on the type of PLC, the languages used are LADDER, Grafcet (SFC) or FBD function blocks. Traffic control with Modicon M221 Description Operational part • Managing traffic lights. • Pedestrian crossing request. • Priority choices, etc. Control part • 1 PLC on console: Zelio or Modicon M340 or M221 (as desired). • I/Os on connectors. • 2 flat jumpers. References Traffic control, operational part Traffic control, Zelio control part Traffic control, Modicon M221 control part Traffic control, Modicon M340 control part MD1AE214 MD1AE713ZL MD1AE216SO MD1AE216MR Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Scientific E58 Designated skills • Analysis • Studying • Configuring Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication Models for initiation to automatic lift control You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48479 • Studying lift operation: --Calling the cabin from a floor, --Upward and downward cabin movements with and without stops, --Blocking operation, collective upward and downward movements. • Grasping the following automatic control notions: --Switching from wired logic to programmed logic, --Studying Grafcet (SFC) cycles, --Time delay function, --Working on words and bits, --Using an animation table, --Organisation of program sections. The • Further knowledge of automatic control. Presentation The Lift model can be used to provide initiation to automatic control for an application that includes numerous conditions to be managed. Depending on the type of PLC, the languages used are LADDER, Grafcet (SFC) or FBD function blocks. Description Operational part • Lift serving five levels. • Contact on landing door. • Floor control in cabin. • Call buttons on the landings. • Cabin presence detectors. Lift with Modicon M221 Control part • 1 Modicon M340 PLC on console. • I/Os on connectors. • 2 flat jumpers. References MD1AE254 MD1AE256MR MD1AE256SO Lift, operational part Lift, Modicon M340 control part Lift, Modicon M221 control part Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Scientific Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Studying • Configuring 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Automatic control To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai Life is On | Schneider Electric E59 Automatic control and communication Models for initiation to automatic control of surface treatment You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48508 • Studying operation of a surface treatment installation: --Manual carriage control, --Outward and return carriage movement with stop, --Semi-automatic carriage movement, --Cycle-by-cycle programming, --Automatic outward and return carriage cycle with movement through the trays. • Grasping the following automatic control notions: --Sequential programming, --Management of operating and stopping modes, --Studying a linear Grafcet (SFC), --LADDER programming, --Use of monostable and bistable blocks, time delay blocks and comparison blocks. Presentation The • Further knowledge of automatic control. OP + CP with Modicon M221 The surface treatment model can be used to provide initiation to automatic control on a sequential application with management of operating modes. Depending on the type of PLC, the languages used are LADDER, Grafcet (SFC) or FBD function blocks. Description Operational part • 1 suspended carriage. • 5 sensors over the travel distance. • 2 upward/downward movement sensors. • 3 surface treatment trays. • 3 treatment stations. • 2 loading/unloading stations. • 4 upward/downward/left/right movement buttons. • 1 manual/zero/auto selector switch. • 1 start cycle button. • 1 emergency stop pushbutton. Surface treatment, OP Control part • 1 Modicon PLC on console (Modicon M221 or M340). • I/Os on connectors. • 2 flat jumpers. References Surface treatment, operational part Surface treatment, Modicon M340 control part Surface treatment, Modicon M221 control part MD1AE224 MD1AE226MR MD1AE226SO Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Scientific E60 Designated skills • Analysis • Studying • Configuring Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication Rotary pneumatic handling bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48431 • Studying and implementing a pneumatic unit. • Programming and operating an automated system. • Implementing adjustments and maintenance on pneumatic elements. Presentation The pneumatic arm can be used to move a mechanical part through 5 degrees of freedom (2 rotations, 3 translations). Implementation consists of installing the wiring between the arm, the control console and a PLC plate (not supplied). The movement cycle is programmed in contact (LD) or literal (ST) language. Equipment made by the FBO Company and sold by Schneider Electric. To pilot the pneumatic arm, we recommend use of the Modicon M340 PLC on plate (ref. MD1AE150). The • Electrical connections via sockets or Sub-D connectors. Description Operational part • 1 air conditioning system with manual valve and pressure switch. • 1 progressive start unit with solenoid valve. • 5 x 5/2 bistable distributors with 24 V DC electric control. • 5 pneumatic actuators: rotary body, upward/downward, extension/ retraction, gripper rotation, gripper opening/closing. • Inputs and outputs on safety sockets and Sub-D connector. Control part • 1 control console: --Box with connection mimic diagram and safety sockets, --Control and signalling devices enabling wiring of the safety circuit and management of the operating modes (automatic, manual and fault signalling). • 1 set of safety leads. Handler Console References Console for rotary pneumatic handler Rotary pneumatic handler, operational part MD1AE973 MD1AE974 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Automatic control • Pneumatic To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai Life is On | Schneider Electric E61 Automatic control and communication Pneumatic and electropneumatic plates You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48529 • Studying pneumatic and electropneumatic technologies. • Implementing and mastering automatic pneumatic control functions. • Wiring electropneumatic components. The Presentation The two plates are made up of a magnetic board equipped with images for the pneumatic functions and pneumatic components mounted on magnetic supports. This makes it easy to move from the outline diagram to execution of a pneumatic circuit. These equipment units can be used to study and implement single and double action cylinders, and mono- or bistable solenoid valves, all piloted by an industrial PLC. These two plates are designed to operate with PLCs on plates: Zelio or Modicon M340. Equipment made by the Parker Company and sold by Schneider Electric. • Association of functions and pneumatic components. • Flexibility of use. • No mechanical pinching risk. Description Two plate versions are available: Modules Designations References MD1PMXZTW Pneumatic-electrical interface MD1PMXTSX 2 2 2 Pneumatic end of travel sensor with rollers 2 Electric end of travel sensor with rollers 2 2 Magnetic cylinder position sensor 2 5 Monostable 3/2 solenoid valve 1 1 Monostable 4/2 solenoid valve 1 1 2 Bistable 4/2 solenoid valve 2 Single action cylinder, D16-T50 mm 1 1 Double action cylinder, D16-T100 mm with 2 sensors 1 1 Double action cylinder, D16-T100 mm 2 3 Magnetic board with support 1 1 Control box with 1ES-2PB-1C3P + 1 green indicator light 1 1 Isolating valve + regulator 1 1 Double 3/2 solenoid valve - 1 Didaflex pack for Zelio References Didaflex pack for Zelio PLC plate Didaflex pack for Modicon M340 PLC plate MD1PMXZTW MD1PMXTSX Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing E62 Designated skills • • • • Analysis Configuring Studying Executing Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control • Industrial detection • Pneumatic To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Automatic control and communication 5-movement pneumatic handler models You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48482 • Analysing the various constituents and their effects (functional analysis). • Taking the electrical diagram into account. • Taking the various operating modes into account. • Studying and fine-tuning the program parts (from the simplest to the most complex). • Executing mechanical adjustments and fine-tuning. • Working on the electrical and mechanical parts. The • Working on Words and Bits. • Programming the time delay and counting block. • Use of various languages (SFC, ST, FBD). Presentation This equipment represents an automatic industrial assembly station. A cylindrical part is picked up by the gripper on the arm (5 degrees of freedom) for placing on the die forging station and then removed. The system features various sensors and actuators. Description Operational part • Characterised structure with safety access. • 1 product procurement station. • 1 pneumatic handler with 5 movements: --Double action cylinders, --3/2, 4/2 distributor, --Rack type gripper system. • 1 die forging station. • 1 part removal station. • 1 set of parts. • 1 control console. Pneumatic handler model Control part • 1 Modicon M221 or M340 PLC with 32 logic inputs and 24 logic outputs on plate. • 1 set of ribbon connection cables. References 5M pneumatic handler, operational part 5M pneumatic handler, control part with Modicon M340 5M pneumatic handler, control part with Modicon M221 MD1AE914 MD1AE916MR MD1AE916SO Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • Automatic control • Pneumatic To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai Life is On | Schneider Electric E63 Automatic control and communication Automatic part sorting system You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48430 • Analysing the system. • Analysing the identification technologies. • Studying the operating and stopping modes. • Studying the linear measurement systems. • Studying the weighing sensor. • Programming a 0-10 V and 4-20 mA signal. • Configuring the system. The • Study of logic and analogue sensors. • Compact equipment. Presentation This equipment simulates an automatic industrial part sorting system based on several criteria: type of material, weight, dimensions. The system provides three operating modes: automatic, inching and manual. The dialogue terminal can be used to display the results of the measurements and calibrate the analogue measuring device. A programming software program (not supplied) can be used to personalise operation, and display the SFC cycle and the data tables dynamically. Description Operational part • 1 belt conveyor equipped with a motor and reducer. • 4 double action pneumatic cylinders. • 1 photoelectric cell. • 1 inductive sensor. • 2 capacitive sensors. • 1 x 0-10 V analogue travel sensor. • 1 x 4-20 mA analogue weighing sensor. • 12 parts to be sorted on the basis of the following criteria: --Type of material (plastic or metal), --Weight of the part, --Dimensions and shape (presence of holes and/or grooves). Control part • 1 Modicon M340 PLC. • 1 dialogue terminal. • 4/2 bistable electropneumatic interfaces. • Control relays. References FORMATRIS system with Modicon M340 PLC MD1AE955MR Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E64 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • • • • Automatic control Industrial detection Pneumatic Safety To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Machines Parcel sorting bench You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48498 • Implementing automatic management of a sorting system. • Studying and implementing a CANopen bus. • Studying communication on networks and Ethernet. • Implementing a database. • For IT courses: studying exchanges of information between API and PC. Presentation The TAPIRIS bench simulates an automatically managed parcel sorting station. The parcels are represented by cubes with labels featuring a bar code and geometrical shapes. After going under an optical reader, they are sent on to one of the three containers. The sorting process generates a database that can be used by several resources: • The Web server embedded in the Ethernet coupler of the PLC, • The Web Designer software program to create personalised HTML pages in the Web server, • The OPC/OFS data server software program with Excel and Visual Basic. Communication between the belt and the plate PLC is provided by a CANopen bus. The • Creation of Java applets. • Use of data with OPC server. • Implementing a Web site. TAPIRIS OP Description Operational part • 1 automatic parcel loading station. • 1 conveyor belt, length 1.4 m. • 1 x 180 W motor and reducer. • 1 Altivar variable speed controller box. • 3 photoelectric cells to detect parcel movements. • 1 bar code detector for parcel identification. • 2 removal stations with cylinders. • 1 set of parcels with identification labels. Control part • 1 Modicon M340 PLC. • 1 CANopen coupler. • 1 Ethernet coupler. • 1 control box. • 1 operator dialogue terminal. TAPIRIS CP References TAPIRIS system, operational part TAPIRIS system, control part with Modicon M340 MD1AE854TC MD1AE858MR Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electronics • Maintenance Recommended training Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • • • • • Automatic control Industrial detection Human-machine dialogue Pneumatic Communication networks To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Ethernet communication networks schneider-electric.fr/form-apeth Life is On | Schneider Electric E65 Machines SIMU3D software program covering 3D operational parts of industrial machines You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48576 • Interactive piloting of the virtual operational parts. • Grasping the principles of programming on Modicon M340 or M221. Presentation SIMU3D is a software program that enables simulation of operational parts animated via a PLC program developed using Unity Pro or SoMachine. The virtual environments proposed are very true-to-life thanks to their total interactivity, and to the realism of the real-time 3D graphic animations, dynamics and sounds. This software program is designed and developed by the RealGames Company in partnership with the University of Reims Champagne Ardenne and distributed by Schneider Electric. The • No risk of machine failures. • Amusing serious game. Description The 5 operational parts proposed are as follows: • A sorting system that directs crates on a feeder conveyor towards goods lifts, sorting them by size, • A mixer that simulates preparation of paint: the objective here is to mix the three primary colours (red, green and blue), • An automatic palletiser that stacks three levels of cartons, • A Pick & Place system that puts parts in a case using a 3-axis handler • An automatic storing system that moves and stores crates. The 5 virtual models share the following characteristics: • Feeder and removal areas in which the moving objects are automatically inserted in or removed from the system, • The number of objects present in the system simultaneously is limited to 16 (above that number, the first object inserted is removed automatically), • The number of sensors (API inputs) is 16 at most and the number of actuators (API outputs) is 10, • A control console with an AUTO mode, an emergency stop (ES) and three pushbuttons (START, STOP, RESET). • Five predefined video camera positions with the possibility of moving the camera viewing point in the system, • The 3D sound put out depends on the position of the video camera. 4 configurations are proposed: • A complete PLC with 16 inputs and 16 outputs, pre-wired terminal strips, the software program and the necessary interfaces, • A board with 16 inputs, a board with 16 outputs, pre-wired terminal strips, the software program and the necessary interfaces, • Pre-wired terminal strips, the software program and the necessary interfaces, • A modular offer module with the interface boxes, the leads and the software program, • The software key is in USB format, compatible up to Windows 7. These equipment units can be linked to the interface module for virtual simulation software program, ref. MD1AM0015. View of the sorting system Modicon M340 material part References MD1S3DM221API MD1S3DM340API SIMU3D software program with I/O boards for Modicon M340 MD1S3DM340ES SIMU3D software program with terminal strips for Modicon M340 MD1S3DM340BORN SIMU3D software program with complete Modicon M221 SIMU3D software program with complete Modicon M340 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance E66 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Machines Factory I/O software program covering 3D operational parts of industrial machines You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48483 • Grasping the principles of programming for an automatic control system (Modicon M340 or M221 PLCs). • Interactive piloting of the virtual operational parts. • Diagnosing malfunctions. Presentation Factory I/O is a software program that enables simulation of operational parts animated via a PLC program developed using Unity Pro or SoMachine. The virtual environments proposed are very true-to-life thanks to their total interactivity, and to the realism of the real-time 3D graphic animations, dynamics and sounds. Factory I/O is used to build and simulate virtual industrial systems and carry out troubleshooting. The systems are electrically connected to the APIs. The simulator provides access to a control panel with an Auto mode, an emergency stop and three pushbuttons (Start, Stop, Reset). This software program is designed and developed by the RealGames Company in partnership with the University of Reims Champagne Ardenne and distributed by Schneider Electric. The • Operational parts that can be configured. • Wired I/O links for maintenance. • Possibility of simulating failures. Factory I/O display unit Description Each reference consists of: • 1 software program Factory I/O, • 1 DAQ interface box, • 1 complete Modicon PLC with pre-wired terminal strips, or pre-wired terminal strips only (this entails already having the PLC). Factory I/O software program • Software user rights via a code. • Virtual machines configured simply on the basis of 60 elementary objects. • 20 preconfigured machines. • 80 industrial parts. Factory I/O can also be linked to other PLCs. In that case, order the modular offer reference with a box featuring safety sockets. Interface module for Factory I/O software program These software program packs can be linked to the interface module for the Factory I/O software program, ref. MD1AM0030. References FACTORY I/O software program without DAQ FACTORY I/O software program without DAQ, with 1-year user licence for 1 student MD1S3DF MD1S3DF1E MD1S3DM221APF MD1S3DM340APF FACTORY I/O with software program I/O boards for Modicon M340 MD1S3DM340ESF FACTORY I/O software program with terminal strips for MD1S3DM340BF FACTORY I/O software program with complete Modicon M221 FACTORY I/O software program with complete Modicon M340 Modicon M340 FACTORY I/O case + Modicon M340 MD1AMV06 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • • • • Automatic control Simulation Monitoring Safety Life is On | Schneider Electric E67 Machines 3D simulator software program for designing industrial machines You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48463 • Creating 3D models on the basis of a library of objects. • Testing automatic control systems and electrical and pneumatic diagrams in parallel with feeds. • Validating PLC programs. • Simulating behaviour patterns. • Checking expected performance levels. • Working on tasks: preparing system acceptance with the customer. • Creating interactive presentations and training operators. The • Saves time during the design phase. • Enables use of a virtual reality headset. • Training for operators and maintenance technicians. Presentation Virtual Universe Pro is a 3D software program enabling creation or importation of operational machine parts in order to test a functional unit. The models can be created using a library of objects or imported from CAD files. The operational parts are simulated in real time, piloted by a Modicon M340 or M241 PLC, an integrated virtual controller or by computer software programs via a single IP connection. Software program designed and produced by the IRAI Company and sold by Schneider Electric. Virtual Universe Pro display unit Description Contents of the equipment • PhysX 3D motor made by NVidia with Newtonian physical behaviour. • Importation of digital models from SolidWorks, Inventor, Catia. • Importation of 3D file formats (Catia, Solidworks, Sketchup, etc.). • Editor of electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic diagrams. • HMI editor enabling creation of a console. • Integrated controller (SFC, ladder, etc.) enabling completion of the API part and configuration of personalised behaviour patterns. • Logic and analogue piloting. • Real-time display of the Unity or SoMachine program. • Integration of several video cameras and configuring the setting. • Collision management. Virtual Universe Pro display unit To order, compose your reference on the basis of MDSIMUIRAxyz, where: • "x": number of VUP licences: --1 = 1 terminal, --2 = 8 terminals, --3 = establishment. • "y": number of PLCs: --1 = 1 API, --2 = 5 APIs, --3 = 10 APIs. • "z": type of PLC: --1 = Modicon M241, --3 = Modicon M340 Ethernet. References 3D modelling software program for 1 terminal 3D modelling software program for 1 terminal with 1 Modicon M241 3D modelling software program for 1 terminal with 1 Modicon M340 3D modelling software program for 8 terminals 3D modelling software program for 8 terminals with 1 Modicon M241 3D modelling software program for 8 terminals with 1 Modicon M340 3D modelling software program for an establishment 3D modelling software program for an establishment with 5 Modicon M241 units 3D modelling software program for an establishment with 5 Modicon M340 units MDSIMUIRA100 MDSIMUIRA111 MDSIMUIRA113 MDSIMUIRA200 MDSIMUIRA211 MDSIMUIRA213 MDSIMUIRA300 MDSIMUIRA321 MDSIMUIRA323 Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific E68 Designated skills • Analysis • Configuring • Studying Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Automatic control • Simulation 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Machines Automated drilling system You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48451 • Studying and justifying the choice of the various sensor technologies (photoelectric, inductive, capacitive, optical, analogue). • Selecting and sizing electrical and pneumatic actuators. • Analysing and justifying a pneumatic supply structure (isolating valve, blocker, distributor). • Justifying choices regarding electrical protection elements. • Configuring operation of a variable speed controller. • Measuring current and voltage levels at the terminals of a motor. • Programming all or part of the production cycle (OR or AND cycle, hierarchised SFC, work on words, contact language, counter, time delay systems, etc.). • Implementing operating and stopping mode loops. • Implementing analogue input/output boards. The • Wide range of projects for several levels of training. • Possibility of simulating drilling to avoid consumption of parts. • Multi-technology system. Presentation This industrial equipment can be used to execute an automated manufacturing cycle to drill through a pulley. The cycle is as follows: • Arrival of the parts at the station, • Placing, • Checking the type of material, • Weight, • Measurements, • Drilling operation, • Sorting and removal in the light of characteristics selected by the operator (parts OK or NOK). Description Contents • 1 one-piece frame. • 1 part transfer belt. • 1 waiting area. • 1 part checking station. • 1 drilling unit. • 1 sorting and removal station. • 1 control cabinet containing the automatic control systems. • Sensors and detectors: inductive, capacitive, photoelectric, linear, analogue, magnetic with pressure drop. • Pneumatic cylinders and distributors. • 1 operator dialogue terminal: selection aid, messages, configuring. • 1 Modicon M340 PLC. • 1 Altivar 0.18 kW variable speed controller. • Safety switches with Preventa module. • 1 set of process parts made of various materials. References PERCETRIS system with Modicon M340 PLC MD1AE825LMR Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing Recommended training Designated skills • • • • Analysis Studying Piloting Adjusting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • • • • • Automatic control Motor control Industrial detection Human-machine dialogue Pneumatic To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Programming with Modicon M340 schneider-electric.fr/form-up340 Life is On | Schneider Electric E69 Machines Industrial packing machine system You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48499 • Putting an installation into service safely. • Communicating via Ethernet, CANopen and Modbus networks. • Carrying out production changeovers. • Carrying out maintenance: --Configuring the temperature regulator, --Troubleshooting to deal with bar cycle malfunctions, --Repairing a silicone-coated holder. • Studying energy efficiency: --Measuring the energy levels consumed, --Regulating the temperature of the accompanying sealing bar, --Regulating the tunnel temperature, --Variable speed control. The • Mechanical cam for movement of the sealing bar. • Study of energy efficiency involving major power levels. • Consumables supplied. Presentation This industrial packing machine is a manually loaded wrapping machine for agro-food products of the can type. The products, packed in groups of 6, are covered with shrinkable film from the upper and lower reels, and then put through a retraction tunnel. Delivery and installation included. Electricity supply and protection systems to be dealt with by the customer. Description Contents • Motorised upper film unreeling. • Accompanying sealing bar. • Retraction tunnel. • Cooler. • Casing. • Square bar conveyor. • Centralised lubrication. • Multi-step detection. • Securing of the sealing bar. • Specific equipments: --Tunnel with twin 30 kW turbines, --Roller outlet. • Automatic control: --SoMachine or Pack Drive, --Operating interface. References MD1FARD Industrial Wrapping Machine Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing E70 Designated skills • • • • Analysis Troubleshooting Piloting Adjusting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • • • • • Regulation Motor control Industrial detection Human-machine dialogue Power electronics To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Local industrial networks schneider-electric.fr/form-crl20 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Machines Integrated production system You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48434 • Operating an integrated tablet packaging system. • Implementing multi-product production management with a combination of manual and automatic workstations. • Studying workshop organisation methods (time recording, series switchovers and quality monitoring). • Carrying out maintenance operations: --Dismantling and reassembling stations (in the 4-station version), --Replacing sensors, --Sensor cylinder adjustments, --Repairs. The • PRODUCTIS operates with reusable bottles and balls (no subsequent consumables). • Compact equipment. • System homothetic with industrial reality. Presentation The PRODUCTIS system reproduces a pharmaceutical packaging line. Balls representing tablets are packed in bottles. The system consists of 1 filling station and 1 capping station. A mesh material handling system is used to transfer pallets that receive bottles at the various stations. The 2 ball colours and the 2 bottle heights can be used to simulate a number of different manufacturing sequences. The 2 stations are fixed and the adjustments are made on the machine. The system enables assembly of a second filling station and a second capping station. The system detects the presence of the 2 extra stations and incorporates them in the manufacturing cycle. The capping station and the filling station are proposed as sub-systems with their supports, in order to enable adjustment and maintenance operations. PRODUCTIS Description Contents • Mechanically welded frame with mesh material handling system. • 1 x 90 W asynchronous motor. • 1 removable transparent protective casing with safety switch. • 2 fixed stations: bottle filling and capping with control system. • 1 Modicon M340 PLC. • Ethernet communication architecture. • 1 operator dialogue terminal enabling control and monitoring of production. • RFID pallet detection. • 1 set of accessories (pallets, white balls, green balls, large bottles, small bottles and caps). Immersive simulation 3D modelling of operational parts can be used to work in a 3D environment: • Compatible with HTC VIVE immersive headsets, • In an immersive environment, learners take over piloting, repeating start-up procedures; they can be observed to correct their actions and postures, • Link with the API communication in simulated or real mode (UNITY Simu or API via Ethernet) can be used to reproduce operation faithfully, • The tool can also be used on a PC for training in program modifications without entailing any risks for the machine, • This simulation requires a VUpro licence. References PRODUCTIS Modicon M340 2 stations Bottle filling station for PRODUCTIS Bottle capping station for PRODUCTIS Putting into service and training (inclusive period of 1 day) 3D immersive simulation model Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific Designated skills • • • • Analysis Studying Piloting Adjusting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue MD1AE905MR2P MD1AE903 MD1AE904 MD1SMIF MD1SIMAE9 Themes studied • • • • • Automatic control Industrial detection Human-machine dialogue Pneumatic Communication networks Recommended training To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Maintaining in operational condition, MOC schneider-electric.fr/form-mdce Life is On | Schneider Electric E71 Machines Flexible dosing line You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48509 • Finding out about a flexible dosing line in the pharmaceutical field. • Operating, managing, adjusting and piloting a flexible industrial line. • Carrying out maintenance operations. • Managing production flows and manufacturing instructions. • Studying automatic control and communication networks. Presentation The flexible dosing line is a combination of 3 complementary equipment units: • A PRODUCTIS unit (see corresponding page), • A Cartesian Pick and Place robot (3 linear axes, synchronous motors and resolver) with piloting via a CANopen bus, • A logistical stocker. The • Compact industrial line. • 6 workstations. • Numerous manufacturing combinations. N.B. The Cartesian robot and the stocker are complementary offers for PRODUCTIS and they cannot be ordered separately. It carries out the following operations: • Automatic feeds of bottles and caps, • Distribution of tablets in the bottles, • Closing of the bottles by capping and discarding products declared NOK, • Packaging of the closed bottles in a carton, • Automatic removal of the carton, • Storage in predefined areas, counters. The tablets, bottles, caps and cartons are reusable. Putting into service and training are included. Teaching equipment codeveloped with the BEMA Company. Productis + pick and place Description • The Cartesian robot deals with: --Feeding, --Unloading, --Putting the bottles leaving the PRODUCTIS unit into cartons. • It has 6 storage locations (bottles, caps and cartons) and it can manage 2 carton filling sequences simultaneously. Once a carton has been filled, it is moved on to the storage location automatically. • The logistical stocker is used to place the cartons in 5 different storage areas depending on the storage orders programmed or stemming from the production units zones situated upstream. • Contact us to obtain a detailed configuration. • Monitoring with the MES, MRP and CAMM functions, developed on the basis of the LINA software program, is also available (see "Assembly line with augmented reality, simulation and monitoring” page). Stocker References Pick and place for flexible dosing line Stocker for flexible dosing line Labeller for flexible dosing line Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific E72 Designated skills • • • • Analysis Studying Piloting Adjusting Life is On | Schneider Electric MD1AE910MR MD1AE911M221 MD1AE912 Themes studied • • • • • Automatic control Axis control Industrial detection Pneumatic Communication networks Recommended training To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Machines Conditioning line for placing in slipcases You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48487 • Putting a system into service. • Making mechanical and pneumatic adjustments. • Piloting a line and carrying out production changeovers. • Diagnosing. • Automating. • Studying diagrams. • Carrying out mechanical design work. • Studying various technologies. The • Multi-technology industrial machine. • Multi-course teaching equipment. • Control by iPad possible. Presentation On this industrial packaging line, the products are over-packed in slipcases and then labelled and placed in trays. The line carries out the following functions: • Selection of a product to be over-packed, • Unstacking of the slipcase at the filling station, • Checking the presence of the products and the slipcases at the various stations, • Transfer of the product and the slipcase, • Unloading of the slipcase, • Possibility of throughput operation (without placing in a slipcase). Conditioning line The product, slipcase, and grouping tray consumables are reusable. Description Contents • Synchronous motorisation. • Asynchronous motorisation. • Variable speed controller. • Linear cylinder. • Sercos axis controller. • Sercos safety module. • Touch-screen HMI. • Ethernet network, Sercos III bus. References Conditioning line for placing in slipcases Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific Designated skills • • • • Analysis Studying Piloting Adjusting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue UEHGFOURREAU Themes studied • • • • • Axis control Industrial detection Human-machine dialogue Power electronics Pneumatic Recommended training To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai Life is On | Schneider Electric E73 Machines Conditioning line for placing in trays You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48500 • Putting a system into service. • Making mechanical and pneumatic adjustments. • Piloting a line and carrying out production changeovers. • Diagnosing. • Automating. • Studying diagrams. • Carrying out mechanical design work. • Studying various technologies. The • Multi-technology industrial machine. • 3-axis robot. • Control by iPad possible. Presentation On this industrial packaging line, the products are over-packed in slipcases, then labelled, and then placed in trays. The line carries out the following functions: • Checking the presence of the trays and the slipcases at the various stations, • Transfer of the slipcases to the station for placing in trays, • Gripping of the slipcase by a gripper with suction cups, • Orientation of the slipcase along the axis, • Placing the slipcases in 2 rows of 3 products and in 2 layers, • Removal of the full trays. The product, slipcase, and grouping tray consumables are reusable. Description Conditioning line Contents • Delta robot. • Synchronous motorisation. • Asynchronous motorisation. • Variable speed controller. • Linear cylinder. • Sercos axis controller. • Sercos safety module. • Touch-screen HMI. • Ethernet network, Sercos III bus. References Conditioning line for placing in trays Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific E74 Designated skills • • • • Analysis Studying Piloting Adjusting Life is On | Schneider Electric UEHGBARQUETTE Themes studied • • • • • Axis control Industrial detection Human-machine dialogue Power electronics Pneumatic Recommended training To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Machines Complete assembly line with stations to be determined You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48489 • Finding out about and assessing an automatic industrial control system. • Studying components involving various technologies: pneumatic, detection, electrotechnical fields. • Making a functional and structural analysis. • Studying electrical diagrams. • Analysing components and an electrical wiring system. • Putting a system into service. • Operating and piloting a line. • Programming, modifying a program. • Adjusting and changing a set of manufacturing instructions. • Troubleshooting. The • Numerous combinations possible. • The line can be progressively upgraded. • Piloting by touch-screen tablet. Presentation The assembly line reproduces the manufacturing stages for making a ball bearing. A pallet moves from one station to the next. An operation is executed at each station, such as: base feed station + bearing placing station + robot station + storage station. The line is proposed in a modular version (each station has its own transfer system) or in a central transfer version (the stations are grouped around a single conveyor). This equipment has been developed jointly with the SMC Company. Line in modular version Description Elements common to all the stations: • Control cabinet with transparent door, Ethernet PLC, CANopen field bus, and 5” colour touch-screen display unit, • Direct current motor on integrated transfer system or 90 W asynchronous motor on central transfer system, • Wireless energy measurement system, • Inching motors for the trays, • Transparent protective casing with door equipped with a safety contact, • Integrated transfer system with pallet indexer, holding stops, lift and pallet rotating system, • Transport pallets with RFID identification system. Line in central transfer version The stations (except No. 7 Robot, No. 8 Stores and No. 10 Control) are fitted with failure boxes that enable the training officer to create up to 16 different failures on the sensors and actuators. References MD1AESC (Contact us) Central transfer for assembly line Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific Designated skills • Analysis • Studying • Piloting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Themes studied • • • • • Automatic control Motor control Industrial detection Pneumatic Communication networks Recommended training To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai Life is On | Schneider Electric E75 Machines Bearing supply and positioning stations with hydraulic press You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48488 • Finding out about and assessing an automatic industrial control system. • Studying components involving various technologies: pneumatic, detection, electrotechnical fields. • Making a functional and structural analysis. • Studying electrical diagrams. • Setting up an electrical wiring system. • Putting a system into service. • Operating and piloting a line. • Programming, modifying a program. • Adjusting and changing a set of manufacturing instructions. • Troubleshooting. The • Numerous combinations possible. • Piloting by touch-screen tablet. Presentation Station No. 1 deals with feeds of bases. Station No. 2 places the bearing on the base. To enrich the possibilities, it is possible to place bearings of various heights. Station No. 3 presses the bearing into the base hydraulically. Description Station No. 1: feeding bases It carries out the following operations: • Feeding bases, • Checking base positions, • Transport of the bases, • Discarding bases that are NOK, • Insertion in the pallet housing. Base feeding station Station No. 2: placing bearings It carries out the following operations: • Feeding bearings, • Transfer to the measurement station, • Measurement of the bearing height, • Insertion of the bearing. Picking station Station No. 3: hydraulic press It carries out the following operations: • Insertion of the base + bearing assembly, • Feeding the press, • Pressing the bearing, • Extraction of the assembly. Order preparation station • Manual station with 12 locations fitted with picking sensors to guide the operator in his choices. • API box and HMI for management of stocks, linked to MO monitoring or not. References Station No. 1: feeding bases (Contact us) Station No. 2: placing bearings (Contact us) MD1AES1 MD1AES2 Station No. 3: hydraulic press MD1AES3 Station No. 1: base feeding station with integrated transfer MD1AESM1 Station No. 2: bearing placing station with integrated MD1AESM2 transfer Station No. 3: hydraulic press with integrated transfer Manual picking station and PLC Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific E76 Designated skills • Analysis • Studying • Piloting Life is On | Schneider Electric (Contact us) (Contact us) (Contact us) MD1AESM3 (Contact us) MD1AESPICK (Contact us) Themes studied • • • • • Automatic control Motor control Industrial detection Pneumatic Communication networks Recommended training To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Machines Shaft insertion, cover removal and screw insertion stations You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48465 • Finding out about and assessing an automatic industrial control system. • Studying components in pneumatic technology. • Making a functional and structural analysis. • Studying temperature regulation. • Studying electrical diagrams. • Analysing components and an electrical wiring system. • Putting a system into service. • Operating and piloting a line. • Programming and modifying a program. • Adjusting and changing a set of manufacturing instructions. • Troubleshooting. The • Numerous combinations possible. • Piloting by touch-screen tablet. Presentation Station No. 4 inserts a shaft in the bearing. Station No. 5 places a cover on the bearing. Station No. 6 inserts 4 assembly screws. Description Station No. 4 inserting shafts It carries out the following operations: • Feeding the shafts on an indexing tray, • Measurement of the shaft height • Detection of the shaft material, • Discarding of NOK shafts, • Insertion of the shaft in the bearing. Shaft placing station Station No. 5 placing the cover It carries out the following operations: • Feeding the covers on an indexing tray, • Loading a cover, • Detection of the material, • Measurement of the cover, • Discarding of NOK covers, • Insertion of the cover. Station No. 6 screw insertion It carries out the following operations: • Feeding screws, • Transfer of pallets, • Screw insertion handler. Screw insertion station References Station No. 4: shaft insertion Station No. 5: cover insertion Station No. 6: screw insertion Station No. 4: shaft insertion with integrated transfer Station No. 5: cover insertion with integrated transfer Station No. 6: screw insertion with integrated transfer Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific Designated skills • Analysis • Studying • Piloting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue MD1AES4 MD1AES5 MD1AES6 MD1AESM4 MD1AESM5 MD1AESM6 (Contact us) (Contact us) (Contact us) (Contact us) (Contact us) (Contact us) Themes studied • • • • • Automatic control Motor control Industrial detection Pneumatic Communication networks Recommended training To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai Life is On | Schneider Electric E77 Machines Robot, stores and painting stations You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48466 • Finding out about and assessing an automatic industrial control system. • Studying components involving various technologies: pneumatic, electrotechnical fields. • Making a functional and structural analysis. • Studying electrical diagrams. • Analysing components and an electrical wiring system. • Putting a system into service. • Operating and piloting a line. • Programming, modifying a program. • Adjusting and changing a set of manufacturing instructions. • Troubleshooting. The • Numerous combinations possible. • Piloting by touch-screen tablet. Presentation Station No. 7 screws a cover on the base. Station No. 8 places the finished product in the stores. Station No. 9 bakes the paintwork. Description Station No. 7: standard Stäubli 6-axis robot protected by a cover (contact us for other robots) It carries out the following operations: • Insertion and tightening of the 4 screws, • Assembly and disassembly of elements stored in 2 areas. Robot station Station No. 8: storage of the finished product It carries out the following operations: • Storage by a 2-axis Cartesian robot, • Placing of the parts by positioning. Station No. 9: Painting It carries out the following operations: • Insertion of the units in the oven (simulated), • Drying operation with regulation, • Extraction of the assembly. References Station No. 7: robot Station No. 8: automatic stores Station No. 9: painting Station No. 7: robot with integrated transfer Station No. 8: stores with integrated transfer Station No. 9: painting with integrated transfer Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific E78 Designated skills • Analysis • Studying • Piloting Life is On | Schneider Electric MD1AES7 MD1AES8 MD1AES9 MD1AESM7 MD1AESM8 MD1AESM9 (Contact us) (Contact us) (Contact us) (Contact us) (Contact us) (Contact us) Themes studied • • • • • Stores station Automatic control Motor control Industrial detection Pneumatic Communication networks Recommended training To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/ifai 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Machines Quality control station You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48436 • Finding out about and assessing an automatic industrial control system. • Studying of the components of various technologies: electrical field. • Grasping industrial communication (CANopen, Ethernet). • Studying vision sensors and brushless motorisation. • Analysing thermal regulation. • Making a functional and structural analysis. • Studying electrical diagrams. • Analysing components and an electrical wiring system. • Putting a line into service, operating and piloting a line. • Programming, modifying a program. • Adjusting and changing a set of manufacturing instructions. • Troubleshooting. The • Numerous combinations possible. • Piloting by touch-screen tablet. Presentation Station No. 10 executes quality control using artificial vision. Description Station No. 10: quality control It carries out the following operations: • Insertion/extraction of the assembly, • Placing on/removal from a rotating table, • Control using an artificial vision system, • Discarding faulty products. Quality control station References Station No. 10: quality control Station No. 10: quality control with integrated transfer Decision aid Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Electrical engineering • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific Designated skills • Analysis • Studying • Piloting 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue MD1AES10 (Contact us) MD1AESM10 (Contact us) Themes studied • • • • • Automatic control Motor control Industrial detection Pneumatic Communication networks Recommended training To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai Life is On | Schneider Electric E79 Machines Assembly line with augmented reality, simulation and monitoring New version You can find out more on the Web Training objectives schneider-electric.fr/equipement-48452 • Using tools from the industry of the future. • Piloting an automated line. • Analysing process alarms. • Monitoring manufacturing orders. • Developing an industrial monitoring solution. • Monitoring production (manufacturing order, OEE). • Using and configuring a CAMM system. Presentation Augmented reality can be used to execute faster, easier maintenance while reducing the risk of error. An AR tablet centred on the points of interest of the stations is used to: • Access the electrical, pneumatic, and mechanical diagrams, • Access the sensor service documents and instructions, • Manage faults, • Execute inching adjustment procedures. Virtual reality can be used to place learners in immersion in front of the line, with the stations in 3 dimensions, to execute scenarios covering training in line piloting. Simulation of the stations via 3D modelling provides the possibility of executing tutorials to master the operating, mechanical and process modes. It also enables learners to execute tutorials covering automatic control (all 6 models simulated - licence covering 1 or 8 stations). The basic monitoring system can be used to display the state of each station in the assembly cycle, in real time. It can be used to configure and monitor the station or stations present on the line, send manufacturing orders (MOs), manage alarms (connected, aut/man, ready, initial conditions), and store data. The MES, OEE, IS, and CAMM monitoring systems are developed on the basis of the LINA software program from the IMAP Company in the API Group. They complete the basic monitoring system and they can be used to work with a configurable information system relying on databases. The system ERP and CAMM are used to analyse consumption levels of raw materials and energy, customer orders, MOs, operators, system performance and maintenance (preventive actions, work requests, work orders, technical documentations, analyses). The • Augmented reality: --Swift troubleshooting, --Contact-free diagnosis. • Monitoring: --Upgradeable tool, --CAMM integrated. Augmented reality Station simulation Description Monitoring • Application on PC. • 1 manufacturing monitoring display. • 1 display per station. • Licence covering 1 station. Simulation • Application on PC. • 3D displays per station. • Licence covering 1 station. References Augmented reality for assembly line Virtual reality (x stations) Initial simulation (1 station or x stations) Monitoring assembly line Monitoring, MES, OEE, IS, and CAMM Putting into service and training (inclusive period of 1 day) MD1AESRA MDSIMAESMx MD1AESIMx MD1AESSUP MD1AESSUPG MD1SMIF Decision aid Recommended training Sectors concerned • Automatic systems • Maintenance • Computer-integrated manufacturing • Scientific E80 Designated skills • Analysis • Studying • Piloting Life is On | Schneider Electric Themes studied • Simulation • Monitoring To update knowledge, Schneider Electric Training proposes the following course: Constituents of automated systems schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric E81 Modules and accessories Shared elements..................................................F2 Operational parts ................................................F3 Power supply and protection...............................F6 Residential and small services buildings.............F7 Home automation and automatic systems in buildings.........................................................F10 Solar and wind power.........................................F18 Control................................................................F19 Machine safety...................................................F20 Motor starting and variable speed controllers...F21 Automatic control...............................................F24 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric F1 Shared elements Safe working kit for authorisation bench and case MD1AA639 The kit consists of: • Voltage detector, • Personal protection equipment (PPE): insulating gloves and face mask, • Tagging out accessories, • Marking tape. Safe working kit for authorisation system MD1AA518 The kit consists of: • Voltage detector, • Personal protection equipment (PPE): insulating gloves and face mask, • Tagging out accessories, • Marking tape. Sets of safety leads with double-recess sockets MD1AACORDONS The kit consists of: coloured leads (black, blue, red and green-yellow) to connect the modules to one another. Support frame MD1AM000 Metal frame enabling installation of 18 simple modules. F2 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Operational parts Belt conveyor (1 m) Incandescent lamp module MD1AMP002 MD1AMP004 Conveyor equipped with a motor and reducer and a photoelectric cell enabling control in 2 operating directions. 15 W lamp that can be used to execute a lighting command via traditional or KNX wiring. Belt conveyor (2 m) Automatic PO barrier module MD1AMP024 MD1AMP005 Motorised conveyor with 230/400 V motor and photoelectric detectors enabling control in 2 operating directions. Enables animation of a PLC program with 2 motorised barriers. Connection via Sub-D connector. Temperature control module PO module for small electric roller shutter MD1AMP006 MD1AMP007 Enables simulation of operation of an oven to find out about regulation. Enables animation of a KNX control to pilot raising and lowering of an electric roller shutter. Traffic management module Industrial process simulation module MD1AMP003 MD1AMP008 Enables learners to find out about programming a PLC by simulating operation of traffic lights at a crossroads. Enables simulation of a belt conveyor equipped with a presence detection system and an automatic station with cylinder. Lamp module with dimmer Lamp support module + 3 lamps MD1AMP022 MD1AMP009 Enables animation of the KNX control to dim a 1-10 V fluorescent lamp. • Designed for use as a load in various applications and in particular with KNX modules. • Supplied with 3 lamps: --Dimmable 18 W compact fluorescent lamp, --6 W LED, --230 V - 46 W halogen lamp. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric F3 Operational parts Compact fluorescent lamp support module Teaching motor 0.75 kW - 230/400 V MD1AMP026 MD1AA529 • Designed for use as a load in various applications and in particular with KNX modules. • Supplied with 1 dimmable 18 W compact fluorescent lamp. Motor used to simulate various types of electromechanical equipment (forced draught fan unit, electric pump, lifting hoist, etc.). Halogen lamp support module Teaching motor 0.75 kW - 400 /690 V MD1AMP028 MD1AA529LT • This module is designed for use as a load in various applications and in particular with KNX modules. • It consists of: --1 support for a lamp, --Two black sockets for powering the lamp with a 230 V AC supply. • Supplied with 1 x 230 V - 46 W halogen lamp. Motor enabling simulation of various types of electromechanical equipment (forced draught fan unit, electric pump, lifting hoist, etc.). LED lamp support module Radiator MD1AMP027 MD1AMP010 • This module is designed for use as a load in various applications and in particular with KNX modules. • Supplied with 1 x 6 W LED lamp. 2,000 W teaching radiator fitted with 4 mm safety sockets for easy connection to the various control modules. 230/400 V three-phase asynchronous motor Venitian blind MD1AMP001 MD1AASTORE 180 W asynchronous motor mounted on a base with connecting sockets. Venitian blind with swivel slats and 24 V DC motor to raise, lower and swivel the slats. The self-locking brake can stop the blind at any height. 400/690 V three-phase asynchronous motor Centrifugal fan unit MD1AMP013 MD1AMP014 Asynchronous motor mounted on a base with connecting sockets. Variable air flow fan unit with a transparent column enabling display of the air flow put out. F4 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Roller shutter MD1AAVOLETR Roller shutter with raising and lowering control. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric F5 Power supply and protection 24 V DC 2.5 A power supply module MD1AM4001 Voltage converter providing 24 V DC supplies for the modules and accessories. 24 V DC 4.2 A power supply module MD1AM4002 Voltage converter providing 24 V DC supplies for the modules and accessories. Ammeter / voltmeter module MD1AMS001 Includes two measuring units: • 0 – 500 mA analogue ammeter • 0 - 30 V DC analogue voltmeter. 230 V - 10 A single phase protection module MD1AM2001 Provides a 230 V AC electricity supply for the modules and protects property and persons. 400 V 10 A three-phase protection module MD1AM2002 Provides an electricity supply for the modules from a three-phase source. F6 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Residential and small services buildings Pushbutton module 16 A circuit-breaker module MD1AM6015 MD1AM6003 The pushbutton is a pulse type control unit. It is to be linked to a remote control switch. The module provides protection from overloading and short-circuits on the line and receivers located downline. Double pushbutton module Main circuit breaker and subscriber meter module MD1AM6017 MD1AM6001 The pushbuttons are pulse type control units. They are to be linked to a remote control switch. • Contents: --Main ground-leakage circuit breaker --Electronic subscriber meter. • Double module. • Power supply: 230 V AC Illuminated pushbutton module Double two-way switch module MD1AM6016 MD1AM6033 The pushbutton is a pulse type control unit. It is to be linked to a remote control switch. Its indicator light enables location of the control. Double pushbutton unit for switch and two-way switch wiring. Contactor module Load shedder module MD1AM6009 MD1AM6013 Controlled by the electricity meter’s “off-peak” contact, by a programmable clock, or a load shedder, it controls a power circuit (water heater, heating, washing machine, etc.). It includes a three-position selector switch: temporary forced operation, automatic mode and off. When the current level exceeds the preset threshold, the load shedder temporarily sheds (for 5 to 10 minutes) the circuits selected as not being priority circuits. 10 A circuit-breaker module Motion sensor module MD1AM6002 MD1AM6019 The module provides protection from overloading and short-circuits on the line and receivers located downline. It switches the lighting on if a movement is detected and if the ambient luminosity is lower than the preset threshold, and then switches the lighting off after the last movement detected, at the end of a time delay that can be adjusted beforehand. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric F7 Residential and small services buildings 16 A differential switch module Power socket module MD1AM6004 MD1AM6018 • The module controls the downline receiver circuits. • It also provides protection for: --People from direct or indirect contacts > = 30 mA, --And installations from insulation faults. 2P+G power socket with safety cutoffs. 20 A differential switch module Temperature sensor module MD1AM6005 MD1AM6029 • The module controls the downline receiver circuits. • It also provides protection for: --People from direct or indirect contacts > = 30 mA, --And installations from insulation faults. The ambient temperature sensor is to be connected to a thermostat. Programmable 7-day switch module Thermostat module MD1AM6008 MD1AM6030 The IHP programmable timer module controls opening and closing of one or two independent circuits according to a program written by the user and stored in the memory. The modules can control lighting, heating, signing, access control circuits, etc. • The thermostat monitors and regulates the ambient temperature between +8 and +26°C with 3 temperature set points: • Comfort: area in use, • Reduced: area not in use, • Frost protection: prolonged periods without use. Timer module Room temperature thermostat module MD1AM6010 MD1AM6027 This module closes and then opens a contact after an adjustable preset time of 1 to 7 minutes. The room temperature thermostat enables selection of a temperature set point, to pilot convectors, valves, burners or boilers. Timer module with early OFF warning Remote control switch module MD1AM6020 MD1AM6006 The timer is controlled remotely by pushbuttons, and it enables closing of a circuit for a selected period of time. The early OFF warning enables lighting of the indicator lights in the pushbuttons connected, to warn of imminent opening of the circuit. It enables local pulse control: each pulse delivered by a pushbutton makes it possible to reverse the remote-control switch’s operating state, causing its contact to open or close. F8 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Remote control switch module + control MD1AM6007 The remote control switch is used for local pulse control purposes. The auxiliary control and signalling unit provides centralised command of the remote control switch, while keeping the individual local control of each remote control switch active. Two-way switch module MD1AM6014 The two-way switch is an inverting switch that enables an electric lamp to be switched on or off via two or more control switches. Rotary dimmer module MD1AM6025 The dimmer enables modification of the power level for a lamp. It can be connected to a two-way switch system. Dusk-to-dawn switch modules MD1AM6012 The dusk-to-dawn switch module commands closing or opening of a circuit (shop window lighting, signing, etc.) when the brightness threshold detected by the cell reaches the set threshold. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric F9 Home automation and automatic systems in buildings Fibre inspecting equipment 1-10 V - 1 x 18/57 W ballast module MD1ALFOAI3 MD1AM3038 Enables analysis and creation of automatic test reports for optical fibres. Enables piloting of a DALI ballast. Includes an interface between the KNX bus and stabilisers / transformers with 1 – 10 V control. To be linked to the KNX actuator module for DALI interface ref. MD1AM3020. Module with 3 x 50/5 A current transformers DALI ballast module for 18 W compact fluorescent lamp MD1AM2004 MD1AMP021 • Includes 3 current transformers (CTs) ref. METSECT5CC005. • The primary current can be measured using two different models: --CT with through primary, --with connection of the primary circuit using a screw and nut. Can be used to pilot a DALI 1-10 V ballast with an 18 W compact fluorescent lamp. 8-indicator light module Anemometer sensor module with 0-10 V interface MD1AM3035 MD1AM2011 Includes 8 green 230 V AC indicator lights equipped with two black sockets. Can be used to convert a wind speed into a 0-10 V signal for the energy management bench. 24 V DC and 24 V AC power supply module 0-10 V thermal sensor module MD1AM3023 MD1AM2013 Delivers the power required for operation of modules powered by 24 V DC and AC supplies. The max current is 2.5 A. Must be connected to the 230 V mains supply downline from a suitable electrical protection device (single phase protection module ref. MD1AM2001) Can be used to convert a temperature into a 0-10 V signal for the energy management bench. 320 mA KNX power supply module Measurement unit module MD1AM3028 MD1AM2003 Can be used to provide a power supply for the KNX bus for 64 participants. • Includes a PM3250 measurement unit. • To be linked to the 3 CT module ref. MD1AM2004 • Supplied with an RJ45 / RJ45 Ethernet cable, Cat. 5. F10 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue IEM3255 measuring unit module DALI 3-address module MD1AM2015 MD1AMP025 Enables energy measurements to be made via a unit with integrated toruses for the energy management bench. Enables piloting of LEDs of 3 different colours. 63 A Modbus single phase measurement unit module Rain sensor module MD1AM2018 MD1AM2012 Direct measurement (built-in torus) of the values necessary for monitoring of a single phase electrical installation: kWh, kVARh, active and reactive power, power factor, current level, voltage, frequency. Can be used to convert rainfall into a 0-10 V signal for the energy management bench. Card control module EnOcean luminosity sensor module MD1AM6031 MD1AM2024 Card control modules are used in hotel rooms to validate the power supply and heating. This switch features a locating lamp. It requires a 230 V power supply. Measures indoor luminosity and transmits information over wireless channels when the variation in luminosity exceeds 20 lux or every 20 minutes if there is no variation. Water metering module EnOcean wireless window contact module MD1AMP017 MD1AM2025 Enables simulation of water consumption for the energy management bench. Detects the status of a window and transmits information over wireless channels when the status changes and about every 15 minutes to report its current status. SSL input / output module EnOcean double wireless switch module without battery MD1AMP030 MD1AM6034 Enables simulation of inputs and outputs for the EnOcean bench. Sends a radio signal using the energy generated when pressed. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric F11 Home automation and automatic systems in buildings EnOcean presence detector and luminosity module MD1AM2020 Enables detection of movement and measures luminosity for lighting regulation as a function of the natural lighting input and whether a person is present in the area. EnOcean wireless temperature sensor module with set point offset MD1AM2016 Enables the user to modify the set point via a graduated knurled knob. The electricity supply is provided by a solar collector. EnOcean wireless switch module without battery HOME I/O module MD1AM6032 MD1AM0029 Sends a radio signal using the energy generated when pressed. Enables simulation of 8 inputs and 8 outputs for the Home I/O software. EnOcean wireless receiver module with 1 logic output KNX IP / KNX InSideControl interface module MD1AM2021 MD1AM3044 Enables switching of various 230 V electrical load units (such as incandescent lamps, halogen lamps, electronic ballasts, or fan units) via an EnOcean radio transmitter without battery. Connects the KNX installation to the IP network (LAN). Enables of control of the installation from a smartphone or a tablet (5 at most) via the Inside Control app, available in IOS and Android versions. EnOcean wireless receiver module with 2 logic outputs 2-binary input KNX module MD1AM2022 MD1AM3015 Used to command electric blind raising or lowering from an EnOcean radio transmitter without battery. Includes an interface that generates an internal signal for connecting conventional pushbuttons or novoltage contacts. There are two switches wired for local simulation. The two inputs have a yellow status display LED. EnOcean 1-10 V wireless receiver module 4-binary input KNX module MD1AM2019 MD1AM3004 Used to vary lighting equipped with 1-10 V ballast in order to provide lighting control according to the amount of natural ambient light. It also provides the possibility of manually adjusting the lighting level via EnOcean switches. F12 Life is On | Schneider Electric Enables connection of conventional units with 230 V AC outputs. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue 8-binary input KNX module 4-output KNX dimmer actuator module MD1AM3051 MD1AM3046 Specially designed for use with the MD1AM0029 "HOME I/O software program and interface box” teaching equipment. Can also be used in control mode, by linking it to traditional pushbuttons. Enables switching and current variation on 4 separate outputs. Automatic detection of the type of load. 4-output KNX actuator module KNX actuator module for 1-10 V interface MD1AM3003 MD1AM3042 Can be used to switch the four outputs independently from each other via NO or NC contacts. Includes an interface between the KNX bus and stabilisers / transformers with 1 – 10 V control. KNX switching actuator module with current measurement, 2 outputs KNX actuator module for DALI interfaces MD1AM3045 Enables separate switching and current measurement on two outputs. 1-output KNX dimmer actuator module MD1AM3005 Enables switching and current variation on an output. KNX dimming actuator module with 2 outputs (compatible with LEDs) MD1AM3053 Enables switching and current variation on 2 separate outputs. Automatic detection of the type of load. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue MD1AM3020 Used as a gateway between the KNX bus and the DALI lighting interfaces. KNX actuator module for radiator with hot water circulation MD1AM3021 Includes a proportional electric servomotor with integrated bus coupler, a microprocessor control with automatic detection of valve travel and two integrated binary inputs (“window open” sensor). KNX actuator module for blinds / roller shutters MD1AM3008 Enables separate switching of two drive systems for blinds or roller shutters. Type of motor: 230 V AC - 3 wires: 2 phases (raise / lower) + 1 neutral Life is On | Schneider Electric F13 Home automation and automatic systems in buildings KNX actuator module for blinds / roller shutters + 24 V DC power supply MD1AM3041 Enables separate switching of 4 drive systems for blinds or roller shutters. Type of motor: 24 V DC with polarity reversal. KNX actuator module for fan coil units MD1AM3033 Used to control 3-speed fan coil units and 3-point motor drives (continuous / pulsed modulation) or 2-point thermal drives. 24 V DC KNX power supply module MD1AM3032 Used to power various KNX components such as a homeLYnk IP controller, an InSideControl gateway, or an IP router. KNX bus power supply module MD1AM3001 Provides the power required for KNX bus operation. Must be connected to the 230 V mains supply downline from a suitable electrical protection device (single phase 230 V AC / 10 A protection module ref. MD1AM2001). KNX module with 4-button Artec pushbuttons MD1AM3009 Includes a double serigraphy marked pushbutton (2 Raise / Lower buttons and 2 O / I buttons) and a configurable status indicator light. KNX module with 4-button Artec pushbuttons, temperature controller and infrared receiver MD1AM3029 Includes an Artec pushbutton unit with 8 buttons configurable 2 by 2, 1 display unit, 1 buzzer, 1 infrared receiver for the remote control ref. MTN5761-0000, 1 thermostat for heating or air conditioning, and configurable indicator lights (1 for each button + 1 general). KNX module with 4-button M-plan pushbuttons, temperature controller and infrared receiver MD1AM3017 Includes an Artec pushbutton unit with 8 buttons configurable 2 by 2, 1 display unit, 1 buzzer, 1 infrared receiver for the remote control ref. MTN5761-0000, 1 thermostat for heating or air conditioning, and configurable indicator lights. KNX module with Artec multifunction 4-button pushbuttons MD1AM3011 Includes an Artec pushbutton unit with 4 buttons. The lower centre part on the front panel can be configured as an additional control key. KNX module with multifunction 4-button M-plan pushbuttons KNX module multifunction pushbutton unit with Artec infrared receiver MD1AM3027 MD1AM3010 Includes an M-Plan pushbutton unit with 4 buttons. The lower centre part on the front panel can be configured as an additional control key. F14 Life is On | Schneider Electric Includes an Artec pushbutton unit with 8 buttons and an infrared receiver for the remote control ref. MTN5761-0000. The lower centre part on the front panel can be configured as an additional control key. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue KNX module multifunction pushbutton unit with M-plan infrared receiver KNX motion detector module with Argus infrared receiver MD1AM3019 MD1AM3014 Includes an M-Plan pushbutton unit with 8 buttons and an infrared receiver for the remote control ref. MTN5761-0000. The lower centre part on the front panel can be configured as an additional control key. Includes an indoor motion detector with infrared receiver for the remote control unit ref. MTN5761-0000, and a luminosity sensor enabling adjustment of the lighting level depending on whether a person is present. When a movement is detected, a data telegram is sent. KNX energy meter module KNX module with M-Plan motion detector MD1AM3048 MD1AM3013 Used to measure and monitor consumption levels on 3 channels. The data are transmitted on the bus for analysis and display. Includes an indoor motion detector with luminosity sensor. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined during the programming stage is sent. KNX Altira temperature controller module KNX module with M-Plan motion detector MD1AM3037 MD1AM3018 Can be used to manage heating or cooling systems with continuously variable KNX servomotors to control the switching and heating actuators. Includes an indoor motion detector with anti-crawling system. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined during the programming stage is sent. KNX IP homeLYnk controller module KNX module with 7” touch-screen display unit MD1AM3049 MD1AM3024 Enables local or remote control of an installation via a u.motion display unit (homeLYnk local app), a computer (Internet browser), or a smartphone / tablet (homeLYnk remote app). Used to display and monitor the building switching and lighting variation functionalities. KNX coupler / repeater system module KNX module with programmable clock MD1AM3002 MD1AM3006 Provides the logical link and galvanic separation of lines and domains. An inverter enables mode changes: coupler (the component is wired in parallel on the bus and it creates a new line (or zone) or amplifier (the bus enters the component to be reformatted and then exits it). 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Manual programming on the unit, or on a PC with the LTS software to be ordered separately (ref. CCT15860). Life is On | Schneider Electric F15 Home automation and automatic systems in buildings KNX USB interface module for connection to the bus KNX weather station module MD1AM3007 MD1AM3047 Enables connection to the KNX bus for programming or diagnostics via a computer featuring the ETS software. Measures the weather data and sends them to the bus: wind, brightness and temperature can be used independently or combined. KNX module with Modbus/KNX measurement gateway EGX300 gateway module MD1AM3050 MD1AM2005 Gateway between a Modbus installation and the KNX bus. It transmits the measured power and the consumption values from the Modbus meters connected to the BUS. Used as an Ethernet gateway for units communicating via Modbus RS485 protocol and enables display of raw data via an integrated Web server. KNX module with Modbus/KNX gateway WiFi router module MD1AM3039 MD1AM2010 Integrates a server type KNX / ModBus interface. A maximum of 100 group addresses can be defined. Enables management of a set of wireless communication protocols and provides links between several units (computer, touch-screen tablet). KNX IP / connection interface router module BACnet thermostat regulator module with display unit MD1AM3031 MD1AM2017 As an IP router, it enables exchanges of telegrams between different KNX lines via a LAN (IP). As a connection interface, it enables connection to the KNX bus for configuration and diagnostics with the ETS software. Enables regulation of terminals such as fan coil units, heat pumps, etc. Its intuitive user interface with back-lit touch-screen is used to configure it and set its parameters according to the application. KNX thermal servomotor module CO2/humidity/temperature sensor module MD1AM3034 MD1AM3052 Includes a thermostatic regulator to open and close the valves enabling 2-point or PWM (regulation of heating, air conditioning and ventilation). F16 Life is On | Schneider Electric Enables air quality management. Alert when the dewpoint is reached for the cooling system. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Temperature sensor module T71C double furnace core to core welder with cleaver MD1AM2014 MD1ALFOSD71 Measures the temperature over a range from 0 to 50°C. Output: NTC thermistor: Upmarket welder for optical fibres. Copper and optics qualifier T201 economical duct to duct welder MD1ALFOAI4 MD1ALFOSDG Qualifier providing information on the functional characteristics of the active and passive networks. Touch micro-welder for optical fibres with single-axis duct to duct alignment for connections between FTTH customers and Company networks. Reflectometer Infrared remote control MD1ALFODTR MTN5761-0000 Apparatus used to characterise and locate defects in fibre optics cables. Remote control unit used with modules refs. MD1AM3 010, MD1AM3014, and MD1AM3019. Tablet reflectometer MD1ALFODTRECO Reflectometer that can be used to test and characterise fibre optics systems. T55 core to core welder with cleaver MD1ALFOSD55 Welder for optical fibres. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric F17 Solar and wind power Outside wind turbine on mast. Solar panel MDG99440 MD1AMS005 Teaching wind turbine on mast that can be used to power the REn study and production bench. When exposed to sunlight (or an appropriate light source) it delivers electrical energy which is used to recharge a 12-V battery, after being regulated. Motorised wind turbine Fixed solar panels MDG99430 MDG99410 Bench with autonomously driven teaching wind turbine that can be used to power the REn study and production bench. Teaching photovoltaic panel used to power the REn study and production bench. 12 V DC battery module Solarimeter and thermometer MD1AMS003 MDG99415 Includes 1 x 12 V lead battery and 2 fuse holders placed upline and downline from the battery to protect it from overcurrents and short circuits. Kit consisting of a solarimeter and a thermometer that can be used to study the influence of solar radiation and the outside temperature on the electrical energy production level for the REn bench. 230 V AC - 30 W inverter module Solar tracker, connected version MD1AMS004 MDG99420 The inverter converts the 12 V DC power provided by the battery into 230 V AC power. Teaching photovoltaic panel with GPS piloted monitoring, used to power the REn study and production bench. Battery charge regulator module MD1AMS002 • Includes an electronic regulator circuit that stops charging when the lead battery voltage reaches 13.9 V. • Charging resumes when the voltage falls below 13 V. • Supplied with one pair of jumpers (red and blue) F18 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Control Variable speed controller command module MD1AM7001 Complete interface designed to command an Altivar variable speed controller. Motor starting control module MD1AM7004 Complete interface designed to control a motor starting system. Machine control module MD1AM7002 Complete interface designed to control a motor starting system. ZigBee control box interface module MD1AM7003 Enables execution of wireless control using the ZigBee protocol. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric F19 Machine safety Emergency stop module Zero speed module MD1AM9001 MD1AM9005 Enables monitoring of emergency stop circuits. Enables monitoring of complete stopping for a motor. Emergency stop module and limit switch MD1AM9002 Enables monitoring of emergency stop modules and safety switches. Coded magnetic switch module MD1AM9003 Monitoring of coded magnetic switches. Time-delay module MD1AM9004 Enables monitoring of time lapses between safety functions. Time-delay module MD1AM9006 Enables monitoring of time lapses, zero speed and solenoid valves. F20 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Motor starting and variable speed controllers 25 A contactor module with 240 V AC control Altistart 200/240 V AC soft starter module MD1AM1013 MD1AM1010 TeSys D three-pole contactor, rating 25 A, with two auxiliary contacts. Altistart 01 three-phase soft starter and slowing device, up to 6 A. 9 A contactor module with 24 V DC control Altistart 380/415 V AC soft starter module MD1AM1008 MD1AM1018 TeSys D three-pole contactor, rating 9 A, with two auxiliary contacts. Altistart 01 three-phase soft starter and slowing device, up to 6 A. Auxiliary contactor module with 5 contacts and 24 V DC control TeSys U motor starting module, from 0.35 to 1.4 A MD1AM1001 TeSys D auxiliary contactor fitted with 5 auxiliary contacts. Enables control and protection from short circuits and overloads for motors with one operating direction. 9 A inverter contactor module with 24 V DC control TeSys U motor starting module, from 1.25 to 5 A MD1AM1009 MD1AM1022 TeSys D three-pole inverter contactor, rating 9 A, with four auxiliary contacts. Enables control and protection from short circuits and overloads for motors with one operating direction. Time-delay auxiliary contact module TeSys Vario switch-isolating switch module MD1AM1012 MD1AM1005 Blocks of time-delay auxiliary contacts for TeSys D contactors. Three-pole switch and isolating switch with rotary control and auxiliary contact block. MD1AM1011 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric F21 Motor starting and variable speed controllers TeSys GV2L 0.63 A magnetic protection module MD1AM1023 Magnetic circuit breaker for control and protection from short circuits and overloads for motors with one operating direction. TeSys GV2L 1.6 A magnetic protection module MD1AM1002 Magnetic circuit breaker for control and protection from short circuits and overloads for motors with one operating direction. TeSys GV2L 2.5 A magnetic protection module MD1AM1019 Magnetic circuit breaker for control and protection from short circuits and overloads for motors with one operating direction. TeSys GV2P magneto-thermal protection module, 0.4 to 0.63 A MD1AM1024 Magneto-thermal circuit breaker for control and protection from short circuits and overloads for motors with one operating direction. TeSys GV2P magneto-thermal protection module, 1 to 1.6 A MD1AM1003 Magneto-thermal circuit breaker for control and protection from short circuits and overloads for motors with one operating direction. TeSys GV2P magneto-thermal protection module, 1.6 to 2.5 A MD1AM1020 Magneto-thermal circuit breaker for control and protection from short circuits and overloads for motors with one operating direction. TeSys GV2L 4 A magnetic protection module TeSys LRD thermal relay module, 0.4 to 0.63 A MD1AM1004 MD1AM1025 Magnetic circuit breaker for control and protection from short circuits and overloads for motors with one operating direction. Thermal relay providing protection from overloads for motors. TeSys GV2P magneto-thermal protection module, 0.25 to 0.40 A TeSys LRD thermal relay module, 1 to 1.6 A MD1AM1015 Magneto-thermal circuit breaker for control and protection from short circuits and overloads for motors with one operating direction. F22 Life is On | Schneider Electric MD1AM1007 Thermal relay providing protection from overloads for motors. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue TeSys LRD thermal relay module, 1.6 to 2.5 A Altivar 12 variable speed controller MD1AM1021 MD1AM5002 Thermal relay providing protection from overloads for motors. Altivar 12 variable speed controller for three-phase asynchronous 230/240 V AC, 0.18 kW motors. TeSys LRD thermal relay module, 9 to 13 A Altivar 312 variable speed controller MD1AM1014 MD1AM5001 Thermal relay providing protection from overloads for motors. Altivar 312 variable speed controller for three-phase asynchronous 230/240 V AC, 0.18 kW motors. ZigBee programmable receiver module with PNP outputs MD1AM1017 ZigBee Harmony programmable receiver with PNP outputs. ZigBee programmable receiver module with relay outputs MD1AM1016 ZigBee Harmony programmable receiver with relay outputs. Fuse holder isolating switch module MD1AM1006 TeSys three-pole fuse holder and isolating switch for 10 x 38 mm cartridges. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric F23 Automatic control Module with 4 analogue inputs and 4 analogue outputs for Modicon M340 MD1AM0007MR Enables simulation and interfacing of analogue inputs and outputs for Modicon M340, M221, and M341. Modicon M221 PLC module MD1AM0032 Enables teaching of programmed logic on the basis of the Modicon M221 PLC. Modicon M340 PLC module MD1AM0003 Enables teaching of programmed logic on the basis of the Modicon M340 PLC. RFID Modbus sensor module MD1AM0021 Read/write station for radio-frequency RFID systems communicating via Modbus. Controller module with 6 inputs / 6 outputs - Zigbee / EnOcean / ModBus MD1AM0031 Enables control, management and energy assessment of sites via a Web interface. Its programming functions and Inputs/Outputs provide a solution for regulation and comfort management. SSL I/O extension module with 6 I/Os MD1AM0039 Enables I/Os to be added to module ref. MD1AM0031. 4-20 mA analogue sensor module RS232 study module MD1AMP019 MD1AM0027 Module with photo-electric sensor enabling studies concerning operation of detection by direct reflection. Interface enabling display of the signal frames sent, via an oscilloscope. RFID Ethernet sensor module CANopen distributing module MD1AM0038 MD1AM0036 Smart antenna for radio-frequency RFID badges communicating via Ethernet. Distributing box (TAP: Terminal Access Point) to be connected to the main cable of the CAN bus, to enable connection of derivation cables. F24 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue RFID traceability module Interface module for Factory I/O simulation software MD1AMP016 MD1AM0030 Can also be used to study and understand the notions of RFID traceability and identification used in many applications (logistics, access control, monitoring, etc.) Sets up links between the Factory I/O 3D teaching simulation software and a Modicon M340 or M221 PLC module. Magelis XBT GT 7.8" HMI module Interface module for virtual simulation software MD1AM0009 MD1AM0015 Touch-screen operator dialogue terminal with graphic colour display unit for execution of HMI tasks. Sets up links between the SIMU 3D teaching simulation software and a Modicon M340 PLC module. 16 ON/OFF input interface module Zelio logic module MD1AM0005 MD1AM0001 Interface for wiring and simulation of inputs for modules with Modicon PLC and HE10 connection. Enables teaching of LD, FB or SFC programmed logic with the ZelioSoft2 programming software. 16 ON/OFF output interface module Zelio Com logic module MD1AM0006 MD1AM0018 Interface for wiring and simulation of outputs for modules with Modicon PLC and HE10 connection. Enables programmed logic teaching covering communication via a GSM modem (sending and reception of "SMS” messages). Analogue 4-input and 4-output interface module Magelis XBTR module MD1AM0007 MD1AM0008 Interface for wiring and simulation of analogue inputs/outputs for modules with Modicon PLC and HE10 connection. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Display unit with backlit LCD matrix display and 20 keys. Life is On | Schneider Electric F25 Automatic control M221 module with sockets WiFi router module MD1AM0033 MD1AM0026 Enables teaching of programmed logic on the basis of the Modicon M221 PLC fitted with 4 mm sockets. Enables management of wireless communication via Ethernet. Modicon M340 Ethernet communication module Ethernet splitter module MD1AM0024 MD1AM0010 Enables teaching of programmed logic and Ethernet communication on the basis of the Modicon M340 PLC. 4-port Ethernet switch enabling connection of several equipment units to an Ethernet network. Modicon OTB CANopen module ModBus splitter module MD1AM0028 MD1AM0011 Module enabling teaching of CANopen communication with the distributed input/output modules. 10-port module used as a Modbus hub. Modicon OTB Ethernet module Temperature sensor module MD1AM0023 MD1AMP018 Module enabling teaching of Ethernet communication with the distributed input/output modules. Enables temperature measurement between 0 and 100°C for the energy management bench. EGX100 gateway module Ethernet switch module MD1AM0022 MD1AM0025 Ethernet communication gateway enabling communication to be set up between equipment units operating under Modbus RS485 protocol. F26 Life is On | Schneider Electric Module including an unmanaged switch for equipment communication on an Ethernet network. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Magelis HMI STU 3.5" touch-screen module MD1AM0019 Operator dialogue terminal with Magelis STU 3.5” graphic colour touch-screen display unit for execution of HMI tasks. Magelis HMI STU 5.7" touch-screen module MD1AM0016 Operator dialogue terminal with Magelis STU 5.7” graphic colour touch-screen display unit for execution of HMI tasks. 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Life is On | Schneider Electric F27 Index of references Reference page FS FSACSAENSXVJD FSACSFEAPIXL MD1AA MD1AA200 MD1AA209 MD1AA320W03M2 MD1AA320W03N4 MD1AA320W07M2 MD1AA320W07N4 MD1AA320W15M2 MD1AA320W15N4 MD1AA340W07N4 MD1AA340W15N4 MD1AA500 MD1AA502 MD1AA509 MD1AA513 MD1AA514 MD1AA516MR MD1AA518 MD1AA529 MD1AA529LT MD1AA540 MD1AA570 MD1AA580FP MD1AA595 MD1AA620 MD1AA630 MD1AA638 MD1AA639 MD1AA665CH MD1AA665ECL MD1AA665INT MD1AA685 MD1AA695 MD1AA700TDS MD1AA700TDT MD1AA700TIT MD1AA720 MD1AA720NC MD1AA725 MD1AA728 MD1AA729 MD1AA739 MD1AA740 MD1AA740T MD1AA740V MD1AA750A2 MD1AA750A6 MD1AA770 MD1AA775 MD1AA776 MD1AA780MR MD1AA780SO MD1AA785 MD1AA786 MD1AA787 MD1AA789 MD1AA790SP MD1AA790SPK MD1AACHEPACRV MD1AACHEPACRV MD1AACHEPACRV MD1AACHESOL MD1AACHESOLA 12 Life is On | Schneider Electric E38 E38 E15 E15 E29 E29 E29 E29 E29 E29 E29 E29 E21 E21 E21 A8 A8 A8 F2 F4 F4 E20 E32 E31 E30 E22 A6 A10 F2 C9 C9 C9 E12 E12 C8 C8 C8 C5 C5 C6 C5 C5 C7 E16 E16 E16 C30 C30 C33 C32 C32 C7 C7 C11 C11 C11 C7 C10 C10 A25 A26 A27 A25 A25 Reference MD1AACHESOLR MD1AACORDONS MD1AAFORMIMAP MD1AAFORMIMAP MD1AAFORMIMAP MD1AAHABIL MD1AAHABILAV MD1AAHABILAVNC MD1AAHABILNC MD1AAKNXD MD1AAKNXLSS MD1AAKNXVR MD1AAPAC MD1AAPACA MD1AAPACHYG MD1AAPCBP MD1AAPCBPNC MD1AAPCPVFP MD1AASTORE MD1AAVMC MD1AAVMCA MD1AAVOLETR MD1AAVRFID MD1AB MD1ABCDENS MD1ABRCDENS MD1ABRCDENSA MD1AC MD1ACAVR MD1AE MD1AE34E MD1AE34MC MD1AE34MEC MD1AE110 MD1AE120SO MD1AE120SOA MD1AE125 MD1AE150 MD1AE170 MD1AE214 MD1AE216MR MD1AE216SO MD1AE224 MD1AE226MR MD1AE226SO MD1AE254 MD1AE256MR MD1AE256SO MD1AE713ZL MD1AE825LMR MD1AE854TC MD1AE858MR MD1AE885 MD1AE895M580 MD1AE903 MD1AE904 MD1AE905MR2P MD1AE910MR MD1AE911M221 MD1AE912 MD1AE914 MD1AE916MR page A25 F2 A25 A26 A27 A7 A7 A7 A7 C20 C20 C20 A26 A26 A26 E13 E13 E14 F4 A27 A27 F5 E49 E38 E38 E38 E21 E56 E56 E56 E50 E50 E50 E50 E50 E51 E58 E58 E58 E60 E60 E60 E59 E59 E59 E58 E69 E65 E65 A32 A31 E71 E71 E71 E72 E72 E72 E63 E63 Reference page MD1AE916SO MD1AE955MR MD1AE965MR MD1AE973 MD1AE974 MD1AEAX2L MD1AEAX2M MD1AEAX3LS MD1AEHMI85 MD1AEHMI85L MD1AEMS MD1AEMSLV MD1AERISC1 MD1AERISC2 MD1AERISC3 MD1AES1 MD1AES2 MD1AES3 MD1AES4 MD1AES5 MD1AES6 MD1AES7 MD1AES8 MD1AES9 MD1AES10 MD1AESC MD1AESIMx MD1AESM1 MD1AESM2 MD1AESM3 MD1AESM4 MD1AESM5 MD1AESM6 MD1AESM7 MD1AESM8 MD1AESM9 MD1AESM10 MD1AESPICK MD1AESRA MD1AESSUP MD1AESSUPG MD1AL MD1ALALFOGTL1 MD1ALFO MD1ALFOAI3 MD1ALFOAI4 MD1ALFOBFTT MD1ALFOBIPTV MD1ALFOBMES MD1ALFOBMES MD1ALFOBOCX MD1ALFOBTO4 MD1ALFOBVAL MD1ALFOBVAL1 MD1ALFOBVAL2 MD1ALFOCCA MD1ALFOCCM MD1ALFOCE MD1ALFOCP MD1ALFODTR MD1ALFODTRECO MD1ALFOE MD1ALFOEMN MD1ALFOFTTHM MD1ALFOFTTHM MD1ALFOGTL1 MD1ALFOP E63 E64 E33 E61 E61 E27 E27 E27 E46 E46 A28 A28 E55 E55 E55 E76 E76 E76 E77 E77 E77 E78 E78 E78 E79 E75 E80 E76 E76 E76 E77 E77 E77 E78 E78 E78 E79 E76 E80 E80 E80 D5 D7 F10 F17 D8 D9 D8 D9 D9 D9 D5 D5 D5 B19 B19 D7 D7 F17 F17 D7 D7 B19 D5 B17 D7 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Reference MD1ALFOSD55 MD1ALFOSD71 MD1ALFOSDG MD1ALFOZMD MD1ALFOZTD MD1ALSSL1 MD1ALSSL2 MD1ALVDIC19 MD1ALVIDISA MD1AM MD1AM000 MD1AM0001 MD1AM0003 MD1AM0005 MD1AM0006 MD1AM0007 MD1AM0007MR MD1AM0008 MD1AM0009 MD1AM0010 MD1AM0011 MD1AM0015 MD1AM0016 MD1AM0018 MD1AM0019 MD1AM0021 MD1AM0022 MD1AM0023 MD1AM0024 MD1AM0025 MD1AM0026 MD1AM0027 MD1AM0028 MD1AM0029 MD1AM0029 MD1AM0030 MD1AM0031 MD1AM0032 MD1AM0033 MD1AM0036 MD1AM0038 MD1AM0039 MD1AM1001 MD1AM1002 MD1AM1003 MD1AM1004 MD1AM1005 MD1AM1006 MD1AM1007 MD1AM1008 MD1AM1009 MD1AM1010 MD1AM1011 MD1AM1012 MD1AM1013 MD1AM1014 MD1AM1015 MD1AM1016 MD1AM1017 MD1AM1018 MD1AM1019 MD1AM1020 MD1AM1021 MD1AM1022 MD1AM1023 MD1AM1024 MD1AM1025 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue page F17 F17 F17 D10 D10 C21 C21 C22 B22 F2 F25 F24 F25 F25 F25 F24 F25 F25 F26 F26 F25 F27 F25 F27 F24 F26 F26 F26 F26 F26 F24 F26 B25 F12 F25 F24 F24 F26 F24 F24 F24 F21 F22 F22 F22 F21 F23 F22 F21 F21 F21 F21 F21 F21 F23 F22 F23 F23 F21 F22 F22 F23 F21 F22 F22 F22 Reference MD1AM2001 MD1AM2002 MD1AM2003 MD1AM2004 MD1AM2005 MD1AM2010 MD1AM2011 MD1AM2012 MD1AM2013 MD1AM2014 MD1AM2015 MD1AM2016 MD1AM2017 MD1AM2018 MD1AM2019 MD1AM2020 MD1AM2021 MD1AM2022 MD1AM2024 MD1AM2025 MD1AM3001 MD1AM3002 MD1AM3003 MD1AM3004 MD1AM3005 MD1AM3006 MD1AM3007 MD1AM3008 MD1AM3009 MD1AM3010 MD1AM3011 MD1AM3013 MD1AM3014 MD1AM3015 MD1AM3017 MD1AM3018 MD1AM3019 MD1AM3020 MD1AM3021 MD1AM3023 MD1AM3024 MD1AM3027 MD1AM3028 MD1AM3029 MD1AM3031 MD1AM3032 MD1AM3033 MD1AM3034 MD1AM3035 MD1AM3037 MD1AM3038 MD1AM3039 MD1AM3041 MD1AM3042 MD1AM3044 MD1AM3045 MD1AM3046 MD1AM3047 MD1AM3048 MD1AM3049 MD1AM3050 MD1AM3051 MD1AM3052 MD1AM3053 MD1AM4001 MD1AM4002 MD1AM5001 MD1AM5002 MD1AM6001 page F6 F6 F10 F10 F16 F16 F10 F11 F10 F17 F11 F12 F16 F11 F12 F12 F12 F12 F11 F11 F14 F15 F13 F12 F13 F15 F16 F13 F14 F14 F14 F15 F15 F12 F14 F15 F15 F13 F13 F10 F15 F14 F10 F14 F16 F14 F14 F16 F10 F15 F10 F16 F14 F13 F12 F13 F13 F16 F15 F15 F16 F13 F16 F13 F6 F6 F23 F23 F7 Reference MD1AM6002 MD1AM6003 MD1AM6004 MD1AM6005 MD1AM6006 MD1AM6007 MD1AM6008 MD1AM6009 MD1AM6010 MD1AM6012 MD1AM6013 MD1AM6014 MD1AM6015 MD1AM6016 MD1AM6017 MD1AM6018 MD1AM6019 MD1AM6020 MD1AM6025 MD1AM6027 MD1AM6029 MD1AM6030 MD1AM6031 MD1AM6032 MD1AM6033 MD1AM6034 MD1AM6121 MD1AM6122 MD1AM6123 MD1AM6130 MD1AM7001 MD1AM7002 MD1AM7003 MD1AM7004 MD1AM9001 MD1AM9002 MD1AM9003 MD1AM9004 MD1AM9005 MD1AM9006 MD1AML221 MD1AMLATVEE MD1AMLCOM MD1AMLDM MD1AMLDM3 MD1AMLEEX MD1AMLKNXCI MD1AMLKNXD MD1AMLKNXEE MD1AMLKNXPRO MD1AMLMR MD1AMLRFID MD1AMLSECU MD1AMLSOL MD1AMLSSL MD1AMLV12018 MD1AMLV312018 MD1AMLZL MD1AMP001 MD1AMP002 MD1AMP003 MD1AMP004 MD1AMP005 MD1AMP006 MD1AMP007 MD1AMP008 MD1AMP009 MD1AMP010 MD1AMP011 Life is On | Schneider Electric page F7 F7 F8 F8 F8 F9 F8 F7 F8 F9 F7 F9 F7 F7 F7 F8 F7 F8 F9 F8 F8 F8 F11 F12 F7 F11 B13 B13 B14 B14 F19 F19 F19 F19 F20 F20 F20 F20 F20 F20 E52 A29 E53 E18 E18 C27 C16 C15 C18 C17 E52 E54 E11 A20 C19 E19 E19 E52 F4 F3 F3 F3 F3 F3 F3 F3 F3 F4 E11 13 Index of references Reference page MD1AMP013 MD1AMP014 MD1AMP016 MD1AMP017 MD1AMP018 MD1AMP019 MD1AMP021 MD1AMP022 MD1AMP024 MD1AMP025 MD1AMP026 MD1AMP027 MD1AMP028 MD1AMP030 MD1AMS001 MD1AMS002 MD1AMS003 MD1AMS004 MD1AMS005 MD1AMV06 F4 F4 F25 F11 F26 F24 F10 F3 F3 F11 F4 F4 F4 F11 F6 F18 F18 F18 F18 E67 MD1APPFCV MD1APPFM34 MD1APPFM258 MD1APPFRFID MD1APPWS5 MD1APPWS6 MD1APRFIDE2 MD1AS MD1ASCBOPT3 MD1ASCOPTPB MD1ASCOPTPG MD1ASCOPTPRS MD1AT MD1ATVEE MD1AVKNX MD1B MD1AP MD1AP21 MD1AP21C MD1AP21P MD1AP34M MD1AP34ME MD1AP34MEC MD1AP34MN MD1AP34R MD1AP41A MD1AP41E MD1AP58EA MD1AP58EE MD1AP058LX MD1AP241STU MD1AP258STU MD1AP583CIRA MD1APATS01 MD1APATS22 MD1APATS48 MD1APATV12M MD1APATV12T MD1APATV320CM MD1APATV320CT MD1APATV930BM MD1APATV930BT MD1APATV930M MD1APATV930T MD1APCC MD1APCE MD1APCM MD1APESADR MD1APESPRT MD1APHMI07T MD1APHMI07V2 MD1APHMI10V2 MD1APHMI655 MD1APHMI855 MD1APHMISCU MD1APLX32M MD1APLX32T MD1APMT32MAX2 MD1APMT32PAS MD1APMTLX32 MD1APMTLXI MD1APMTMAX2 MD1APMTPAS 14 Reference Life is On | Schneider Electric E39 E40 E40 E43 E43 E43 E43 E43 E39 E39 E47 E47 E41 E40 E40 E47 E23 E23 E23 E24 E24 E24 E24 E24 E24 E24 E24 E42 E42 E42 C23 C23 E45 E45 E45 E45 E45 E41 E25 E25 E26 E26 E25 E25 E26 E26 MD1BAXZ01 MD1BAZ02A MD1BAZ02B MD1BML03 MD1BML03TA MD1BPSLTCO MD1BSL71CV MD1BSL71D MD1BSLT01A MD1BSLT01B MD1BSLT01D MD1F MD1FARD MD1H MD1HYDFORM MD1HYDROM241 MD1HYDROM340 MD1P MD1PMXTSX MD1PMXZTW MD1S MD1S3DF MD1S3DF1E MD1S3DM221APF MD1S3DM221API MD1S3DM340APF MD1S3DM340API MD1S3DM340BF MD1S3DM340BORN MD1S3DM340ES MD1S3DM340ESF MD1SAA5 MD1SAA50 MD1SCTL MD1SIMAE9 MD1SMIF MD1SMIF MD1SMIF page Reference E44 E47 E41 E44 E17 E17 E44 MD1V C31 C31 C31 C31 A30 C12 E36 E36 E36 E34 E34 A12 E35 E35 E37 E37 E37 E70 D11 D11 D11 E62 E62 E67 E67 E67 E66 E67 E66 E67 E66 E66 E67 A9 A9 D4 E71 C7 E71 E80 page MD1VSE1F MD1ZELIO MD2 MD2VATV12MA MD2VATV32MA MD2VATV32MS MD2VATV61MA MD2VATV71MA MD2VATV212MA MD2VATV312MA MD2VATV320BMA MD2VATV320BMS MD2VATV320CMA MD2VATV320CMS MD2VATV340MA MD2VATV340MAC MD2VATV340MS MD2VATV630MA MD2VATV630MS MD2VATV930MA MD2VATV930MAC MD2VATV930MS MD2VSATVKF MD2VSATVMA MD2VSATVMAC MD2VSATVMS MD3 MD3BPCER MD3BPDMCORD MD3BPDMSC MD3BPDOMCO MD3BPDOMSC MD3BPLIFT MD3BPODS MD3BPPV MD3BPSLTSC MD3BPSOLI MD3BPSRE MD3BPXROAD MDG MDG3MCPV MDG99CDEE MDG99ETAB MDG99ODACE MDG99ODACP MDG99SEC MDG99UTE MDG99UTECO MDG99UTO MDG99UTR MDG99WISER MDG99WISER2 MDG99WISLK MDG993EBMB MDG9912 MDG99098H MDG99099H MDG99099H MDG99130A MDG99140 MDG99150 A4 E48 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 E28 A11 E10 E10 B5 B5 E57 A23 A22 A12 A22 A5 E57 A21 B12 B16 B20 B11 B7 B8 B8 B8 B8 B21 B21 B18 C14 B10 A16 A17 A18 C25 C28 A16 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Reference MDG99158 MDG99159 MDG99159 MDG99160 MDG99169 MDG99190 MDG99195 MDG99198 MDG99198 MDG99199 MDG99215 MDG99400 MDG99401 MDG99402 MDG99403 MDG99410 MDG99415 MDG99420 MDG99430 MDG99440 MDG99603 MDG99605 MDG99609 MDG99610 MDGAGSANE MDGAGSLE MDGAGSTRK MDGAGVAL MDGBAESPCK MDGBAESPCK MDGCELRES1 MDGCELRES2 MDGCELTER1 MDGCELTER2 MDGDOMKNXECA MDGDOMKNXGSV MDGHTA2IMQMIS MDGHTAHBLIS MDGHTAINJ MDGHTATGBT MDGHTATRF MDGMCPV MDGMCSOLI MDGTS20 MDGVBAES MDGVE050C MDGVE050M MDGVE050P MDGVE050T MDGVE050VALM MDGVE050VALT MDGWISERCHE MDGWISERCHF MDGWISERTPR 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue page Reference A16 A16 A17 A15 A15 A17 A18 A16 A17 A18 C29 D12 D12 D12 D12 F18 F18 F18 F18 F18 A13 A13 A13 A14 A24 B23 A24 B23 C23 C24 B25 B25 C26 C26 C13 C13 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 A21 B7 A19 C24 B15 B15 B15 B15 B15 B15 B24 B24 B24 MD1S MDSIMAESMx MDSIMUIRA100 MDSIMUIRA111 MDSIMUIRA113 MDSIMUIRA200 MDSIMUIRA211 MDSIMUIRA213 MDSIMUIRA300 MDSIMUIRA321 MDSIMUIRA323 MT MTN5761-0000 U/V UEHGBARQUETTE UEHGECUBE UEHGFOURREAU VJDEDUSTU855 page Reference page E80 E68 E68 E68 E68 E68 E68 E68 E68 E68 F17 E74 A9 E73 E38 Life is On | Schneider Electric 15 Index of designations Cabinets Containment cabinets Energy management cabinet Main LV switchboard for professional training Main LV switchboard for professional training Main LV switchboard for vocational training Benches E12 C10 C5 C6 C7 Addressable fire safety bench C25 Air/air heat pump bench A26 Bench for drawing water using solar power A23 Double flow CMV bench A27 Further fibre optics studies bench D9 Gantry type bench with hoist E37 Goods lift/dumb waiter bench C31 Heating regulation bench A31 Hydroelectric power generation study bench D11 Individual tube type solar water heater bench A25 Industrial constituent wiring bench E15 Industrial detector study benches E21 Initial fibre optics studies bench D8 KNX panel bench C13 Lifting bench with vectorial control E35 Load bench with asynchronous motors E30 Machine benches with Cartesian robot E27 Micro-plant bench for isolated locations A22 Mini-lifting bench with cable hoist E34 Modular automatic control benches E52 Modular machine safety benches E11 Modular motor starting benches E18 Modular residential and small services benches B14 Modular variable speed control benches E19 Motor starting bench E20 Parcel sorting bench E65 Photovoltaic / wind power bench for isolated locations C29 Photovoltaic characterisation bench A24 Photovoltaic micro-plant bench for isolated locations B6 Qualification bench A7 Rotary pneumatic handler bench E61 Single-axis brushless study bench E33 Solar powered hot water production bench C32 Study bench for analogue sensors and regulation E22 Study bench for electromagnetic disturbances A16 Study bench for generation using energy from renewable sources D12 Study bench for harmonic disturbances A17 Study bench for housing energy management B23 Study bench for level regulation A32 Study bench for selectivity of protective systems A14 Study benches for grounding schemes A13 Variable speed control bench with motor E31 Variable speed control bench with powder brake E32 Ventilation bench with variable speed control C30 X to Z axis bench and Z axis bench E36 ZMD FTTH fibre optics bench D10 16 Life is On | Schneider Electric Modular benches Modular building energy measurement bench Modular industrial communication bench Modular initial KNX study bench Modular KNX energy efficiency bench Modular KNX Pro bench )Modular residential bench Modular RFID card set bench Modular solar energy generation bench Modular ventilation energy efficiency bench Modular wireless home automation bench Cells 3D cell for residential energy management 3D energy management cells for service buildings MV high voltage cells C27 E53 C16 C18 C17 B13 E54 A20 A29 C19 B25 C26 D4 Boxes Box for BS qualification A10 Box for upgrade of a main LV switchboard to an energy management switchboard cabinet C11 Electrical risk awareness enhancement box A5 Energy efficiency box C28 Household box B6 IT island box and secondary switchboards C8 Lighting, heating and interface boxes C9 Mobile operator dialogue boxes with touch screens E46 Motor starting boxes E10 Study box for compensation of reactive energy A11 Study box for compensation of reactive energy A15 Study box for grounding schemes and selectivity A12 Study box for harmonic disturbances A18 Teaching variable speed control boxes E29 Traffic light and lift boxes E57 Lines Assembly line with augmented reality, simulation and monitoring Complete assembly line with stations to be determined Conditioning line for placing in slipcases Conditioning line for placing in trays Flexible dosing line E80 E75 E73 E74 E72 Software programs 3D simulator software program for designing industrial machines E68 Electricity distribution software programs B5 Electricity distribution software programs C4 Factory I/O software program covering 3D operational parts of industrial machines E67 HOME I/O software program and interface box B26 SIMU3D software program covering 3D operational parts of industrial machines E66 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue Models 5-movement pneumatic handler models E63 Greenhouse management model A28 KNX mini-building model C14 Models for initiation to automatic control of surface treatment E60 Models for initiation to automatic lift control E59 Models for initiation to traffic control automation E58 Modules and accessories - Automatic control - Control - Home automation and automatic systems in buildings - Machine safety - Motor starting and variable speed controllers - Operational parts - Power supply and protection - Residential and small services buildings - Shared elements - Solar and wind power Packs 19” VDI pack 3D mini-cell box pack Addressable emergency lighting pack Automatic control software packs reserved for teaching Charging terminal pack for electric vehicles Communication and FTTH box pack Compactor and bottling project packs Complementing communication packs Complementing RFID and vision packs Complete housing service shaft pack Connected housing pack Electronic starter packs Energy efficiency control functions pack Equipment packs FTTH fibre optics packs Housing energy management pack Housing safety pack Human-machine dialogue display unit packs Industrial PLC packs Industrial PLC packs (architecture) Initiation to PLC packs KNX packs LAN-FTTO fibre optics packs Linear axis packs Machine PLC packs (advanced architectures) Machine PLC packs (architecture) Motor starting packs Pack for measurements in housing Photovoltaic micro-plant pack Pilot wire control pack Servomotor packs Solar lamp pack Variable speed control packs Wireless home automation packs Wireless housing renovation pack 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue F24 F19 F10 F20 F21 F3 F6 F7 F2 F18 C22 B10 C23 E38 B15 B19 E17 E42 E44 B17 B16 E23 B12 B9 D5 B21 B8 E45 E43 E47 E39 C20 D6 E26 E41 E40 E16 B18 A21 B11 E25 A19 E24 C21 B20 Plates Local industrial network plates, RISC option PLC plate and display unit on console Pneumatic and electro-pneumatic plates Pre-wired industrial communication plates Teaching PLC plates Wiring plate for smoke ventilation certification Wiring plates for intermediate certification Augmented reality Augmented reality for qualification system E55 E51 E62 E56 E50 E14 E13 A9 Stations Bearing supply and positioning stations with hydraulic press Quality control station Robot, stores and painting stations Shaft insertion, cover removal and screw insertion stations Systems Automated drilling system Automatic part sorting system Industrial packing machine system Integrated production system Qualification system Stage gantry system Cases Addressable emergency lighting case Case for initiation to programmed logic KNX case Residential communication network case RFID case Safety awareness enhancement case Study case for incoming solar radiation Ventila tion energy efficiency case E76 E79 E78 E77 E69 E64 E70 E71 A8 C33 C24 E48 C12 B22 E49 A4 B23 A30 Life is On | Schneider Electric 17 18 Life is On | Schneider Electric 2018 - 2019 Training Solutions catalogue schneider-electric.fr Schneider Electric France Direction Marketing Communication France Centre PLM F - 38050 Grenoble cedex 9 Tel. +33 (0) 825 012 999 © 2017 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Life Is On Schneider Electric is a commercial trademark owned by Schneider Electric SE, its subsidiaries and its affiliated companies. Owing to changes in the standards and equipment, the characteristics given in the text and images of this document are only binding after confirmation by us. Life Is On - Design, execution: Schneider Electric, E. Froger, L. Gasmi - Photos: Schneider Electric - Edition: Altavia Aura - Document printed on ecologically produced paper 03/2018 ZZ6118EN
